-- ENGLISH EDITION VOLUME 1

Transcription

ISSN 975-4083
Research Journal of Arts, Management
and Social Sciences
Half Yearly, Bilingual (English/Hindi)
Registered International Reviewed/Refereed Research Journal
Impact Factor 1.223 (IIFS)
Indexed & Listed at: Ulrich’s International Periodicals Directory ©,
ProQuest, U.S.A. Title Id : 715204
Volume-XII
Year- 06
English Edition
April, 2015
Chief Editor
Prof. Braj Gopal
Honoured with Prestigious Bhartendu Harishchand Award
Honorary Editor
Dr. S. Akhilesh
Honored with Prestigious Pt. G.B. Pant Award Govt. of India
1997, 1998, 2000, 2004, 2008 & 2014 and
Bhartendu Harishchand Award in 2006
Dr. Sandhya Shukla
Professor and Head
Department of Political Science
Govt. T. R. S. College, Rewa (M.P.)
Editor
Dr. Gayatri Shukla
iya, Rewa-48
ichh
60
,B
(
01
.) In
M.P
dia Reg
.No
.
02
18
Research Stud
for
i es
re
Deputy Director
Centre for Research Studies
Ce
nt
Journal of Centre for Research Studies
Rewa (M.P.) India
Registered under M.P. Society Registration Act, 1973, Reg.No. 1802/1997
www.researchjournal.in
© Centre for Research Studies
Single Copy Rs. 500
Membership fee
Term
Five years
Life Member (15 years)
For Individual
Rs. 2000
Rs. 4500
For Institutional
Rs. 2500
Rs. 5500
Mode of payment•
The amount may be deposited in the account number 30016445112 of
GAYATRI PUBLICATIONS, SBI Rewa City Branch (IFS Code : SBIN
0004667). In this case please add Rs. 50 as bank charge. Please inform on
Mobile (9425186437) after depositing money.
•
The DD be drawn in favor of GAYATRI PUBLICATIONS, REWA payable
at SBI Rewa City Branch (IFS Code: SBIN 0004667 and MICR Code
486002003).
Experts & Members of Advisiory Board
01.
03.
05.
07.
09.
11.
13.
15.
17.
19.
21.
23.
25.
Dr. Gautam Gyanendra, Bhopal
Dr. C.D. Singh, Rewa
Dr. Priyankar Upadhaya,Varanasi
Dr. Pramila Pooniya, Jaipur
Dr. N. Sundaram, Vellore
Dr. A.K. Shrivastava, Rewa
Dr. Anand Kumar, New Delhi
Dr. B.P. Badola, Dharamshala
Prof. Geeta Nair, Mumbai
Prof. Anjali Bahuguna, Srinagar
Dr. M. Razaullah Khan, Aurangabad
Dr. George Abraham, Annamalainagar
Dr. P. Malyadri, Hyderabad
Editorial Office-
Publisher-
02.
04.
06.
08.
10.
12.
14.
16.
18.
20.
22.
24.
Dr. Rajesh Mishra, Lucknow
Dr. Ram Shankar. Jabalpur
Dr. Arvind Joshi, Varanasi
Dr. B.C.M. Patnaik, Bhuvneshwar
Dr. Prahlad Mishra, Jabalpur
Dr. N.P. Pathak, Rewa
Dr. G. K. Sharma, Ujjain
Dr. Suneeta Dwivedi, Gwalior
Prof. Hemanta Saikia, Assam
Prof. Minaxi Patel, Rajkot
Dr. V.L. Bhangdia, Amravati
Narendrasingh R. Kshatriya
Ahmedabad
41/42, Raghuwans Sadan, Shantikunj
Bichhiya, Rewa 486 001 (M.P.)
Phone - (07662) 255177, 9425186437
E-mail - gresearchjournal@rediffmail.com
researchjournal.journal@gmail.com
Gayatri Publications
41/42, Raghuwans Sadan, Shantikunj
Bichhiya, Rewa 486 001 (M.P.)
Phone - (07662) 255177, 9425186437
E-mail - gresearchjournal@rediffmail.com
www.researchjournal.in
Opinions expressed in this journal do not reflect the policies or views of this organisation, but of
the individual contributors. The authors are solely responsible for the details and statements in
their Research papers. The works of Editorial/Advisory board or non-professional and honorary. In
case of any dispute the judicial jurisdiction will be Rewa, District- Rewa (M.P.)
EDITORIAL
Media of India consist of several different types of Indian
communications media: television, radio, cinema, newspapers, magazines,
and Internet-based Web sites. Many of the media are controlled by large, forprofit corporations which reap revenue from advertising, subscriptions, and
sale of copyrighted material. India also has a strong music and film industry.
India has more than 70,000 newspapers and over 690 satellite channels (more
than 80 are news channels) and is the biggest newspaper market in the world
- over 100 million copies sold each day. In Indian democracy media has a
responsibility which is deeply associated with the socio economic conditions.
The present scenario is not quite encouraging and certain areas need to be
addressed. Media organisations, whether in print, audio visual, radio or web
have to be more accountable to the general public. It should be monitored
that professional integrity and ethical standards are not sacrificed for
sensational practices. The freedom of press in the country is a blessing for
the people. However, this blessing can go terribly wrong when manipulations
set in. The self regulatory mechanism across media organisations need to be
strong enough to stop anomalies whenever they occur. Agencies like Press
Council of India need to be vigilant to stem the rot. Big media conglomerates
are a serious threat. To counter this problem pluralistic media organisations
which are financially viable need to be encouraged. Community participation
is a goal that the media should strive for in a country like India. The role of
media in India, the largest democracy of the world is different from merely
disseminating information and entertainment. Educating the masses for their
social upliftment needs to be in its ambit as well. In a country where there is
large scale poverty, unemployment and underdevelopment media has a
responsibility towards developmental journalism. It has a role to play behind
formation of public opinion which can force the political parties to address
the core issues haunting the country's progress. It is thus referred as fourth
pillar of democracy. However; public opinion can be manipulated by vested
interests to serve their own goals.It was embarrassing to watch the media tie
itself in knots while putting Arvind Kejriwal in the dock for his 'supari
journalism' comment. From the media's perspective, he had committed some
kind of sacrilege, first by saying 'a large section of the media wanted to finish
off the Aam Aadmi Party', and then by suggesting a way out: 'people trials'
for those indulging in agenda-driven, motivated journalism. And he had to be
shown his place. The tone in the television panel discussions ranged between
the patronising and the hectoring but the theme was the same: Kejriwal back
off.
It seems to suggest that since he is the chief minister today because the
media didn't bother about ethics while promoting him, thus he should have
no reason to complain about ethics when things are going against him. Perhaps
the discomfort is more about Kejriwal showing the media the mirror and
making it aware of its own moral ambiguity on matters ethics, than the act of
making a hostile statement against the institution. Kejriwal has been careful
to put in a qualifier in his remark: 'a large section of it'. It means he does not
seek to treat the media as a homogeneous entity guided by a singular strand
of anti-AAP thinking. If he wanted to make a sweeping generalization, he
was clever enough to leave an escape route for himself. The same cannot be
said of the media. The latter's reaction shows it stands accused exactly of
what it holds Kejriwal guilty of. It was obvious that while arguing for itself it
was treating itself as a homogeneous entity. Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) chief
Arvind Kejriwal once again attacked the Indian media, saying, "A very large
section of the media has accepted 'supari' (killing contract) for finishing off
AAP." The Delhi Chief Minister accused the press of maligning the image of
AAP and demanded a 'Janata Ka Trial'. "If you see that a particular channel is
showing something factually incorrect, then you should raise the issue….
There can be a public trial. There can be 8-10 spots in Delhi where we can
collect a group of people and show the erroneous clip. That way we can start
a 'janta ka trial'," the AAP chief said. Since the formation of AAP, Arvind
Kejriwal has been having a love-hate relationship with the media. Are his
allegations about the media true? Does the Indian media really need
introspection? Shouldn't Kejriwal and AAP look at their sins first? AAP has
been making headlines for all the wrong reasons since its massive victory in
the Delhi Assembly Elections 2015. Kejriwal alleges that certain sections of
the media are spreading anti-AAP reports. Has he forgotten the times when
the media gave extensive coverage to the party? Has he forgotten the role of
the media in spreading the anti-corruption movement of Anna Hazare and
him pan-India? Let us remind him that the media has played a vital role in his
journey from nobody to somebody Kejriwal's tendency of blaming the media
for everything shows his helplessness. He has failed to unite his party and
stop his partymen from unsocial activities. He must understand that the media's
focus won't shift easily from Delhi, as the people have given a clear mandate
to AAP and with huge expectations from the party.
The media will play watchdog as Kejriwal have made a lot of promises.
If he fails to deliver, the media won't allow him to escape easily. Better he
should focus on governance than teaching media its responsibility. Good
governance is an ideal system which is difficult to achieve in its totality. In
other words, no country or society has ever said to achieve good governance
in totality. We can only come close to this by our activities with the aim of
making this ideal a reality. The journey of India from developing nation to a
developed nation will depend on the role played by the media in the country.
It needs to be focused on the real matters, which are mostly social and
economic in nature, instead of trying to divert the attention to the non issues.
Achieving the good governance requires the understanding and participation
of every member of the society. The media, their significant roles, channels
and contents, are considered to be the most powerful weapon to make this
achievement a reality.
(Professor Brajgopal)
CONTENTS
1.
Threads of Nationhood in Shadow Lines by Amitav Ghosh
B.P.Singh
09
2.
Representations of Nature and Eco feministic Perspective in
Selected Literary Works
Seema Gida
12
3.
Relationship between Gold Price Growth, Inflation and
Psycho-Economical effect on Indian Economy
Sweta Thakur
Harendra Parmar
17
4.
Identifying the Consumer`s Investment Behaviour
towards Systematic Investment Plan in Bhilai Region
Laxman Prasad
S.K.Sharma
23
5.
A Theory of Satisfaction: Satisfaction with Management
Mahesh Rawat
Richa Soni
33
6.
Beverages
Pomey Malhotra
40
7.
Pattern of Population Growth in Bilaspur District
(Chhattisgarh) 1901- 2011
Kajal Moitra
Namrata Dahariya
45
8.
Cotton Production and Effect on Indian Economy
Sweta Thakur
HarendraParmar
50
9.
A Study on Impact of Cost Audit
Pushpa Suryavanshi
Qamar Izhar
55
10.
Review of Status and Roadmap for the Potentials Growth of
Tourism in Bihar
Rabi Shankar
60
6
Research Journal of Arts, Management and Social Sciences, Vol.- XII, Eng., Year-VI, April-2015
11.
Performance Appraisal of Worker in K.J.S Cement Industry
of Madhya Pradesh
Vikas Dubey
70
12.
Green Human Resource Management and Economics:
'A Protection to Disasters'
Sweta Thakur
HarendraParmar
75
13.
Gender Composition and Imbalance Sex Ratio in India
(A Socio-Demographic Analysis)
Bandana Gaur
79
14.
Child Labour : A Serous Social Problem of Indian Society
(A Short Study in Rewa City of Madhya Pradesh)
Akhilesh Shukla
86
15.
Gender Differences in Personality dimension of Adolescents
Neelam Hemant Deshmukh
94
16.
Moral Remediation: A Solution for Serious Juvenile Offenders 98
Ashish Tiwari
Vijay Gaurav
17.
Spatial Distributional Pattern of Literacy in Bilaspur
District (Chhattisgarh)
Kajal Moitra
Swapna Ghosh
104
18.
Mental Health as a function of Socio-Economic Status for
Elderly Person
Meenakshi Agarwal
S K Bharadwaj
109
19.
Dowry in Indian Marriages
(With reference to Muslim Families of Rewa City)
Akhilesh Shukla
114
20.
Creative Arts as a Medium of Relieving Stress: Simple
Application of Creative Art Therapy to Relieve Stress in
Daily life
Guneeta Chadha
120
ISSN 0975-4083, Impact Factor 1.223 (IIFS), Vol.- XII, Eng., Year-VI, April-2015
7
21.
Consumers Pharmaceutical Purchasing Behavior and
Psychology
Tanmay Tiwari
126
22.
Some Innovation Done By Madhya Pradesh Vidhan
Sabha Secretariat: A Review
Shriji Seth
130
23.
Women Empowerment
Pomey Malhotra
133
24.
Political Empowerment of Women through IT
Sunitaben B. Makwana
135
25.
The Triumph of Virtue over Malevolence: Examination of
the Sculpture Mahishasuramardini from Mahabalipuram
O. P. Parameswaran
139
26.
Fruits and Nutrition
Pomey Malhotra
144
27.
The Effect of Climate Change on Indian Economy
Sweta Thakur
HarendraParmar
149
28.
Importance and Role of Education in Promotion and
Protection of Human Rights
Md. Tanwir Yunus
Fazal Iqbal
154
29.
E- Learning in the Indian Education System
Vijayalaxmi S. Suvarna
157
30.
Effect of Aerobic Exercise on Human Body
Minaxi Mansukhbhai Patel
164
31.
Modern Trends of Physical Education
Punit Vajubhai Teraiya
168
32.
A Study to Assess the Most Prominent Character Strength
amongst Male Delhi University Students
Bhawna Pachouri
Sonika Ohlyan, Manauti Passi
173
8
33.
A Relationship Study of Physical Self Concept, Body Mass
Index and Self Efficacy among Sports and Non Sports Men
at Manav Rachna International University
Parveen Gahlot
178
34.
Indians Suffering from Selected Geriatric Disorders
G. V. Pargaonkar, K. K. Asai
Dhakne Rajendra R.
185
Research Journal of Arts, Management and Social Sciences
ISSN 0975-4083, Vol.- XII, Eng., Year-VI, April-2015
Threads of Nationhood in Shadow Lines by Amitav
Ghosh
* B.P.Singh
==========================================================
Abstract- The writer Amitav Ghosh claims that "it is impossible to be
imperfectly Indian"and that Indian culture seems to be constructed around
the proliferation of differences. To be different in the world of differences
is irrevocably a sense of belongingness. Ghosh,in his writing,is at pains
to foreground the cultural syncretism of the Indian subcontinent in strategic
opposition to the historicism of nationalistic discourse .Ghosh's quest for
an alternative history and anthropology has led him to emphasize the
importance of the narrative. In The Shadow Lines the nameless narrator,
as a child, adored leafing through the Yearbook s of the International
Schools of whatever city his cousin Ila happened to be living in at that
time. Many years later, the narrative reminds Ila of the Yearbooks, and
she laughs and replies: "Of course those schools mattered to me, schools
are all that to any child, it's only natural. It's you who were peculiar,
sitting in that poky little flat in Calcutta, dreaming about faraway places.
I probably did you no end of good; at least you learnt that those cities you
saw on maps were real places, not like those fairylands Tridib made up
for you."But of course, among other things Tridib was an archaeologist,
he was not interested in fairylands: the one thing he wanted to teach me,
he used to say, was to use my imagination with precision.
==========================================================
Why is the task of “precise thinking” so important for the narrator?
It is the sense that we must not let someone else tells our own stories for
us, but rather strives to invent them ourselves, and with much accuracy as
possible, because ultimately they determine the way we act in the world.
This concept, or picture, works like an ever widening set of concentric
circles: it is true at the level of plot, of the characters, and of the so called
“ethics” of the novel .The narrator remembers how he tried to tell his
cousins “Ila and Ravi about the archaeological Tridib ……..the Tridib
who had said that we could not see without inventing what we saw ,so at
least we could try to do it properly .And then ,because Ila shrugged
===========================
*
Department of English, Government Maharaja College, Chhatarpur
(M.P.)
10
dismissively and said-Why ?Why should we try ,why not just take the
world as it is?-I told her how he had to try because the alternative wasn’t
blankness- it only meant that if we didn’t try ourselves ,we would never
be free of other people ‘s inventions”.
In the text we get to know various characters who let themselves be
trapped in (hi)stories which are not of their own fashioning ,as well the
narrator ,who is simultaneously the most “ gullible” and the most “
doubtful “ listener of all. He is the audience par excellence ,for most of
the novels ;he listens to other people’s stories ,and acts as a “large lucid
reflector,” a mirror ,a chronicle ,where seemingly random pieces of memory
are reassembled in order to reconstruct a family tragedy –which is at the
same time profoundly public-whose hidden nature and even more elusive
meaning haunts the story until the end. Ghosh is not only novelist who
believes that in the subcontinent private tragedy often assumes a public
significance which overshadows the personal urgency of an event.
The narrative of The Shadow Lines moves among continuously
shifting temporal and spatial planes ,so that the narrative time coincides
with the consciousness of the narrator ,whether he is listening to someone
else’s stories ,or recalling his own memories; and not with any fixed
temporal mode.
The narrator’s grandmother is wholly committed to the nationalist
ideal of independent India, and at one point tells the narrator she would
have killed for her country’s freedom, which for her is equivalent to her
personal freedom .For the narrator’s mother, “relatives and family were
the central point’s which gave the world its shape and meaning; the
foundations of the moral order. But my grandmother on the other hand
never pretended to have much family feeling; she had always found her
morality……. on larger and more abstract entities.”(SL129) The
progressive and nationalist narrative of events leading up to and following
Independence are the frame through which she looks at them, and for
nearly all her life she acts according to these principles .The core of her
conviction is perhaps best echoed in Nehru’s The Discovery of India, which
Tharu and K.Lalita define as a “foundational fiction” for the nation: “some
kind of a dream of unity has occupied the mind of India since the dawn of
civilization. That unity was not conceived as something imposed from
outside ,a standardization of externals or even of beliefs .It was something
deeper and, within its field ,the widest tolerance of belief and custom was
practiced and every variety of acknowledgement and even encouraged”
(Nehru 45).
National identity is essentially defined by its difference from what
is perceived as Other, outside the national boundaries. The grandmother
says as much to the narrator, when she tells him why she disapproves of
Ila “going away” from India, the country to which she belongs. to live in
11
England: Ila has no right to live there, she said hoarsely. She doesn’t belong
there. It took those people a long time to build that country; hundreds of
years, and years and years of wars and bloodshed …..They know they’re
a nation because they’ve drawn their borders with blood…….War is their
religion. That’s what it takes to make a country .Once that happens people
forget they were born this or that, Muslim or Hindu,Bengali or Punjabi:
they become a family born of the same pool of blood .That is what you
have to achieve for India, Don’t you see?(SL 78) .For Ila ,the
grandmother’s nationalist ideal is tantamount to fascism, but the narrator
contradicts her angrily on this point. She is only “a modern middle- class
woman”-but without the self –deceptions that make up the fantasy world
of that kind of person. “All she wanted was a middle-class life in which,
like the middle classes the world over, she would thrive believing in the
unity of nationhood and territory, of self –respect and national power: that
was all she wanted-a modern middle-class life, a small thing that history
had denied her in its fullness and for which she could never forget it.”(SL
78).
The grandmother can’t understand why Ila wants to live in a country
she doesn’t belong; it must be because of the material comforts. The
narrator tries to explain to her that it is because Ila wanted to be free of the
cultural constraints her country imposes on women, a problem highlighted
by the scene with Robi at the nightclub in Calcutta.Ghosh seems to be
indicating here that Indian nationalism elided the problematic issue of
gender, not including it as an item on its agenda. The general tendency
during the nationalist period was to believe that universal suffrage would
automatically guarantee equality but it could not materialize. Thus Ghosh’s
narrative of the nation raises several issues that a postcolonial country has
to face and to find out an amicable and dignified solution.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The Shadow Lines,Delhi:Oxford University Press,1988.
Bagchi,N. "The Process of Validation in Relation to Materiality and
Historical Reconstruction in Amitav Ghos's The Shadow Lines,"Modern
Fiction Studies.vol.39No.1 (winter 1993)
Nehru J.The Discovery of India.London:Meridian Book,1951.
Prakash Gyan. "Postcolonial Criticm and Indian Historiography". Social
Text. 10 (1992)
Tharu, S. & K. Lalita.Women Writing in India: 20th Century,vol. 2.Eds.
Delhi:Pandora -Harper Collins,1993.
Representations of Nature and Eco feministic
Perspective in Selected Literary Works
*Seema Gida
==========================================================
Abstract- Man has been fascinated by Nature, since time immemorial. It
has been a part of human lives through civilizations. Nature in its
benevolent as well as malevolent form has been a spectator and participant
in a human being's life. Art or literature is mirror of human life as told by
Mathew Arnold; here we would like to look at representations of Nature
in selected literary works. Both canonical works as well as seminal works
display Nature, but its portrayal is different by different writers.
==========================================================
“Life is no brief candle for me. It is a sort of splendid torch which I
have got hold of for the moment, and I want to make it burn as brightly as
possible before handing it on to future generations.” – George Bernard
Shaw/ In the history of Western Humanism, Nature has mostly remained a
‘presence’ rather than a ‘process.’ It can noticed that the history of Nature’s
treatment as a silent ‘Other’ ranges back to the Nature-derogating principles
of a dominant strand in Greek Philosophy and Christian mythology. The
environmental hazards of recent times have greatly enhanced the relevance
of ‘Green Studies,’ enforcing in us, a reappraisal of man’s positioning in
Nature’s labyrinth of life. Thoroughly contesting a human-centered worldview, it makes us realize that man is not the master of Nature; rather, he is
an infinitesimally small element in its vast biotic community.
Every culture lives in accordance with its myths. Cultures which
regard Nature as a ‘thou’ have a very different mindset from those which
regard Nature as an ‘it’. The Biblical condemnation of Nature has caused
Western civilization to regard nature as an ‘it’. The underlying assumption
is that since Nature (in the form of the apple from the Tree of Knowledge
which was offered to man by the serpent) caused man’s expulsion from
Eden, Nature is essentially something to be subdued by man. This mindset
is responsible for the ‘rape’ of Nature by technological Western man.
Contrary to this dominant myth, Western literary writers and thinkers have
celebrated the beauty and grandeur of Nature and its desire to help man
===========================
*
Associate professor, Lt.M.J.K Arts and Commerce Mahila College,
Rajkot
13
apprehend mystic truths. In British and American canonical literature,
Nature mysticism is evident in the works of Spenser, Shakespeare, Andrew
Marvell, William Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, Shelly, Byron,
Tennyson, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Whitman, Thoreau, Emerson,
Emily Dickinson and others.
William Wordsworth is regarded as a Nature poet. He appreciates
the beauty of Nature; moreover he emphasizes the interaction of man with
Nature. He does not present a gory picture of nature. Generally, Wordsworth
regards nature as benevolent teacher. As a poet of Nature, Wordsworth
stands supreme. He is a worshipper of Nature, Nature’s devotee or highpriest. He conceived of Nature as a living Personality. He believed that
there is a divine spirit pervading all the objects of Nature. This belief in a
divine spirit pervading all the objects of Nature may be termed as mystical
Pantheism and is fully expressed in Tintern Abbey and in several passages
in Book II of The Prelude.
Wordsworth believed that the company of Nature gives joy to the
human heart and he looked upon Nature as exercising a healing influence
on sorrow-stricken hearts. Above all, Wordsworth emphasized the moral
influence of Nature. He spiritualised Nature and regarded her as a great
moral teacher, as the best mother, guardian and nurse of man, and as an
elevating influence. He believed that between man and Nature there is
mutual consciousness, spiritual communion or intercourse. He initiates
his readers into the secret of the soul’s communion with Nature. According
to him, human beings who grow up in the lap of Nature are perfect in
every respect. Wordsworth is sensitive to every subtle change in the world
about him. He can give delicate and subtle expression to the sheer sensuous
delight of the world of Nature. He can feel the elemental joy of Spring:
It was an April morning, fresh and clear
The rivulet, delighting in its strength,
Ran with a young man’s speed, and yet the voice
Of waters which the river had supplied
Was softened down into a vernal tone.
He can take an equally keen pleasure in the tranquil lake:
The calm
And dead still water lay upon my mind
Even with a weight of pleasure
A voice so thrilling ne’er was heard
In springtime from the cuckoo-bird,
Breaking the silence of the seas
Among the farthest Hebrides.
Wordsworth’s attitude to Nature can be clearly differentiated from
that of the other great poets of Nature. He did not prefer the wild and
stormy aspects of Nature like Byron, or the shifting and changeful aspects
14
of Nature and the scenery of the sea and sky like Shelley, or the purely
sensuous in Nature like Keats. It was his special characteristic to concern
himself, not with the strange and remote aspects of the earth, and sky, but
Nature in her ordinary, familiar, everyday moods. He did not recognize
the ugly side of Nature ‘red in tooth and claw’ as Tennyson did. Wordsworth
stressed upon the moral influence of Nature and the need of man’s spiritual
discourse with her. To Blake Nature is different from that of Wordworth,
he construes it as an assistant and unless it is humanized with imagination,
it is meaningless.
Ruskin Bond a name to reckon with Nature and adventure requires
a mention. He finds the personal qualities to lead a meaningful life in
Nature that is quiet and gentle voice to comfort others and a strong and
upright demeanor like the chestnuts and pines, but also to be humble like
the willow, which bows low gracefully. Bond acknowledges that life can
have its tumbles and difficulties, but his prayer is let me find in me a rock
to cling to…these uplifting poems will prompt young readers to
contemplate the significance of the humblest aspect of nature.
Manifestations of nature like cherry tree, a raindrop, hidden pool, window
on the roof to view the world, banyan tree are seen in his novels and short
stories. Bond understands that humans need trees to feed their livestock
and to build their homes, what he cannot understand is why they cannot
replace what they have taken from nature. “if people keep cutting trees,
instead of planting them, there’ll soon be no forests left at all, and the
world will be just one vast desert”.(my father’s trees 145). Bond’s
hometown Mussorie has given a new meaning to the festival of
‘Vanmahoutsav’ by planting trees. The eco task force was established in
1980’s – a reforestation project started in 1970’s Chipko Movement (hug
the tree) non violent resistance to the cutting of trees. The theme of planting
trees recurs in bond’s essays and short stories.
The second aspect of the paper wishes to present the neo concept of
eco criticism and eco feminism. First, I would like to define/explain both
the above terms:
Ecocriticism considers human centredness or anthropocentric view
of the world.
The term ecofeminism was derived with the integration of ecology
and feminism. This was coined in 1970’s and 80’s, with the feminist and
environmental theories intersected signifying the plight of women and
nature as similar. This was parallel to the second wave of feminism.
Francoise d’Eaubonne in 1974 coined this term. She gave a clarion call to
the women to save our planet.
“A sense of ownership is a crucial factor in sustaining natural
resources management and other initiatives. Women’s participation should
be fully ensured in all aspects from conceptualization to the enjoyment of
15
results and benefits.”- Eleanor Dictaan-bang, Philippines.
The concept of ecofeminism believes that all systems of patriarchy
have certain structures of hierarchies which can be analyzed as heaven
and earth, mind and body, male-female, human and animal, matter and
spirit, culture and nature, white and non-white. Different types of
ecofeminist views prevail as post colonial, cultural and socialist
ecofeminism.
Roy in her debut novel, ‘The God of Small Things’ portrays her
women characters as being torn between traditional boundaries and modern
free zones. No doubt, Arundhati Roy shifted the issues related to women
which were till recently in the periphery. She seems to assert that “a woman
is a being. She is not an appendage of man. A woman is not the „other .
She is not an addition to man. She is an autonomous being, capable of,
through trial and error, finding her own way to salvation.
Toni Morison in chapter two of Beloved examines and depicts the
history of African American women’s views of nature and how the
institution of slavery fractured African American relationships with the
environment and rendered nature as a place of conflict for slaves. Here
the character of Sethe suffers after her cruel deed of killing her child
Beloved,with a good motive but succumbs to the pain and agony. A tree is
drawn on her back symbolizing the torture of slavery which is again
symbolic of torturing nature by men. Women and nature have a parrellel.
Various themes have been explored by the author as, racial discrimination,
women friendship, marriage and sex, self growth, evil and goodness etc.
Morrison’s eco-feminist concern for nature has seldom been studied. Toni
Morrison’s “Beloved” shows the history of African American women’s
views of nature and how the institution of slavery fractured African
American relationships with the environment and rendered nature as a
place of conflict for slaves. . In “Beloved”, Toni Morrison, through
excavating the relationship between female and nature from the peculiar
angle of a woman writer, demonstrates the strong desire of black women
to get rid of the miserable fate of slavery and pursue liberation and
independence. In this novel Morrison shows the victimized status of both
women and nature. In the world of Beloved, trees serve primarily as sources
of healing, comfort, and life. Denver’s “emerald closet” of boxwood bushes
functions as a place of solitude and repose for her. The beautiful trees of
Sweet Home mask the true horror of the plantation in Sethe’s memory.
Paul D finds his freedom by following flowering trees to the North, and
Sethe finds hers by escaping through a forest. By imagining the scars on
Sethe’s back as a “chokecherry tree,” Amy Denver sublimates a site of
trauma and brutality into one of beauty and growth. But as the sites of
lynching and of Sixo’s death by burning, however, trees reveal a connection
with a darker side of humanity as well. These novels show the recovery of
16
black people under the guidance of nature. In the light of eco-feminist
theory, this work has relevance.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
Basu Kasturi & Mitra Debamitra, Ecofeminism An Overview; The Icfai
University Press, Hyderabad 2009
Morrison Toni, Beloved; Vintage Books, London 2007
www.wiekipedia.com
Relationship between Gold Price Growth, Inflation
and Psycho-Economical effect on Indian Economy
* Sweta Thakur
**Harendra Parmar
==========================================================
Abstract- The present paper aims to explore the gold prices growth,
Inflation and Psycho-Economical effect on Indian Economy. As demand
increased for gold so the Imports increased. It directly indicates that there
is increase in sale of gold for various reasons in our economy that is
Economic factors, Psychological factors and sociological factors.
==========================================================
Key Word: Gold, Gold Price Growth, Inflation, Indian Economy
Introduction: Gold is a precious and rare metal from ages. In India, it is
used as Economical reason as investment, Psychological reason as security
satisfaction and for future unknown circumstances, and the Social reason
for marriages, birth, etc. Gold is always shown as one kind of status symbol.
Although it is the rare metal and found costly, people want to purchase it
to a greater extent. In the Indian society, people spend maximum hard
cash earning in wedding and in purchasing gold. This gold carry from one
generation to another as it has store value, it never goes down and in crisis
of life, it supports to the family. People invest in many areas such as stock
markets, mutual funds, fixed deposits and government bonds amongst
others, but they prefer to invest in gold more. Gold and man have an
intimate relation. The 1980 crash in gold was not felt in India because of
the appreciation of the dollar against the rupee buoyed the domestic prices.
When the rupee starts falling against major global currencies, it shows
fading picture of the economy. A weaker rupee prevents domestic gold
prices from crashing.
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, N. R. B.B.A. College, Gujarat Law Society,
Ahmedabad
**
Teaching Assistant, Department of Psychology, The Maharaja
Sayajirao University of Baroda, Vadodara
18
Gold Price in India :
Graph 1: The above chart shows the Gold price in INR for 10 gm (24k)
from the year 1964 to 1988 (Source: www.goldprice.in)
From the graphical presentation of chart 1 and 2, which indicate the
price of gold from 1964 to 2013, it can be observed that from 1964 to
1975 (10 years) there was continues rise in price of gold and in the
following year (1976) there was a fall in price. Like this, from 1977 to
1981 (5 years), again there was rise in gold price and in the immediate
next year (i.e., 1982) it had fallen. Same as the previous trend, from 1983
to 1992, for 10 years, the price of gold increased and in the next year
(1993) it was fallen. There were rise in gold price from 1994 to 1996 (3
years) and the price reduced in next two years that is 1997 and 1998.
From 1999 to 2012 (for 13 years) there were rise in the price and in 2013
it had fallen (Amutharani & Vijayalakshmi, 2014).
Chart 2: The above chart shows the Gold price in INR for 10 gm (24k)
from the year 1989 to 2013 (Source: www.goldprice.in)
19
According to the research conducted by Singh (2013), the average annual
growth of gold price has been mentioned as 12.27, on the basis of gold
prices of 42 years. In year 1973, the return on gold price was the highest
while the lowest return was in the year 1987, which was -32.67. In the
years 1974, 1979, 1980, 2006, 2011 and 2012 the gold has provided the
return about 30 to 50%. Only in the year 1974, 1979, 1980 and 1981 there
was a decline in the prices, which was observed. The returns observed
more than 30% in the years 2006, 2011, and 2012. The study conducted
by Amutharani & Vijayalakshmi (2014) provides key economic variables
through which the gold demand fluctuates. The price of gold varies
according to the fluctuation of inflation.
Relationship between Gold Price Growth and Inflation
Year
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Price
(Rs.)
4300
4990
5600
5850
7000
8400
10,800
12,500
14,500
18,500
26,400
31,050
29,600
Relationship between Gold Price Growth and Inflation
Average gold price
Average
Average inflation growth
growth (per cent)
inflation rate
rate (per cent)
–2.33
3.77
9.13
16.05
4.31
14.32
12.22
3.81
–11.60
4.47
3.77
–1.05
16.43
4.25
12.73
16.67
5.79
36.24
28.57
6.39
10.36
15.74
8.32
30.20
16.00
10.83
30.16
27.59
12.11
11.81
42.70
8.87
–26.75
17.61
9.30
4.85
–4.67
11.05
18.82
Table 1: shows the relationship between gold price growth and inflation
(Source: www.inflation.eu)
The table 1 talks about the price of gold and the inflation. The rate
in the market depends on the demand and availability of gold. In 2001, the
price was Rs. 4,300/-, whereas in the year 2013, it increased up to Rs.
29,600/-. The highest price of gold was in 2012, which was Rs. 31,050/-.
The table 1 also says that in 12 years there was continues increase in price
and in the next year it has fallen. From the table 1, it can be seen that the
average inflation growth rate was 18.82%. Hence, it can be easily said
that the price of gold is increasing day by day. Gold is always as an object
of desire. Individuals would like to have for personal wealth and security.
There are various factors influencing gold prices.
Economic factor: Inflation is the most popular reason to increase the
price of gold; the reason moves accordingly the Worlds Currencies. Gold
is not the cause of inflation but inflation give rise to gold price (Singh,
2013). Gold always response to the market fluctuations and interest rate
changes (Singh, 2013). Another reason of gold price rise is investment in
market. According to Gold Valuation Theory, there is an inverse
relationship between real price of gold and stock market (Faugere & Erlach,
20
2005). As the price of gold is fluctuating in the stock market, people find
gold as the best and safest method of investment. The gold can also be
easily converted into currency in any point of time. In ancient times, the
gold has traded in opposition to the dollar. But the dollar is so strong
currency that it has kept the gold back. It becomes the most expensive
currency to buy and thus weekend the demand of gold. As the dollar is the
global currency now, gold rate is always calculated in the relation of dollar.
But interestingly, it has been found that there is an inverse relation between
the gold and the dollar (Capie, Mills & Wood, 2005). As the price of
dollar goes down there is rise in the price of gold and vice versa. The
investors invest more in dollar when they find the value is going to rise
and reduces the investment in the gold. Due to this, the price of gold goes
down drastically. Hence, conclude that the dollar affects the fluctuation
of the gold price (Sjaastad, 2008). The other reason is banks offer high
interest rate on savings then the people will stop investing in gold and the
demand for gold gets down so the price and the value for currency increases.
On the other hand, if people are not getting good returns on the savings
then they will target the gold as the best investment, due to this the demand
for gold increases so there is rise in price and the value of currency goes
down. In this condition the import of gold increases and the balance of
payment shows deficit, if the exports are not equal. Another factor is
mining, as known to that gold is a natural element and cannot produces by
human beings so it is limited in nature. This means that it is a rare element
so the price will be high and it goes on increasing.
Psycho-social factor: Gold is believed as good luck, prosperity and bright
fortune. However, wedding without gold is incomplete in India. Though
there is high price of gold still it is purchased. This means that the demand
will not come down. According to Amutharani & Vijayalakshmi (2014)
India accounts for nearly one-third of the total world demand for gold.
Indian consumer’s demand for gold is 37.6 percent more than that of China.
The other factor is gold serves satisfaction as a safe haven during
economical crises. People don’t bother about the fluctuation of gold price
because it is the traditional pattern of savings and gives the comfort or
satisfaction. According to Psychologist, this is called exposure effect.
Secondly, it is considered as real assets which have important
characteristics as touch and feel. So people purchase more gold that lead
rise in the price and the imports of gold also rise. The next reasons for
gold price rise is disbelieves, people wishes and drop gold in temples.
This gold is locked and cannot be used or resell. Due to this reason, the
imports increases, the demand never end and the price rises. According to
Amutharani & Vijayalakshmi (2014) the locked up gold in India are
estimated to be with Tirupati temple, Sree Padmanabha swamy temple,
Guruvayur temple and Sabarimala temples, as well as scores of religious
21
places in southern states, with substantial gold holdings. The Sree
Padmanabhaswamy temple is estimated to have gold holdings valued at
more than 1000 billions; on the other hand, Tirupati Temple’s holdings
could be about five per cent of an estimated 30,000-35,000 tonnes of gold
held in India.
Demand and Import of Gold
India’s Gold Imports against Total Imports
Year
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
India’s Gold Imports against Total Imports
Gold import
Total import
Percentage share
4170.4
51,413.3
8.1
3844.9
61,412.1
6.3
6514.9
78,149.1
8.3
10,537.7
111,517.4
9.4
10,830.5
149,166
7.3
14,461.9
185,735.2
7.8
16,723.6
251,439.2
6.7
20,725.6
298,833.9
6.9
28,640.1
288,372.9
9.9
33,875.8
352,574.9
9.6
55,962.3
489,319.5
11.44
61,409.9
491,487.2
12.50
Table 2: Shows India’s Gold Imports against total imports (Source:
www.tradingeconomic.com)
The information of table 2 says that every year the total imports are
increasing and same as the gold import. The highest import of gold is
Rs.61,409.9/- which was in the year 2012-13 and the percentage ratio is
also get high. This is due to the high demand in the market for gold for
various factors.
Conclusion: Human purchases the gold for number of reasons. Whether
it is marriage, child birth or any other occasion, gold is more favourable
metal to purchase. The gold is such precious that it is treated as asset.
Although the trading of gold depends on the market value, and the prices
are getting higher every year, people do prefer gold for investment as it
passes from generation to generation.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
Faugere, C. & Erlach, J. V. (2005). The price of gold: A global required
yield theory. The Journal of Investing. Vol. 14 (1). 99-111. DOI:
10.3905/joi.2005.479394
Sjaastad, L. A. (2008). The price of gold and the exchange rates: Once
again. Resource Policy. Vol. 33 (2). 118-124. doi:10.1016/
j.resourpol.2007.10.002
Amutharani, S. & Vijayalakshmi, K. (2014). Importance of Gold in Indian
Economy. Market Survey: Facts for you. http://www.lfymag.com/admin/
issuepdf/13-16_Gold_FFYMarch-14.pdf.
22
4.
5.
Singh, P. (2013). Gold Prices in India: Study of Trends and Patterns.
International Journal of Innovations in Engineering and Technology. Vol.
2 (3) 345-351. http://ijiet.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/46.pdf.
Capie, F., Mills, T. C., & Wood, G. (2005). Gold as a hedge against the
dollar. Journal of International Financial Markets, Institutions & Money.
doi: 10.1016/j.intfin.2004.07.002
Identifying the Consumer`s Investment Behaviour
towards Systematic Investment Plan in Bhilai Region
* Laxman Prasad
**S.K.Sharma
==========================================================
Abstract- Investment is the sacrifice of certain present value for the
uncertain future reward. The basic idea behind investment is to utilize the
surplus money in favourable plans so that the money will be rolled back
as well as it will give returns also. Investment in share market and
especially in any of the systematic investment plan requires a lot of
calculations and study of that particular investment plan. When a common
men thinks about investment he will never go for any risky plan. Some
persons can take interest in risky investment plans. The basic objective of
this research paper is to identify why and how an individual decides for
investment? And also if he decides for systematic investment plan then
what are the factors responsible for the decision making for systematic
investment plan? The present scenario of investment in share market is
highly unpredictable. In this situation the systematic and careful study
before investment is very necessary.
==========================================================
Key Word: Investment, Risk
Review of Literature: Systematic investment plan is financial contracts
whose values are derived from the values of other underlying assets, such
as foreign exchange, bonds, equities or commodities. There are basically
three concepts of investment (1) economic investment-that is ,an
economists definition of investment;(2) investment in a more general or
extended sense, which is used by :the man on the street:”(3) the sense in
which we are going to be very much interested, namely, financial
investment. The largest appeal of these instruments is that they offer some
degree of leverage. Leverage is a financial term that refers to the
multiplication that happens when a small amount of money is used to
control an item of much larger value. A mortgage is the most common
form of leverage: for a small amount of money and taking on the obligation
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, St. Thomas College, Bhilai
**
H.O.D.& Professor, (Govt.V.Y.T.P.G.College), Dean of Pt.R.S.U.Raipur
24
of a mortgage, a person gains control of a property of much larger value
than the small amount of money that has exchanged hands. Systematic
investment plan offer the same sort of leverage or multiplication as a
mortgage. For a small amount of money, the investor can control a much
larger value of company stock than would be possible without use of these
instruments. This can work both ways, though. If the investor is correct,
then more money can be made than if the investment had been made directly
into the company itself. The losses are multiplied instead, however, if the
investor is wrong.
Introduction:
Investment: The everyday usage of the term investment can mean a variety
of things, but to be man on the street it usually refers to a money
commitment of some sort. For example, a commitment of money to buy a
new car is certainly an “investment” from an individual’s point of view.
But these are so in very general and in much extended sense of the word
since no rate of return is involved, nor is a financial return or capital growth
expected.
Mode of Investment: An investor will select such a combination of
securities which maximizes his utility.
1.
Direct Investment Alternatives –In direct investment, the
individual makes his own choice and takes his own investment decisions.
(a) Fixed principal investments: In fixed principal investments, the
principal amount and the maturity amount are know with certainty.
The examples of these investments are: cash, savings bank account,
savings certificates, Government Bonds, corporate bonds, corporate
debentures.
(b) Variable principal securities: In variable principal securities the
maturity value is not known with certainty. The examples of these
securities are: equity shares, preference shares, convertible
debentures and preference shares.
(c) Non security investments: the examples of non-security investments
are: real estate, mortgages, commodities, business ventures, art,
antiques and other valuables.
2.
Indirect investment alternatives: indirect investment alternatives
is an important and rapidly growing segment of our economic. In indirect
investments, the individual investors have no control over the amount
invested. The investments are entrusted to the care of particular
organisations. These organisations manage the funds on the behalf of
investors with the help of group of trustees. Examples of indirect investment
alternatives are:
• Pension fund
• Provident fund
• Insurance
• Investment companies and
• Unit trust of India.
25
Meaning of systematic investment plan: A sip is a of money which
collected from many investors and is invest by an asset management
company to achieve some common objective of investor‘s. The money
that is invested in equity, debenture or other securities according to the
objective of the scheme. The company asset that derives its value from
another asset is known as systematic investment plan Instrument. For
example, a call option on the stock of Coca-Cola is a sip security that
obtains value from the shares of Coca-Cola that can be purchased with the
call option. Call options, put options, convertible bonds, futures contracts,
and convertible preferred stock are examples of sip. A sip can be either a
risky or low-risk investment, depending upon the type of derivative and
how it is used.
Underlying Asset: In a sip or warrant, the security, property, or other
asset that gives value to the sip or warrant. For example, in an option
giving one the right to buy stock in Johnson and Johnson, the underlying
asset is the stock in Johnson and Johnson. An underlying asset may many
things, such as a physical commodity, a security, a piece of land, or part of
a business.
Investor: An investor is a person who allocates capital with the expectation
of a financial return. The types of investments include: gambling and
speculation, equity, debt securities, real estate, currency, commodity, sip
such as put and call options, etc. This definition makes no distinction
between those in the primary and secondary markets. That is, someone
who provides a business with capital and someone who buys a stock are
both investors. Since those in the secondary market are considered
investors, speculators are also investors. According to this definition there
is no difference.
1.
Research Objectives
a.
To study investor attitude towards investment option selection.
b.
To identify factors affecting investor attitude towards investment
option selection with special reference to sip.
2.
Research Design: - Exploratory and Descriptive research design
3.
Sampling Plan:
Sample Size:
Research Method Used
Research Technique Used
Data Collection
Sampling Plan
Measurement Instrument:
100
Survey
Questionnaire
From Durg and Bhilai
Convenience Sampling
1-7 points Likert’s Scale
Research Model of the Study: Dependent Variable: - Investor’s Attitude
Independent Variable: 1.
Gender
26
2.
Age
3.
Marital Status
4.
Educational Qualification
5.
Occupation
6.
Annual Income
Dependent Variable
Investor’s attitude: If you’re planning to invest, you need to know whether
you are prepared to risk a large, medium or a very small proportion of
your money to invest. How much risk are you willing to take? You should
ensure that you only invest what you can afford to lose and have savings
to cover any short to medium term needs. It is commonly accepted you
should look to hold at least three months’ income in a savings account that
offers immediate access in case of an unforeseen emergency. You should
also think about making full use of your annual tax allowances, e.g. ISA
allowances, when investing.
You need to understand your attitude to risk - which can be
determined by your circumstances, age, goals and other factors - as this
will help you decide what type of investments you make. A general rule is
that the more risk you’re prepared to take, the higher the potential returns
could be. The downside is that any losses are potentially greater. If you
want more security - in other words you want to take a more cautious
approach - your returns are likely to be lower albeit more consistent. Of
course there will be people who are unwilling to take any risk with their
money
Independent Variable:
Gender: It is found in study that men engage in more overall risky
behaviour than women and within financial matters Prince found that men
perceive themselves as more competent. It is found that gender was the
most important explanatory factor affecting confidence in investment
decisions.
H1. Gender has a significant impact on the investor attitude for the selection
of a sip.
Age: Previous researchers have studied the relationship between age and
the holding of risky assets. Risky assets were defined as the sum of stocks,
bonds, mutual funds, real estate other than owner-occupied home, equity
in own business, and loans. it is concluded that on average, risk aversion
increased with age. For those at the low levels of net worth, risk aversion
increased with age. In contrast, for households with high net worth, risk
aversion decreased with age. The authors concluded that both net worth
and age influenced risk aversion.
H2. Age has a significant impact on the investor attitude for the selection
of a sip.
Marital Status: Women constitute above half of the world population.
27
Their contribution is about 55% including their unpaid economic activities.
Hence there is every reason that women should plan an equal role in
economic decision making. The 1994 world survey on the role of women
in development reported that the ratio of women to men is economically
active population has almost doubled over the last 20 years. With the
increase in role of women in the economic activities and by nature, women
are being identified as a better saver than man, the decision making process
by women for investment purpose gains its importance. Traditionally,
women have generally been more hesitant when it comes to financial
investments. They are more cautious when it comes to money. The new
women investment clubs take the fear out of investing for women. The
hand that rocks the cradle rules the world is popular saying about women.
Saving is a habit specially embodied to women. Even in the past, when
mainly depended on their spouse’s income, they used to save to meet
emergencies as well as for future activities. In those days, women did not
have any awareness about various investment outlets. But as time passed,
the scenario had totally changed.
H3. Marital Status has a significant impact on the investor attitude for the
selection of a sip.
th
Educational Qualification: During the two last decades of the 20 century
there were fundamental changes in the patterns of young people’s
transitions from schooling to the labor market in Britain. Indeed, from a
society where, as recently as the late 1970s, participation rates in post
compulsory education were the lowest in Europe, two decades later Britain
became a society where an absolute majority of young people participated
in post-compulsory education. In 2000 the rate of participation was 80 per
cent (Cregan, 2001). This increase in rates of participation in postcompulsory education was especially dramatic among low attainers and
those from less advantaged social backgrounds, who traditionally leave
full-time education at the first legal opportunity (that is at age 16) and
enter the labor market (see Croxford et al, 2006). One of the main reasons
why participation increased in such a dramatic way during a comparatively
short period is that the period from 1980 to 2000 saw radical changes in
the labour market with a sharp decline in demand for unskilled workers
and a fundamental re-structuring of the jobs that remained.
H4. Educational Qualification has a significant impact on the investor
attitude for the selection of a sip.
Occupation: This study analyzes the relationship of individual risk
attitudes and occupational sorting with respect to occupational earnings
risk. By using the German Mikrozensus, a precise measure for earnings
risk is computed as the occupation-wide standard deviation of wages.
Following the procedure proposed by Bonin (2007), this earnings risk
measure is used as dependent variable in cross-sectional and panel data
28
estimations using the SOEP data of 2004 and 2006, including a measure
of the individual willingness to take risks. The signify cant relationship in
cross-sectional analyses vanishes when controlling for unobserved
heterogeneity. Cross- sectional results seem to be driven by the correlation
of unobserved ability and willingness to take risks, and are potentially
biased by an attenuation bias due to unstable risk preferences.
This study contributes to the existing literature by showing the
importance of controlling for unobserved heterogeneity and instability of
attitudes when examining the effects of personality traits in labor market
decisions.
H5. Occupation has a significant impact on the investor attitude for the
selection of a sip.
Annual Income: Since Shiller (1984), the social aspects of investment
decisions ha attention, especially during the past individuals’ preference
to “keep up with the others’ consumption. The effect of KUJ proposed
and documented in literatu DeMarzo, Kaniel, and Kremer, 2007 KUJ
preference on individuals’ investment behaviour remains scant. This study
investigates the behaviour. First, this study examine a theoretical model,
Park (2009) derives conditions under which could result in the shift of
individuals’ portfolios into a measure of KUJ preference is constructed
significant effect on individual’s equivalent financial status. Second, this
study individuals’ stock selection. DeMarzo, Kaniel, and Kremer (2007)
develop a model in which even rational and risk-averse agents may
overinvest in a risky technology the authors demonstrate that an indirect
utility and hence promote investment bubbles. Individuals’ stock selection
decisions can be concerns regarding status relative to others in the
future.Investigates the impact of KUJ preference and other financial
resources. In this analysis, data is employed York state. The results indicate
that KUJ preference.Specifically this study on individuals’ tendency to
shift asset allocation and currently equivalent financial status. Additionally
shown is individuals’ tendency to follow others in resources also increases.
H5. Annual Income has a significant impact on the investor attitude for
the selection of a sip.
Research Question: Whether all/ some of the identified explanatory
variable/s viz. Gender, Age, Marital Status, Educational Qualification,
Occupation, and Annual Income are having significant impact on Investor’s
Attitude or not?
TABLE -1
DATA ANALYSIS AND RESULTS FACTOR ANALYSIS
Rotated Component Matrixa
Component
1
IA1
2
-.117
3
.277
4
.224
5
.716
-.020
IA2
29
-.098
.063
.281
.757
.222
IA3
.002
.146
-.121
.853
-.017
G1
-.147
.810
.090
.169
.152
G2
.223
.906
.154
.047
-.002
G3
.091
.906
.075
.242
-.092
A1
-.119
.116
.824
.205
.000
A3
.046
.193
.904
.089
-.079
MS2
.658
.027
.457
-.351
.142
MS3
.800
-.080
-.007
-.294
.158
EQ1
.715
-.087
.567
-.008
.016
EQ2
.822
-.304
.297
-.198
-.002
EQ3
.874
-.116
-.020
-.155
-.045
O1
.730
.218
-.254
.056
.126
O2
.741
.338
-.111
.220
.086
O3
.830
.281
-.088
.130
-.039
AI2
.099
.040
-.051
-.027
.878
AI3
.064
.005
.003
.136
.893
Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.
Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.
a. Rotation converged in 6 iterations.
Result- As some factors (A2. MS1 and AI 1) were not found significant
hence they were deleted and again factor analysis was made to find out
the impact of factors.
TABLE- 2
REGRESSION ANALYSIS
Variables Entered/Removedb
Model
Variables Entered
Variables Removed
Method
1
AI, G, E, O, MSa
.
Enter
a. All requested variables entered.
The above table shows the model of the study in which Age, Gender,
Educational Qualification and Marital Status are the independent variable
to test the dependency of Investor’s Attitude.
TABLE-3
Model Summary
Model R
1
.498a
Std.
Adjusted Error of
R
R
the
Square Square Estimate
.248
.208
1.31286
Change Statistics
R Square
F
Change Change df1
.248
6.205
5
df2
94
Sig. F
Change
.000
a. Predictors: (Constant), AI,
E,O,MS
b. Dependent Variable: IA
In the above table the value of R Square is calculated and further
processed for final result.
30
TABLE -4
ANOVAb
Model
1
Sum of Squares
df
Mean Square
F
Sig.
Regression
53.470
5
10.694
6.205
.000a
Residual
162.018
94
1.724
Total
215.488
99
a. Predictors: (Constant), AI, G, E, O, MS
b. Dependent Variable: IA
In the above table the ANOVA (Analysis of Variance) is calculated and
the final result is shown in the table 5.
TABLE -5
Coefficientsa
Unstandardized Coefficients
Model
1
Standardized
Coefficients
B
Std. Error
Beta
t
Sig.
(Constant)
2.150
.780
E
.129
.151
.128
2.757
.007
.856
G
.393
.106
.394
.375
3.725
MS
-.363
.000
.120
-.410
-3.031
O
.003
.055
.160
.043
.344
.732
AI
.132
.092
.131
1.430
.156
a. Dependent Variable: IA
Result: - The above table shows the significance value of all the
independent variables. In the analysis Gender and Marital Status is found
significant towards the attitude as their values are less than 0.05.
Findings:
1.
In the Regression analysis the Coefficient value of gender is 0.000
which is less than 0.05; the gender is a major factor which affects
the Customer Attitude towards investment option selection with
special reference to sip.
2.
The Coefficient value of marital status is 0.003 which is less than
0.05; the marital status is a major factor which affects the Customer
Attitude towards investment option selection with special reference
to sip.
3.
The Coefficient value of educational qualification is 0.394,
occupation is 0.732 and for annual income this value is 0.156 which
are greater than 0.05; these three factors don’t affects the Customer
Attitude towards investment option selection with special reference
to sip.
Recommendations:
1.
The companies should come with more flexible and safe investment
products as because sip having high risk.
2.
Companies should always design schemes according to different
31
income groups and different occupational groups.
3.
In the present scenario as women are more educated their
participation should be increased while the preparation and decision
making for investment option selection.
4.
Investor should always choose his/her investment plan according to
their marital status as it will affect equally both husband and wife.
Conclusion: Financial transactions involve several risk factors.sip are
instrumental in alienating those risk factors from traditional instruments
and shifting risks to those entities that are ready to take them. As in the
present scenario the market is highly uncertain and unpredictable the
investor should analyze the market with full of care and analysis and then
he/she go for investment.sip are always risky in nature so it is better to
take suggestions from any Asset Management Company before investment.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Bhalla V.K., Investment Management, 16th Revised Edition, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., Ramnagar, New Delhi.
Michael V.P., Research Methodology in Management, Himalaya Publishing
House, Mumbai.
Gupta Shashi K.,Joshi Rosy, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management,
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.
Kothari C. R., Research Methodology, Third Edition, New Age International
(P) Limited, Publishers, New Delhi.
An Analysis of the Determinants of Financial Derivative Use by Commercial
Banks by Katie Hundman the Park Place Economist / vol. VII
Difference in Gender Attitude in Investment Decision Making in India Gaur
Arti1, Julee2, Sukijha Sunita3 Deptt. Of Business Administration, Ch. Devi
lal University, Sirsa. JCD Institute of Business Management, JCDV, SIRSA
(Haryana)-125055 Department of Management Studies, JCDMCOE,
SIRSA (Haryana)-125055
Research Journal of Finance and Accounting www.iiste.org ISSN 22221697 (Paper) ISSN 2222-2847 (Online) Vol 2, No 12, 2011
Investors' Attitude on Stock Selection Decision 1E. Bennet, 2Dr. M. Selvam,
3 Eva Ebenezer, 4V. Karpagam,5 S. Vanitha 1,2,4,5 Dept. of Commerce
and Financial Studies, Bharathidasan University, Tiruchirappalli, India
3Pentecost University, Accra, Ghana IJMBS Vol. 1, Issue 2, June 20
Difference in Gender Attitude in Investment Decision Making in India Gaur
Arti1, Julee2, Sukijha Sunita3 Deptt. Of Business Administration, Ch. Devi
lal University, Sirsa. JCD Institute of Business Management, JCDV, SIRSA
(Haryana)-125055 Department of Management Studies, JCDMCOE,
SIRSA (Haryana)-125055 Research Journal of Finance and Accounting
www.iiste.org ISSN 2222-1697 (Paper) ISSN 2222-2847 (Online) Vol 2,
No 12, 2011
Does Risk Tolerance Decrease With Age? Hui Wang1 and Sherman Hanna2
1Hui Wang, Statistical Analyst with Milliken and Co. in South Carolina.
E-mail: michelle_wang@milliken.com
32
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
2Sherman Hanna, Professor, Consumer and Texile Sciences Department,
The Ohio State University, 1787 Neil Ave., Columbus, OH 43210-1295.
Phone: (614) 292-4584. FAX: (614) 292-7536. E-mail: hanna.1@osu.edu.
©1997, Association for Financial Counseling and Planning Education. All
rights of reproduction in any form reserved
Investment Attitude of Women Towards Different Sources of Securities A Factor Analysis Approach GRA - GLOBAL RESEARCH ANALYSIS X
34 http://theglobaljournals.com/gra/file.php?val=NTIz
ESRC Research Project on Education and Youth Transitions in England,
Wales and Scotland, 1984-2002 trends in the impact of post-compulsory
educational Qualifications and experience on the occupational attainments
of young people in England and Scotland 1986-2001
Risky Business - The Role of Individual Risk Attitudes in Occupational
Choice Ruhr-Universidad Bochum. - The author wants to give thanks to
the participants at the RGS conference 2010 in Bochum and the SOEP
Young Scholars Symposium 2010 in Delmenhorst, Ruhr-Universidad
Bochum. - The author wants to give thanks to the participants at the RGS
conference 2010 in Bochum and the SOEP Young Scholars
Symposium 2010 in Delmenhorst, John P. Haisken-DeNew (RuhrUniversidad Bochum), Reinhold Schnabel (University of Duisburg- Essen),
and Thomas Siedler (DIW Berlin) for their valuable comments and Joop
Hartog (University of Amsterdam) for his comments on a earlier draft. All correspondence to Ingo E. Isphording, Ruhr-Universidad Bochum,
Department of Economics, Universitätsstr.150, 44801Bochum, Germanymail: ingo.isphording@rub.de.
http://www.wisegeek.org/what-are-financial-derivatives.html
http://kalyan-city.blogspot.com/2011/06/what-is-investment-meaning-andtypes-of.html
A Theory of Satisfaction:
Satisfaction with Management
* Mahesh Rawat
**Richa Soni
==========================================================
Abstract- Satisfaction is very important in a human's life. Human wants
to get satisfaction in every work and level of his life so that he can make
his life pleasurable. At present time satisfaction is very much important in
every work & every level of management. It makes the management &
managerial works very pleasant & nice. Satisfaction creates a positive &
healthy work atmosphere in a business organization which results as good
relations between all people related to internal & external fields. It develops
the humans also along with the business organization. The study of
satisfaction empowers the management because when the work & targets
are attached with satisfaction then the realization of goal is done.
==========================================================
K ey Wor d: Satisfaction, Organization, Management
Introduction: Management is a universal process which is always started
to achieve pre defined goals & it keeps on running until the target is
achieved. At present management has been related with all fields & works
& its importance can not be ignored. This is why different experts of
management have expressed their own views about itH. Fayol: “To manage is to forecast and plan, to organize, to command to
coordinate and control”
E.F.L. Breach: “Management is a social process entailing responsibilities
of effective planning & regulations of an enterprise, in fulfillment of a
given purpose or task.”
Lawrence Appley: “Management is the development of people and not
the direction of things” Some more management specialists have also
discussed about the importance of management and described it as a source
of achieving the goal or object but this is the reality of present era that
now management is not only the source to achieve the target but it should
===========================
*
Head of Department- Commerce & Management (Digital Institute of
Science and Technology, Chhatarpur M.P.)
**
Research Scholar, Chhatarpur (M.P.)
34
also be the source to get satisfaction. Targets can be many but the best
target is one which gives maximum satisfaction while achieving. That
particular target can be termed as the best & most important one.
Satisfaction is a diverse concept which is not only related with a particular
field or work but also attached with all fields or works as- education,
science, research, business, management, medical, engineering etc.
Management is essential for all fields in today’s competitive era because
this is impossible to get the success without proper management. This is
why all the fields are accepting managerial concept at broad level in present
time. In the same way satisfaction is also an essential element or concept
for all fields. It should be taken as an indispensible part of management so
that the responsibility of management gets increased and it also makes
easy for management to evaluate the achieved goals.
Management process becomes more powerful if it is coordinated
with satisfaction & it results in the form of huge profit. Because when
management is done while keeping satisfaction factor in mind then
satisfaction is evaluated in all related managerial works & levels. This
helps in identifying the harmful elements & helps in proper control. It
also helps in creating a healthy work atmosphere in organization & boosts
the moral of officers & workers.
For exA sales manager sets the target of maximum selling & he also expects
the same to his sub ordinates that they will do their best possible efforts in
order to achieve the desired goal. If the goal is achieved successfully then
it is assumed that sales manager has worked very nicely along with his
team & the target of sales is completed. In this situation manager should
be fully satisfied with his individual efforts as well as team efforts. But
many a time full satisfaction cannot be gained. There can be many reasons
behind it as - Some sub ordinates had not completed their target, Time
was wasted during work, Lack of team spirit, Lack of self motivation etc.
In such condition manager & employees do not get full satisfaction
by their work which results in lack of self confidence & it can also create
cold wars and chaos. These all things adversely affect the capability of
work. Hence this can be said that despite getting the desired result
successfully it should not be thought that everything is all right & there is
no problem because this can be decided only by one factor named
satisfaction. If the organization, team, manager & workers are fully satisfied
after completing the work only then it can be said that everything is fine.
Characteristics of satisfaction1.
Satisfaction is a human process.
2.
Satisfaction is related with every process & work.
3.
Satisfaction is the proof of target completion.
4.
Satisfaction can be positive and negative in nature.
5.
35
Positive satisfaction promotes the confidence, moral & work
efficiency of a person.
6.
Negative satisfaction paves the way to disappointment, lack of moral
& stress.
Satisfaction ManagementWhen a person is not willing to do a particular work because he has
already achieved his target of that work then this situation is termed as
satisfaction. Satisfaction is an indicator which tells that target is achieved.
It removes the stress and tension related to work. Actually satisfaction is a
psychological position and process which is very important for human at
present time. Human wants to be fully satisfied in his all works even if it
is his day to day work or any important assignment, satisfaction is required
everywhere. On one hand satisfaction is directly or indirectly related with
comfort, success, self confidence, willingness, determination etc. So on
other hand dissatisfaction or low satisfaction gives birth to stress,
nervousness, lack of confidence etc.
For ex–
1.
If a student gets good result then he becomes satisfied by his efforts
and study and get motivated to do much better in future but if the
student does not get the result according to his study then he will
feel very nervous and can be even careless for study.
2.
If an employee gets good stipend according to his work & labor
then he becomes satisfied by his work & feels motivated & dedicated
towards the organization and becomes ready for any further projects.
But if he does not get a proper stipend according to his work &
efforts then he will become careless towards organization & create
problems.
Every businessman aims to achieve profit by his business but this is
very difficult to predict that how much profit can be gained. If he gets
maximum profit then he becomes satisfied but if the profit is less, then
satisfaction does not come despite completing the goal. The businessman
can neither manage the business properly nor become self confident until
satisfaction is achieved. Hence this situation becomes harmful for the
development of management, business and businessman as well as
individual.
Hence it is essential that satisfaction is also achieved along with the
goals in any managerial process and satisfaction should be gained at every
work and level as- Satisfaction in planning, organization, motivation,
decision making, order and direction as well as satisfaction at higher level,
middle level, low level & complete satisfaction etc.
36
Fig. No. 1: Flow of Satisfaction
Classification of satisfaction management: Satisfaction management
plays a vital role in all the organizations. It is discovered that satisfaction
is not related with any individual, group or organization but it is related to
all. The formation of satisfaction is so diverse that it is even related with
physical sources as well as resources. It has been proved by a thorough
study that satisfaction is not a single side process but it is a double sided
process which affects both the sides. For ex. If an employee of any
organization satisfies the management by his work efficiency then this
fact should also be taken care of that how much satisfied is he from the
organization. Hence we can say that satisfaction exists as a double sided
process in any organization. Satisfaction management has been classified
in to three different categories:
Fig. No.-2: Classification of Satisfaction
1.
Satisfaction related to organizational activity: Satisfaction is a
diverse term and its form is depended on concerning business or occupation.
Every organization targets an aim and then different processes are done
for achieving it. Under satisfaction management the activities of every
individual are taken and studied in relation to management. It is further
37
explained that the activities of every organization are related to satisfaction.
Hence it is classified in to two sections:
(a) Satisfaction from management function and processes: This is
explained under this group that satisfaction can be achieved by the
works and processes of every organization. When the persons
involved in any business or occupation remains happy then it is
inculcated that positive satisfaction is being generated by
organizational works and processes.
(b)
Satisfaction to management function and process: As we know
that the employees of any organization gain satisfaction by the works
and processes of organization, In the same way the management of
organization also get satisfaction from the employees. This is why
it is discovered that management cannot achieve the targets until all
its employees do not work with dedication and efficiency regardless
to the size of organization. It is essential that employees of the
organization must take care of the fact that the satisfaction of
management is actually based upon their individual works and
activities which helps the organization to achieve the aims.
2.
Satisfaction related to external and internal factors: Any business
organization can be affected by two kinds of atmospheres which are
respectively known as Internal atmosphere and External atmosphere.
Employees, production process, internal management etc. are the parts of
Internal atmosphere. Whereas consumer, supplier, competition and external
sales activities are included in External atmosphere.
Both external and internal atmosphere are also the part of satisfaction
management. It tells us that what is the level of satisfaction between
management and employees in internal atmosphere and in the same way
the level of satisfaction between management and external atmosphere
can also be decided. Satisfaction management tries to make a balance
between both the factors so that positive energy always exists in whole
organization. Hence this group is further classified in to four different
categories:
(a) Satisfaction from employees and officers: In an internal
atmosphere business organization analyses that how much satisfied
they are from their employees and officers. It is always not essential
that officers and employees provide satisfaction to organization by
their works. Hence the study of the level of satisfaction between
them must be done by this managerial process.
(b) Satisfaction to employees and officers: In this group of satisfaction
management this factor is given importance that how much
satisfaction does the employees and officers have from the
organization. This is needed because employees and officers are the
indispensible part of any organization and only their mere existence
38
can not get success to the organization but this is of utmost
importance that they work with efficiency and full capacity. Hence
this is also required that their own satisfaction towards organization
is also given due importance.
(c) Satisfaction from external factors: In this group of satisfaction
management the external atmosphere of organization is studied For
ex. Satisfaction from supplier, satisfaction from consumers,
satisfaction from government policies etc. This type of satisfaction
certainly communicates a positive energy which is required for the
development benefits of the organization.
(d) Satisfaction to external factors: The satisfaction level of external
factors towards the organization is analyzed in this group. It is
evaluated that how much satisfaction is received by the external
factors from the activities of business organization. This analysis is
essential so that the proper policies can be framed by keeping external
factors in mind.
3.
Satisfaction related to physical sources and resources: This is an
obvious fact that in this era various physical sources and resources are
being used in the execution of any business. For ex. Computer, machinery,
goods, building, furniture etc. These all physical sources and resources
help continuously in the proper execution of any business organization.
As a huge amount is invested over these sources and resources so it is
essential to thoroughly analyze the satisfaction received by them. On the
other hand all these physical sources and resources required their
maintenance and care in order to work with efficiency. In other words we
can say that all these physical sources and resources also require being
satisfied. So that the business organization can get their services properly.
Hence this group of satisfaction management has been classified in to two
sections:
(a) Satisfaction from physical sources and resources: In this category
of satisfaction management the level of satisfaction from all physical
sources and resources is evaluated and their proper functioning is
assured.
(b) Satisfaction to physical sources and resources: This is an
imaginary part of satisfaction management where it is assumed that
how much satisfaction is being given to physical sources and
resources by business organizations. In other words we can say that
the level of satisfaction in physical sources and resources towards
business organization is analyzed and evaluated.
(A) Complete Satisfaction: This is such a condition of satisfaction in
which a person feels complete satisfaction because he has completed all
the targets & feels assured that everything is fine.
(B) Incomplete satisfaction: This is such a condition where complete
39
satisfaction is not received despite completing the targets. It tells that targets
have been completed but still there are many loop holes & everything is
not.
(C) Positive satisfaction: This is a kind of satisfaction where a manager
keeps positive thinking towards everyone whether complete satisfaction
is received or not but the manager keeps on motivating the people &
progress the management process.
(D) Negative satisfaction: In this kind of situation the manager keeps
negative thinking towards everyone even if the work is done nicely & the
complete satisfaction is received. It creates chaos, lack of confidence etc.
in the business organization.
Advantages and importance of management satisfaction:
1.
Managerial satisfaction is helpful in the development of
management.
2.
Managerial satisfaction is the powerful base of human processes &
relations.
3.
The evaluation of achieved target, work & process is possible by
managerial satisfaction.
4.
Managerial satisfaction boosts the moral & self confidence of
employees & officers of business organization.
5.
It creates discipline and specialization in business organization.
6.
The execution & evaluation of organizational works can be done
sequentially by it.
7.
Time & efforts can be co-ordinate in organization through it.
8.
It utilizes the organizational sources & resources.
Conclusion: Satisfaction management is a new aspect in the field of
management by which management process can be made much effective
& the work power as well as will power of the organization can also be
increased. In this management concept physical sources and resources are
also kept in consideration for satisfaction. Satisfaction management helps
in creating a healthy atmosphere in organization & achieved goals can
also be analyzed through this technique which helps in getting good results
in future.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Thompson, E.R.; Phua F.T.T. (2012). “A Brief Index of Affective Job
Satisfaction”. Group & Organization Management 37 (3): 275–307.
Kalleberg, A.L. (1977). “Work values and job rewards—Theory of job
satisfaction”. American Sociological Review 42: 124–143.
Festinger, L. (1954). A theory of social comparison processes. Human
Relations, 7, 117-140.
Maslow, A. H. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review,
50, 370-396.
Beverages
* Pomey Malhotra
==========================================================
Abstract- Beverages are materials used as drinks for the purpose of
relieving thirst and introducing fluid in the body and stimulating or
boothing the individuals. Beverages are classified as refreshing,
nourishing, stimulating, soothing, alcoholic andnon alcoholic. Beverages
varies in their nutritive value.
==========================================================
Beverages are materials used as drinks for the purpose of relieving
thirst and introducing fluid in the body, nourishing the body and stimulating
or soothing the individuals. Beverages from an undeletable item from our
daily menu. Beverage not only refreshes a person but also helps in
stimulating fluid.
A. Beverages are conveniently classified as:
1.
Refereshing –
(1) Simple water and mineral water
(2) Bottled Beverages
(3) Fruit Juices
2. Nourishing –
(1) Milk
(2) Lemon or Orange ade with glucose
(3) Tube feeding feeds
3.
Stimulatings:
(1) Tea
(2) Coffee
(3) Alcohlic Beverages
4.
Soothing:
(1) Hot tea
(2) Hot or cuke warm milk.
B.
Others classify beverages as follows:
(1) Coffee, Tea, Coco, Milk.
(2) Alcoholic Beverages
(3) Non alcoholic Beverages.
===========================
*
Associate Professor,Department of Home Science, S.D.M.M.V.
Narwana, Jind
41
1.
COFFEE: Coffee is a universal beverage. Coffee is the beans of
coffee plants which grow in tropical countries. Because of the presence of
caffeine and tennins, coffee has a peculiar aroma and has a stimulating
action. The well known coffee varieties grow in India are – Robusta and
Arabica.
Normally processed coffee seeds does not have the taste and aroma.
It should be carefully roasted.
Table shows effect of roasting on quality of coffee:
Roasting
Aroma
1.
Light Roasting
Less Aroma
2.
Medium Roasting
Good Aroma
3.
Over Roasting
Less Aroma
The characteristic aroma and flavour of the coffee is due to the
presence of volative oils especially caffenol developed after roasting.
Roasting also imparts colour to the brew as caramalisation of sugar in the
seed takes place. This caramalised sugar is soluble in water when medium
roasting is done but when seeds are over roasted, it gives a bitter taste to
the brew on charring. Finally the roasted seeds are ground. Coffee, tea
and cocoa are consumed throughout the year, throughout the world as
refreshing drinks. An average serving of coffee, one cup, normally contains
1.5 to 2.5 grains of caffeine depending upon the strength of brew. The
longer the coffee is brewed in hot water, the greater will be the tennin
content. Moreover, the boiled coffee contains more caffeine and tennin.
2.
TEA: Tea is extensively cultivated in India, Srilanka and China.
Tea is obtained from the leaves and flowers of Tea Bush. The peculiar
aroma and flavour of tea is because of caffeine and tennin present in it.
Tennin is a stimulant and has more or less the same psychological effect
as caffine. Bigger the size of tea leaf, lower is the quality of the tea. The
kind of tea is valued by the processing. Subsequent to processing, the
green tea undergoes no fermentation process and is light in colour and
rich in tennin. Black tea is fermented to a dark colour and loses some of
its tennis. Coffee and tea have no food value. Food value is because of
milk and sugar added to it. The tennin content of tea or coffee depends
upon the type, method of preparation and the quantity of serving.
3.
MILK: Milk is another important beverage. Milk is taken as such
and is consumed in the preparation of other beverages such as tea, coffee,
butter milk, lassi etc. Milk is the best source of calcium and riboflavin and
second to the meat group in protein content. Milk is considered to be a
complete food to some extend. A new born child depends upon milk for
his nutrition. In other stages milk is considered to be a supplementary diet
because it is rich in protein, fat, calcium, vitamin A and riboflavin. Milk is
high in biological value and contains all the essential amino acid in required
proportion. Milk protein is easily digestible. Milk fat is emulsified so it is
42
also easily digestible. Milk contains 60-70% saturated fatty acids. Obese
and overweight persons or persons on fat restricted diet can take skimmed
milk. Skimmed milk also contains calcium, phosphorus, protein and
riboflavin. Calcium and phosphorus are easily absorbed because of their
right proportion in the milk. 100ml of whole milk contains 11mg
cholesterol. Milk lacks iron and vitamin C and niacin. Because of the
presence of tryptophan amino acid, small quality is converted into niacin.
NUTRITIVE VALUE OF MILK PER 100 GRAM:
Milk
Moisture
Milk cow’s
87.5
Milk buffalo’s
81.0
Milk, goat’s
86.8
Butter milk
97.5
Whole
milk
3.5
powder
Skimmed
4.1
milk powder
Energy
67
117
72
30
496
Carbo
4.4
5.0
4.6
0.5
38.0
Protein
3.2
4.3
3.3
0.8
25.8
Fat
4.1
8.8
4.5
1.1
26.7
Mineral
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.1
6.0
Fibre
-
357
51.0
38.0
0.1
6.8
-
Milk is the most nutritious beverage than any other drink. It can be
consumed plain, reinforced with egg and sugar or flavoured with chocolate
or any other flavour. Nutritive value of milk depends upon the kind of
milk – buffalo milk, cow milk, skimmed milk.
4.
COCOA: Cocoa is the ground product of Cocoa beans often some
of the fat has been removed. Chocolate and cocoa unlike tea and coffee,
have a high nutritive value. The roasted beans, likewise a bitter chocolate
contains approximately 50% of fat, 80% protein, 10% starch and 7% sugar.
B.
NON ALCOHLIC BEVERAGES:
1.
FRESH JUICES – The juice extracted from the fresh fruits are
rich in vitamins, minerals, fibres and sugar. Juices from citrus fruits
and tomatoes are good sources of vitamin C whereas apple juice is
rich in vitamin A. Juices are not only refreshing but easily digestible
also increases the fluid intake.
2.
SQUASH – Squashes of different fruits like orange, pineapple,
lemon etc., are prepared by the addition of sugar, preservatives and
organic acids to freshly extracted fruit juices. Before drinking the
squashes water is added to the prepared squash. Squashes also give
vitamins and minerals depending upon the fruit from which it is
prepared.
3.
CORDIAL – Cordial is different from squash that the suspended
fruit pulp has been removed. This is also diluted before consumption.
4.
COCONUT WATER – Coconut water is very much popular these
days. In fresh state it can be used for intravenous therapy besides
quenching thirst. Tender coconut water is high in sugar and
electrolytes like sodium and potassium.
5.
NEERA – Sap of palm is extracted. Immediately it is preserved by
43
the addition of calcium hydroxide.
6.
SUGAR CANE JUICE – Sugar cane and ginger are crushed through
machine. Black pepper, lemon juice and pinch of sale is added to
the juice. This juice is quite refreshing in summers.
7.
SHARBAT – Sharbats are different from squashes because in
Sharbats sugar syrups and artificial flavours are mixed together
whereas in juices, fresh fruit juice is used. The shelf life of sharbats
is prolonged by the addition of chemical preservatives. Sharbats
need dilution before consumption.
ALCOHLIC BEVERAGES:
Alcohlic Beverages are classified as follows:
1.
Wine and Cider
2.
Beer, Stout, Toddy, Ale, Porter
3.
Distilled liquors as whisky, Rum, Brandy, Gin, Vodca etc.
All these are fermented distilled or undistilled alcoholic beverages.
1.
BEER – Barley malt extract fermented with yeast is beer. Before
boiling and sealing, the drink is pesturized and carbonated.
2.
PORTER – It is heavier ale with strongly roasted malt with lesshops.
3.
ALE – ALE is same as beer with more stimulation.
4.
TODDY – Sap of palm, palmyra or date fermented with yeast is
toddy. It contains 4-8% alcohol.
5.
WINE – Grapes fermented with yeast is called wine. Alcohal
contents varies from 14-20%.
6.
CIDER – Apple wine is called cider.
7.
WHISKY – It is an alcoholic distillate from a fermented mash of
grains.
8.
BRANDY – It is made from fruit juices like grapes and apples.
9.
RUM – The alcoholic distillate of fermented molasses juice whole
alcohol content varies between 30-35%.
10. VODKA – It is an alcoholic distillate of fermented rye or potato.
Table: Nutritive Composition of some Beverages:
Orange juice
Passion fruit juice
Milk Buffalo’s
Butter milk
Skimmed Milk
Coconut milk
Coconut water
Neera
Sugar cane juice
Toddy sweet
Toddy fermented
Protein
Fat
Carbohydrate
Energy
Calcium
Phosphorus
Iron
Carotene
Thiamine
Riboflavin
Niacin
0.2
1.2
4.3
0.8
2.5
3.4
1.4
0.4
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
6.6
1.1
0.1
41.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
1.9
7.7
5.0
0.5
4.6
11.9
4.4
10.9
9.1
14.3
1.8
9
37
117
15
29
430
24
45
39
59
38
5
10
210
30
120
15
24
10
150
-
9
30
130
30
90
140
10
140
10
10
-
0.7
0.71
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.6
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.3
-
15
968
160
6
-
0.06
0.01
0.4
0.45
0.08
0.01
0.02
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.10
1.64
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.01
0.4
0
0.1
1.0
0.6
0.1
0.2
VitaminC
64
13
1
5
3
2
13
-
======================
References :
1.
2.
Raheena Begum - A text book of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics - Revised
and enlarged edition - Steerling Publishers Private Limited
Sumati R. Mudambi, M.V. Rajagopal - Fundamentals of Foods and Nutrition
44
3.
4.
5.
- New Age International Private Limited
Chintapalli Vidya - A text book of Nutrition - Discovery Publishing House.
The Teachers of Lady Irwin College, New Delhi. Orient Blackswan.
R.S. Reddy - Teaching Health and Nutrition - Common Wealth Publishers.
Pattern of Population Growth in Bilaspur District
(Chhattisgarh) 1901- 2011
* Kajal Moitra
**Namrata Dahariya
==========================================================
Abstract- Socio - Cultural environment of an area consist demographic
character, economic structure, social, education, skill of technology and
human adaptability to techno economic change within the frame of social,
economic and political condition. Population grow is the increase in the
number of individuals in a population. India is the second most populous
country in the world with over1.72 billion people (2014), more than a
sixth of the world's population. Population growth rate of India is 1.25%
(2013). Population growth rate of Chhattisgarh state is 22.59%. Total
Population of Bilaspur district was 9,23,692 in 1901 which has increased
by 23,62,077 in 2011, During the decade of 1901-2011 the overall growth
rate of the population in the district is decreased and so regional pattern
of growth rate also indicate the dedication which is because of reformation
of Tehsil boundaries.
==========================================================
Introduction: The average annual percent charge in the population,
resulting from a surplus (or deficit) of birth over deaths and the balance of
migrants entering and leaving a country. The rate may be positive or
negative. The growth rate is a factor in determining now great a burden
would be imposed on a country by the changing needs of its people for
infrastructure (e.g. School, Hospitals, Housing, Roads) resources (e.g. food,
water, electricity) and jobs. The spatial spread of population in the would
is not ubiquitous. There are wide regional contrasts in the degree of
concentration of population giving highly variable densities to different
part of the world.
Objects of the Study:
(i) Analysis of the spatial pattern of population growth in the study
area
(ii) Analysis of Tehsil wise pattern of population growth in the study
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, Department of Geography,Dr. C.V. Raman
University Kota Bilaspur (C.G.)
**
Research Scholar, M. Phil
46
area.
(iii) Analysis of the difference of population growth rate between Tehsils
and District.
Study Area: Bilaspur district is located in Eastern part of Chhattisgarh
and fall within, latitude 21’47" to 23’8" and longitude 81’14" to 83’15".
Bilaspur district is surrounded by Koriya district in north, Shahdol district
of Madhya Pradesh in South, Raipur district in East and Korba, JanjgirChampa district in west. The total area of Bilaspur is approximately 6.377
Sq. km. after the bifurcation of old Bilaspur district in their districts (New
Bilaspur, Korba and Janjgir-Champa District). The New Bilaspur district
is hilly towards North and place in south. Secondly, the northern part of
Bilaspur is quite cold and hot as we move towards southern part. The
maximum temperature of Bilaspur district is 45o. Cen. And average rain
fall is 1220 mm. approximately major rivers which surrounds Bilaspur
district are agear, Mani year and Arpa.
In 2011, Bilaspur had population of 2,663,629 of which male and
female are 1,351,574 and 1,312055 respectively. Population density is
322 people per sq km. Average literacy date is Bilaspur in 2011 use 70.78%
compared to 63.51 to 2001.
Collection of Data and Methodology: The analytical method have been
used in this study. The secondary data have been used in this study which
have been taken from census of Chhattisgarh and district hand book. We
used Average, and percent method for the calculation of data. And also
use Bar Diagrams.
Patterns of Population Growth: Population growth of an area is an index
of its economic development, social awaking, cultural development,
historical events and political ideology. The total population of two BSP
district was 9,23,692 in 1901 which has increases by 26,62,077 in 2011
(Table 3.1) thus an increase of % has been recorded during lost ten decades.
The growth rate of population in the district is very huge. A further analysis
of Table 3.1 reveals that the growth of population during this period has
not been uniform. With respect to population growth the period from 19012011 may be divided in to two parts firstly the period of 1901-1951 and
1951 to 2011, which is registered intermidded rise and recorded as
accelerated growth i.e.a continuous up ward tread in population growth.
Table
Bilaspur District: variation and Growth rate of population
(1901-2011)
Year
1901
1911
1921
Population
923623
1167302
1257266
Growth rate
+26.38
+07.71
Chhattisgarh
15.30
-01.38
1931
1941
1951
1961
1971
1981
1991
2001
2011
1431694
1611844
1746090
2021793
2440962
2653366
3795553
1998355
2662077
+13.87
+12.58
+08.33
+15.79
+18.80
+20.99
+27.55
+17.51
+33.21
47
+11.39
+12.35
+08.67
+24.17
+28.67
+25.15
+26.75
-18.27
+22.59
Source : census 2011
Bilaspur District: variation and Growth rate of population
(1901-2011)
In Y-axis : 1 unit = 50000 persons
In X-axis : 1 unit = Census Year
The low growth rate of population during 1911-21 has been in this
period, due to influenza epide During 1911-21 immigrants from other states
cause this district the increasing the population. Growth is still continuing
with 4 decades 1931-41 registered an increase of 12.58% which was slightly
less then that of the earlier decade. There is nothing on record to indicate
the reason for this increases. The decade 1941-51 does not have been a
prosperous period for population growth for practically every where a
48
small increase recorded and increase of BSP district was chore or less as
per the state increases. The remaining two decades 1961-71 and 1971-81
are marked with development activities and thus they were more favorable
for population not only in BSP dis. But throughout the state During the
period of district was free from upheavals.
Moreover the steady growth of population recorded during the two
decades could be attributable to high birth rate and low death rate. This is
due to the expansion of medical services and extension of public health
programs through successive five years plans. During the decade of 198191 the growth of population is 28.49% that has been recorded in district
as compared to the state growth of 26.84% Development activities and
other welfare. Programs are the basic factors for higher growth rate. In
decade 1991-2001 the growth rate is constant but the date shows (Table3.2)
decline trend from +27.55 in 1991 to +17.59 in 2001 and +33.21 2011 it is
because of the reformation of state regions total growth not included the
Korba-Janjgir district.
Table
BSP District : Tehsil wise variation & Growth of population
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tehsil
Pendraroad
Lormi
Kota
Mungeli
Takhatpur
BSP
Bilha
Masturi
Total
1971-81
+20.36
+18.40
2099
1981-91
+21.8
+21.10
+21.83
+20.59
+23.90
+26.71
+34.60
27.55
1991-2001
15.8
19.98
17.99
8.69
16.60
11.33
12.32
2.05
17.59
2011
-15.30
+4.57
-7.95
+14.35
5.40
+9.83
33.21
Source : census 2011
Tehsil wise during 1971-81, the Population growth was highest in
mungeli (20.36%) Which was less than district average (20.99) while
minimum growth recorded in BSP (18.40%) During 1981-91, the
population growth was highest in BSP Tehsil. Takhatpur, Mungeli, tehsil
Experienced moderate growth with rate 23 to 26% which is less than district
average below rate while produce, Lormi, Kota shows low growth rate of
population. During the decade of 1901-2011 the overall growth rate of the
population in the district is decreased and so regional pattern of growth
rate also indicate the dedicate which is because of reformation of Tehsil
boundaries.
In Mungeli, Masturi, Bilha the growth 8.69, 2.09 and 12.32%
respectively which is lower than district average (17.59%) Bilaspur tehsil
shows the negative growth rate (11.33%) in this decade where as the
49
northern part of the district, the population growth rate is quite high in
comparisons with southern part plain. Ignorable and social backwardness
of tribal population in this area is the ultimate reason for that.
Conclusion: Any change in population size of an area over a certain period
of time is expressed in the form of rate of growth per annum. Population
growth of an area is an index of its economic development, social awaking,
cultural development, historical events and political ideology. The total
population of Bilaspur district was 9,23,692 in 1907 which has increased
by 26,62,077 in 2011. The growth rate of population in the district is very
huge. A further analysis of table 3 reveals that the growth of population
during this period has not been uniform.
During the decade of 1901-2011 the overall growth rate of the
population in the district is decreased and so regional pattern of growth
rate also indicate the dedication which is because of reformation of Tehsil
boundaries. Bilaspur Tehsil shows the negative growth rate (11.33%) in
this decade where as the northern part of the district the population growth
rate is quite high in comparisons with southern part plain. Ignorable and
social backwardness of tribal population in this area is the ultimate reason
for that.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Sharma, Anita and (1990)] "Pattern of population growth in Gadwal Maidani
D.D, Himalaya" UB, Bhugol Patrika Issue 26 pg 63
Tiwari V.K. (1990), "Population Geography of India" Part I, Himalaya
Pub. House Mumbai, pg 50-50.
Vasaria, P (1990), "Population growth and development in India" A
perspective for eight plan yozna pg. 17-19
Kamlesh, S.R. (2901), Chhattisgarh : EK Bhogolic Adhyayan , Vasundra
Pub Gorakpur
Ghosal, G.S. (1996), Human Resource Development Transaction, Institute
of Indian Geographers Vol 18, No.1
Census of India 2011
District Hand Book
Cotton Production and Effect on Indian Economy
* Sweta Thakur
**HarendraParmar
==========================================================
Abstract- India is the world's third largest producer of cotton after China
and the USA. The production of cotton is getting higher in every year.
There is continuous growth of cotton production since 2000-2001. The
paper presents preliminary the fluctuations in the production of cotton
and its effect on India. It also talks about the growth of cotton as product.
Thus, it makes country self-reliant, self-independent, and self-sufficient.
However, in the present paper, statistically, it has been found that the
production of cotton and land used for this production had increased from
1950-51 to 2010-11 (ten years difference) and from 2000-01 to 2013-14
(yearly).
==========================================================
Key Words: Cotton Production, Cotton, Cotton Fluctuation
Introduction: India is very rich in the production of cotton. As this is the
raw material always in demand, India exports cotton to many countries.
After so many years, country India has achieved a significant quantitative
growth in the production of cotton. India’s imports for cotton till 1970
were in the range of 8.00 to 9.00 lakh bales per annum (The cotton
corporation of India, 2011). After this, the country became self-reliant
and also serving the needs of other countries. The production increased
after government launched special schemes like intensive cotton production
programmes. In mid 70s there has been the tremendous increase in the
production of cotton because of Hybrid verities of cotton. In the late 90s
and early 20s, it has been observed that the imports were very high due to
lower crop production and demand increased for cotton. As the raw material
used by the industrialist and also non industrialist, the further production,
from the cotton, is done, like clothes, bags, threads, etc.When the
government of India, in the year 2000, launched “Technology Mission on
Cotton”, the country has achieved the production of high yielding varieties,
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, N. R. B.B.A., Gujarat Law Society, Ahmedabad
**
Teaching Assistant, Department of Psychology, The M. S. University
of Baroda
51
appropriate transfer of technology, better farm management practices,
increased area under cultivation of Bt-cotton hybrids etc. This brought
the significant growth in the production of cotton for last 7 to 8 years. The
yield cotton per hectare was stagnant at about 300 kg/ha for more than 10
years, and has increased substantially and reached a level of 554 kg/ha in
cotton season 2007-08 (The cotton corporation of India, 2011).
Types of Cotton Produced in India : There are three main types of cotton
produced in India, they are, Long Staple, Medium Staple and Short Staple
Cotton. Punjab is the only state where all the three types of cottons are
produced. Maharashtra, Tamil Naduand Madhya Pradeshare producer of
both Long and Medium staple cotton; Haryana and Andhra Pradesh are
producer of both Long and Short staple cotton; Rajasthan and Uttar
Pradeshare producers of Medium and Short staple cotton whereas Gujarat
is producer of Long staple cotton and Karnataka is producer of Medium
staple cotton.
Cotton Production in India: The world renowned Deccan plateau, full
of lava soil, is very rich for cotton production and it is popularly known as
the black cotton soil. In current scenario, many states of India produce
cotton, out of these; ten major states are rich in the production of cotton.
From chart 1, it is observed that Gujarat ranked first with 8850000 Bales;
Maharastra produces 7655000 Bales; and Andhra Pradesh
produces7350000 Bales. Through this it can said that the India easily meets
the need of the country. Next states are Haryana, Madhya Pradesh; Punjab
contributes 2500000Bales, 2200000 Bales, 2000000 Bales respectively.
Lastly the states like Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and Orissa contributes
1255000, 500000, 400000 Bales respectively.
Chart 1: The above chart shows top 10 cotton producing states of
India in 2012-2013 (MOA, 2015a)
As this is a dry crop, the climate of Gujarat, Maharashtra and Andhra
52
Pradesh is the best for the cultivation of cotton.Gujarat plains including
Bharuch, Surendenagar, Vadodra and Ahmedabad districts, Mahesana,
Kheda, Sabarkantha, Surat, Amreli and Panchmahals are other major
producers. Maharashtra is known for traditional producer of cotton. The
production comes from Khandesh, Vidarbha and Marathwada regions
comprising the districts of Yavatmal, Nanded, Amravati, Parbhani, Wardha,
Jalgaon, Akola, Buldhana, Nagpur, Dhule, etc. Contribution from Andhra
Pradesh comes from two districts, namely Guntur and Prakasam. Adilabad,
Kumool and Anantapur contribute the rest.
Production
in
lakh bales
of
170 kgs
Area in lakh
hectares
1950-51
34.30
58.82
99
1960-61
60.12
76.10
134
25.82
17.28
1970-71
1980-81
56.64
78.00
76.05
78.23
127
169
-3.48
21.36
-0.05
2.18
1990-91
117.00
74.39
267
39
-3.84
2000-01
140.00
85.76
278
23
11.37
2010-11
339.00
111.42
517
199
1.54
Year
Yield
Difference in
kg
production
per
from previous
hectare
ten years
Difference
of area in
lakh hectares
t – test for
difference of
production
of 10 years
(df = 13 and
N = 14)
t = 2.995
Significant at
0.05 level
t – test for
difference of
increase in
lakh hectors
10 years
t = 13.254
Significant at
0.01 level
Table3: Production of cotton and land used from 1950-51 to 2010-11.
(The Cotton Corporation of India, 2011)
From the table 3, it can be observed that in comparison with previous
ten years, only in year 1970-71 there is decrease in cotton production
otherwise it is increased every ten years since 1960-61. On the other hand,
1970-71 and 1990-91, the area used in cotton production was less in
comparison with the previous year.
Similarly, table 4 shows year wise gaps in production of cotton (in
lakh bales of 170 kg) along with the area (in lakh hectares) from 2001-02
to2013-14. From table 4, it has been observed that in comparison with
previous years, in 2002-03, 2005-06 and 2008-09, the production of cotton
decreased. On the other hand, it has been found that in compare with
previous year, in the year 2002-03, 2003-04, 2005-06, 2008-09, 2012-13
and 2013-14, the area used in cotton production has decreased.
Year
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05
Production
in
Area in
lakh bales
Lakh
of
hectares
170 kgs
140.00
158.00
136.00
179.00
243.00
85.76
87.30
76.67
76.30
87.86
Yield
Kg.
per
hectare
278
308
302
399
470
Difference
Difference of
of
increase in
production
lakh hectares
from
from previous
previous
year
year
18
-22
43
64
1.54
-10.63
-0.37
11.56
t – test for
difference of
production of each
year (df = 13 and N
= 14)
t = 11.809
Significant at 0.01
level
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
241.00
280.00
307.00
290.00
305.00
339.00
353.00
365.00
375.00
86.77
91.44
94.14
94.06
103.10
111.42
121.78
119.78
115.53
472
521
554
524
503
517
493
518
552
-2
39
27
-17
15
34
14
12
10
-1.09
4.67
2.7
-0.08
9.04
8.32
10.36
-2
-4.25
53
t – test for difference
of increase in lakh
hectors each year
t = 23.717
Significant at 0.01
level
Table4: Production of cotton and land used from 2000-01 to 2013-14.
(The Cotton Corporation of India, 2011)
From table 3 and 4, it has also been observed that the difference in
the production of cotton and areas used in production are increasing in
compare with previous year. The t-test value of table 3, for difference in
production of cotton from 1950-51 to 2010-11, is 2.995 and it is significant
at 0.05 level. On the other hand, the t-test value for difference in area used
in cotton production from 1950-51 to 2010-11 is 13.254, which is
significant at 0.01 level. Similarly, the t-test value of table 4, for difference
in production of cotton from 2000-01 to 2013-14, is 11.809, which is
significant at 0.01 level. On the other hand, the t-test value, for difference
in area used in cotton production from 2000-01 to 2013-14, is 23.717,
which is significant at 0.01 level. From this result, it has been found that
there is significant increment in the cotton production and farmers are
using more area for that. Farmers have positive attitude towards cotton
production as they are increasing the production of the cotton.
Effect on Indian Economy: India as an agro based country, which
constitutes the backbone of the rural livelihood. Agriculture contributes
more than 60% of the population to the largest private enterprises in India.
It also contributes nearly 19% to India’s Gross Domestic Production and
11% of the world average (Agarwal, 2007). Agriculture also plays a
significant role where non-trading concerns like food and nutritional
securities, employment and income generation, reducing poverty,
ecological and environmental concerns.
For the cotton year 2012-13, the area under cotton was 119.78 lakh
hectares (MOA, 2015b). In India there is 40% land for cultivation is dry
land or rain fed areas. On this the cultivation is risky because of irregular
rain fall and yielding is very low on this type of land. The dry land farming
contributes 45% of the food grain production. These are as characterising
as high rate of unemployment and low level of income. It is popularly
known that Industry sector depends on agriculture sector many problems
of economy are solved like the unemployment, poverty, etc. Cotton is a
major agricultural crop in India which has a stronger impact on overall
Indian agriculture sector. Almost 12.19 (18%) of the total area in the world
i.e. 36.01(82%) is under cotton cultivation in India. The contribution of
54
cotton crop is 14- 16% of the total agri crops. The India has the largest
area i.e., 25% (6.05) of the total world under cotton cultivation (26.88)
75%. At present India produces 375.00lakh bales of 170 kg. This constitutes
18% of the world cotton production. In India 4.5 million people are
dependent on cotton production.
Cotton production during 2012-13 was estimated at 334 lakh bales.
They added that some increase was likely in the area when final details
become available (The Cotton Corporation of India, 2011).
Conclusion: Cotton cultivation plays a vital role in the growth of Indian
economy by providing employment, reducing poverty, contributes to the
GDP, exports promotion, so that the economy progress fast and make the
country self-reliant, and self-independent. From the statistical tool, it can
be concluded that each year the production of cotton is increasing.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Agrawal, O. P. (2007). Cotton Economy in India. https://www.icac.org/
meetings/wcrc/wcrc4/presentations/data/papers/Paper1780.pdf
MOA (2015a). Directorate of Economics and Statistics. Ministry of
Agriculture. http://mospi.nic.in/Mospi_New/upload/SYB2015/CH-8AGRICULTURE/Table-8.3.xls
MOA (2015b). Directorate of Economics and Statistics. Ministry of
Agriculture. http://mospi.nic.in/Mospi_New/upload/SYB2015/CH-8AGRICULTURE/Table-8.2.xls
The Cotton Corporation of India (2011). Growth of Indian Cotton: Area
Production and Yield. http://cotcorp.gov.in/national-cotton.aspx
A Study on Impact of Cost Audit
* Pushpa Suryavanshi
**Qamar Izhar
==========================================================
Abstract- Audit is a most important process for business and cost audit is
a part of audit. Planning an audit of cost statements and other related
information is considered necessary to ensure achievement of audit
objectives with available resources and securing coordination with the
client on audit work. In today's competitive age it is important for every
manufacturing from to keep proper accounting of the expenditure incurred
on every wait of good produced. Along with this they should also know
how and why changes take place in expenses from time to time. It the
other words, it can be said that it is very important for business firm to
control costs, because the success of a firm depends on how low it can
keep its cost of production and to what extent it can improve upon the
quality of the goods. This is possible through cost auditing.
==========================================================
Key Words: Cost statement, Proper Accounting, Expenses, Cost of
production
Introduction: Indian was the first country in south Asia (and perhaps in
the world) to make cost Audit mandatory for some of the business sectors.
The institute of cost works accounts of India refers of cost Audit as on
audit of efficiency of minute details of expenditure while the work is in
progress and not a post-mortem examination. It is or audit process for
verifying the cost of manufacture on production of any article. On the
basis of accounts as regards utilization of material labour or other items
of costs, maintained by the company. In the simple words the term cost
audit means a systematic and accurate verification of the cost accounts
and checking of adherence to the objectives of the cost accounting.
According to ICMA: “It is the detailed checking of the costing system
technique and accounts to verify their correctness and to ensure adherence
to the objective of cost accountancy.”
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, Department of Commerce, Dr. H .G. V. V. Sagar
(M.P.)
**
Professor, Department of Economics, T. R. S. College Rewa (M.P.)
56
According to ICWAI: “An audit of efficiency minute details of
expenditure while the work is in progress and not a post-mortem. Cost
audit is mainly a preventive measure, a guide for management policy and
decision, in addition to being barometer of performance”- From above
definition of cost audit, it is dear that cost audit is a systematic examination
of cost accounts to verify correctness of cost accounting records. As per
section 233 B of company law 1956, there is the provision for cost audit
under this sections, cost audit is compulsory for all the Public and
government. Companies which are assaulted with the processing and
production there aggregate value of net worth exceeds 5 Crores or total
sale exceeds 20 Crores, the cost audit is must.
Cost Audit in India: Cost auditing began in India in October,1965 section
‘d’ was added to article 209(1) and a new article 233(b)was added to
Indian company (Ammended)Act,1965.According to this, the Central
Government Can direct any Company undertaking production,
manufacturing, processing and mining activities to get their costs audited
according to the given method.
Objects of the study:
•
To know the concept of cost audit
•
To know the advantages of cost audit.
•
To know the objects of the cost audit.
•
To know the programme of the cost audit.
•
To know the techniques and procedure of the cost audit.
•
To know the steps in starting cost audit.
•
To know the difference between financial audit and cost audit.
Research Methodology: The paper is based on secondary data and some
discussion based on basic concept of cost audit. Cost audit is a mirror for
business planning, government, shareholders, management and consumers.
Objects of Cost Audit:
•
To find the information about the frauds in cost accounts.
•
Valuation of profit and loss and costs of the organization.
•
To develop managerial efficiency.
•
To find out the Suitability of cost process.
•
Whether the decided process have been followed property or not in
Accounts.
•
To verify the correctness of the cost accounting recovered.
•
To find out whether the principles of cost accountancy have been
fully and correctly applied in maintaining cost records.
•
To search for the deficiencies in the cost record system of the
company.
•
To attain efficiency in cost accounting system and procedures.
Advantages of Cost Audit
Cost Audit Programme:
The cost Audit should pay his attention to the following records:
•
Records of materials.
•
Labour Records.
•
Records of overhead charges.
•
Depreciation.
•
Work in progress Records.
•
Incomplete Records.
•
Stores and spare parts Records.
Cost Audit technique and procedure:
•
Ascertain internal control.
•
Vouching.
•
Checking and ticking.
•
Test checking.
•
Valuation and verification.
•
Questionnaires.
Steps in Cost Audit:
1.
Review
•
Nature of the industry.
•
System of wages, salary and overtime.
•
Basis of allocation of overheads.
•
Methods of allocation of service department expenses.
•
Production process.
•
Important raw material and their sources.
•
Treatment of interest on borrowing.
57
58
•
Method of accounting of depreciation.
•
Agreement with collaborators or others.
•
Treatment of research and development expenses.
•
Licensed capacity and installed capacity.
•
Method of costing issue.
•
Method of accounting of raw materials.
•
Method of accounting of raw materials.
•
Accounting of sales and purchase.
•
System of year – end – stock taking.
•
Method of determination of work in progress.
•
Stock valuation policy and method.
•
System of budgetary.
•
System of Internal audit.
•
Cost accounting records.
•
Method of wastages, spoilage and rejections.
•
Cost accounting manual, if any.
•
Records relating to jigs and dies.
2.
Verification
•
Licensed capacity.
•
Cost of raw material consumed.
•
Cost of power and fuel.
•
Employee costs.
•
Cost of stores etc.
•
Provision for depreciation.
•
Overheads and their allocation.
•
Royalty and technical aid payment.
•
Financial ratios.
•
Production data
•
Sales relationships, local & EXPORT.
•
Abnormal, non-recurring and special cost.
•
Cost statement.
•
Reconciliation with financial books.
3.
Report : After completion of audit of costing and other relevant
records the cost auditor is to submit his report in terms of section 233 b
(4) of the companies Act to the central government. A copy of report has
to be sent to the company at the time. Further as per cost audit (report)
Amendment rules, 1996 the cost auditor shall also reply to any clarification
sought by the company law board on the cost audit report submitted by
him, with in 30 days.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
59
Difference between financial and cost Audit
Financial Audit
Cost Audit
It is concerned with the past and historical 1 It can concerned with forward looking approach
nature.
It aims to examine that the business
2 It aims to verification of cost accounts.
transactions have been recorded correctly.
It covers all financial transactions.
3 It covers all cost recorded.
It is statutorily compulsory under
4 It is not compulsory except in certain cases as
companies Act.
provided under section 233 B companies Act,
1956.
Financial aspect of the accounts is a
5 Cost aspect of account is of main concern.
matter of concern.
It is concerned with the scrutiny of
6 It is concerned with the propriety and efficiency
reliability of transactions.
of the transactions.
Reporting the true and fair view of the
7 Cost Auditor is required to report to the
company’s earnings and state of affairs.
management expect statutory audit.
Disadvantages of cost Audit:
•
When the financial accounts are audited, audit of cost accounts is
unnecessary.
•
If the cost accounts are prepared by a qualified cost accountant,
there can be no reason for getting such cost accounts audited by
another qualified cost accountant.
•
Cost audit may create unnecessary hindrance in day-to-day office
work.
•
The cost auditor may be a qualified person, but he may not be always
right in his judgment.
•
Cost audit involves cost and this may not suit small organizations.
Conclusion: Present time is a very competitive time every person think
use small cost for production and give him more than production. But it’s
not mean – decrease the product quality. Cost audit is the verification of
cost accounts and checking the cost accounting plan to ensure efficiency
and effectiveness of operation. This is an audit of efficiency that deals
with expenditure, while the work is in progress. The cost audit is
synonymous with efficiency audit as it seeks to ensure optimum return of
investment and proper distribution of investment in different functions
and aspect like products and programmers of the organization to optimum
results. It is mandatory if the business is under scrutiny by a financial
institution or regulator on the basis of complaints of mismanagement.
Always it is describe to have a cost audit done periodically, to prevent the
situation getting out of control, and help the management to take prompt
action where necessary.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Advanced Accounts SBPD Publication Writer Mr. M. A. Kasim, Dr. S. S.
Khanuja, Mr. Piyush Mehta.
Cost Accounting (R.P.Unified) Ram Prasad $ sons writer Prof.R.K. Agrawal
and Dr. Mahesh Agrawal.
Cost Accounting Himalaya Publishing House Writer Mr. M.N.Arora.
Cost Accounting SBPD House Agra Writer Dr. B.K.Mehta.
Review of Status and Roadmap for the Potentials
Growth of Tourism in Bihar
*Rabi Shankar
==========================================================
Abstract- Tourism is primarily driven by the private sector, with a multipli
city of take holders whose size range from micro enterprises to large
transnational corporations. The actions of these players, along with those
of tourists and the local communities determine the overall impact of
tourism on the environment. Hence the local communities must be active
involved in promoting tourism, so that the visitors leave with memorable
experience.
==========================================================
Introduction: Bihar in eastern India is one of the oldest inhabited places
in the world with a history going back 3000 years. The rich culture and
heritage of Bihar is evident from the innumerable ancient monuments that
are dotted all over the state. Bihar is home to many tourist attractions and
is visited by large numbers of tourists from all over the world.
The map of Bihar depicting various types of tourist spots
Bihar Tourism strongly believes in the industry potential in boosting the
===========================
*
Lecturer, Institute of Hotel Management, Bodhgaya Opposite Magadh
University Dobhi Road Bodhgaya Gaya 824234, Bihar
61
economy, in generating more employment, inter-sectoral development,
throwing open myriad investment opportunities, discovering new historic
facts and knowledge, contributing to the exchequer as well as in helping
national integration, international fraternity and harmony. Bihar Tourism
consistently endeavours to embark on new and vibrant initiatives to make
this people - centric industry realize its commitment to environment
conducive, eco-social development and biobalance in diversity even while
transforming the alluring spots and centres more and more appealing, of
utility to mankind and visuo - treat worthy. All types of tourism in India
have registered phenomenal growth in the last decade ever since the Indian
government decided to boost revenues from the tourism sector by projecting
India as the ultimate tourist spot.
As per Tourist Statistics, India, 2000, the Domestic Tourists in Bihar
represents 4.7 per cent of total Domestic Tourists in the country and 1.3
per cent of the total foreign tourists in the Country. Between 1997 and
2001, the overall growth of domestic Tourist shows an increasing trend
but destination wise domestic Tourist growth shows a negative trend
expecting some places like Sonepur fair,Rajgir, Bhagalpur & Muzaffarpurin
2001 in comparison to 2000 . Between 1997 and 2001,there is a consistent
growth in foreign tourist arrival in Bihar. In the existing trend, both
Domestic and Foreign tourists is expected to grow at 6.0 per cent annually.
By the year 2021, the domestic Tourist is expected to reach at 1.94 crore
and Foreign Tourist at 2.60 lakhs respectively. After implementation of
the Tourism Development Plan, the Domestic Tourist is expected to grow
annually at 7.0 percent with effect from 2003 reaching 2.31 core by 2021
& for Foreign Tourists, it is expected that growth at 7.0 will take place
from 2005 and 9.0 percent annually from 2010 reaching 3.83 Lakhs by
2021.
Tourism in India: India, a tourism hotspot in the world, has a large bouquet
of tourist attractions to boast of. Its widespread diversity has always
attracted both foreigners as well as its’ own citizens alike,to explore its
mirth and gaiety that it has to offer the world. Various types of tourism
such as adventure tourism, pilgrimage tourism, heritage tourism, medical
tourism, eco tourism, wild life tourism,rural tourism and the like have
grown in India in view of its unique geographical advantage and rich
cultural heritage.This has boosted the Indian economy. That it continues
to grow efforts must be taken by the Indian government, so that the tourism
sector can contribute more substantially to the nation’s GDP. Rural tourism
is given particular thrust to showcase arts, crafts, sculpture, handloom,
textiles and other skills in village locations that have core competence to
develop as distinct economic and tourist destinations exploiting local
special talent and resources. Environmental sustainability having assumed
larger importance eco-tourism projects are developed as per mandate after
62
assessment of ground situation and the interests of various stakeholders
on a long term basis compatible with the local characteristics.Tourism
attributed to medical services, health, wellness, study and science centres
for education purpose is growing significantly creating new centres of
importance and focus of attention. As tourism contributes vastly to the
economy, employment, community and emotional and psychological well
being of people, it must be strengthened by all possible means. Tourism in
India is one of the largest service industries, with a contribution of about
6% to the national GDP and 9.24% of the total employment in India. India
received more than 5.58 million annual foreign tourist arrivals and 740
million domestic tourism visits in 2010.
Factors Essential For Development of Tourism Industry:
Service Providers: we can say it is back bone for the development of any
industry especially like Tourism industry, the service providers are as
follows:
• Road connectivity
• Railways
• Road ways
• Airlines
• Travel Agents
• Hotel Industry / Restaurants / Resorts
• Locals
• Support of Governments (National and State level)
• Trained Guide services
Natural Factors:
• Weather and Climate
• Scenery
• Satisfaction
Necessities:
• Amenities
• Food and drinking water
• Sanitation facilities
Price Related Factors:
• Prices
• Value for Money
Safety and Services:
• The tourist can think safety first
• Security
• The attitude of local people
• Cheating rate
• Catering facilities
The Infrastructure Facilities:
• Road connectivity and network
63
• Transport facilities
• Air, Rail connectivity
• Accommodation
• Shopping facilities
• Medical facilities
• Information technology etc.
Bihar -The Destination Tourist State
Bihar Tourism Policy 2011- Objectives: The spirit of the new tourism
policy is to enhance investment opportunities and bring in private
investment. The path chosen is private sector investment and partnership
of Government and Private sector. With the new tourism policy 2011,
unveiled by the then Chief Minister Shri. Nitish Kumar, the state of Bihar
should expect to benefit in the following ways:
•
Position the state competitively for attracting private sector
investments in tourism and Hospitality sectors
•
Promoting Bihar as the Destination State of India
•
Promoting inbound tourism in all potential destinations of the state,
and not just to few destinations like Bodhgaya,Rajgir and Nalanda.
•
Promote Tourism as a major growth engine
•
To maximize the potential of Bodhgaya to promote new tourism
products
•
To give adequate focus to Heritage Tourism, Rural Tourism, Ecotourism, Adventure tourism and Safe and Responsible tourism
•
To focus on maximum generation of employment in the sector by
development of Human Resources through capacity building
•
Direct and multiplier effect for employment generation and economic
growth
•
Government working as the facilitator and catalyst.
Government had taken up tourism projects worth Rs 1,000 crore at
various places in the State under public-private partnership. Government
had given importance to heritage tourism, pilgrimage tourism, coastal
corridor tourism, Buddhist circuit, eco-tourism and medical tourism in
the tourism policy.
Tourism Potential in The State:
1.
Bihar has vast unexploited tourism potential.
2.
It’s a hub of religious places.
3.
Great scope to develop pilgrim tourism in view of numerous ancient
temples.
4.
Heritage sites at Bodhgaya, Rajgir and Nalanda.
5.
A large number of Buddhist Archaeological sites.
6.
Eco-Tourism possibilities in forest areas.
Special Tourism Areas (STAS): The government actively promotes
special tourism areas such as Bodhgaya,Rajgir,Nalanda,Vaishali and
64
Darbhanga are identified as Special Tourism Areas ( STAs ) for intensive
development. Other Tourism Areas – 40 tourist places have been declared
as “ Notified Tourism Areas “ for development.
Mobilising Investment for Building Tourism Infrastructure: Private
investments are sought in key destinations to build hotels, retail outlets,
transportation services, leisure centres like mini-golf courses, bowling
alleys, entertainment parks, theatres, health clubs etc. It will consider setting
up of a joint venture government- business promotion board and allowing
this board to hire professional advertising agencies and public relations
companies to promote Bihar. Some of the other measures planned include
review of incentives for the private sector, setting up single window
clearance for tourism projects and identifying and implementing touristfriendly initiatives such as information kiosks, metered taxis and airconditioned coaches and tourist police at important centres. The state
tourism department is focusing on strengthening its infrastructure and
encouraging public-private partnerships in the state. State also had plans
to expand its tourism and hotel management institutes- the Institute of
Hotel Management,Hajipur and State Institute of Hotel Management,
Bodhgaya to increase the local manpower in the industry.
Connectivity/ Transportation: Bihar is also an important transit point of
Bihar for the tourists dropping in from the other states of India. Bihar is
well-connected by air, rail and road transport.
•
By air: Patna has its own airport known as Lok Nayak Jayaprakash
Airport or Airport Patna. It is a national airport and it is connected to all
major cities of India via daily flights. Gaya Airport is the only international
airport in Bihar and Jharkhand which 96 km from Patna. It is an
international airport which is connected to Colombo, Sri Lanka through
two airline operators: Bangkok, Thailand, Singapore, and Bhutan.
•
By rail : Bihar is strategically located in the main line of the East
Central Railway and therefore connected with important cities of India
and most cities within Bihar.
•
By road: The cities of Bihar are well connected by public transport
including both private and government transport. The cities are
interconnected as well as connected with the capital. The roadways also
connected to adjacent states and regular bus service is available for different
cities of adjacent states like Jharkhand,West Bengal and Orissa. The
roadways also connects to Nepal. To boost the state roadways, the state
government have introduced Mercedes Benz luxury buses. The Mercedes
luxury buses, 92 in number,ply between routes including
Rajgir,Bodhaya,Jamshedpur and Ranchi.
Tourist Arrival in Bihar:
Year 2012 -13
International Tourist Arrival: 10.97 lakhs
Year 2013-14
International Tourist Arrivals: 6.7 lakh
65
Incentives:
1.
10% investment subsidy for all tourism ventures above an investment
of US $ 50,000
2.
Tax holiday on Sales Tax for tourist units established in the Special
Tourism Areas for a period of five years, subject to a maximum
relief equivalent to fixed capital
3.
Projects with above US $ 2.2 million investment any wherein the
State are treated as special projects. They will be eligible for special
incentives which are decided on a case-to case basis
4.
100% private investment on leased Government land (Build-operatetransfer basis )
5.
Joint venture with Bihar Tourism initiatives.
Promotion of Industry: For the first time, a comprehensive Tourism
Policy has been formulated and is being implemented. Tourism has been
accorded the status of industry in the state, and a Tourism Protection Force
shall be in existence very shortly. Very serious and planned steps have
been taken to build, improve and renovate infrastructure. Selection and
training of tourist guides are under way. A Tourism Enterprise Survey has
been conducted with the assistance of Ministry of Tourism, Government
of India. Two more studies, namely, Visitor’s Motivation Survey and
Visitor’s Expenditure Surveys, are under consideration. Buddhist circuit
roads are to be converted into four-lane highways with the cooperation
from the Japan International Cooperation Agency. There are also plans
for empanelment of travel businesses and complete overhaul of Bihar State
Tourism Development Corporation (BSTDC). Major infrastructure projects
include creation of meditation and convention centres in Bodhgaya and
Rajgir, development of circumambulatory paths in Bodhgaya and Rajgir,
development and beautification of all tourist sites, creation of new sites,
and development of tourism-related roads and wayside amenities.
The Department of Tourism intends to promote, among others, the Buddhist
heritage, the Jain circuit, rural tourism, the Sufi circuit, Gangetic and ecotourism. Bihar Tourism believes that Bihar is to the Budhhists what Saudi
Arabia is to the Muslims.
We organised a two-day International Buddhist Conclave in Nalanda
in February this year in collaboration with the Ministry of Tourism,
Government of India. Over 150 foreign delegates, mainly drawn from
south-east and east Asian countries, were invited. We attend all major
tourism events in the country and the London and Berlin events abroad.
BSTDC has prepared special Buddhist packages which have been a hit.
We hold Rajgir and Bodhgaya Festivals in the months of December and
January which have become reputed. We are initiating negotiations with
major airlines of Buddhist countries to bring regular and chartered flights
to Bodhgaya. The Mahaparinirvana Express, run by the IRCTC, has been
66
powerful vehicle to bring tourists to the state. The state government is
advocating Public-Private-Partnership (PPP) to promote tourism in the
state. Tell us about the major private-sector projects under implementation/
on the anvil in the state. Selection and training of guides is one important
initiative. Promotion of various tourism enterprises in hotel and restaurant
businesses will be the main focus of the government.
Religious circuits for Efforts Religious circuits for Efforts will be
made to dovetail external assistance, central assistance
Private sector would be invited by the government to enter into joint ventura
SWOT ANALYSIS OF Bihar Tourism INDUSTRY:
Strengths:
•
Unique culture, it attracts all the types of tourists to enjoy for
instance: pilgrimage tourists to see different places like Bodhgaya,
Rajgir,Nalanda ,Vaishali, Pawapuri,Sasaram etc., for heritage tourist
can see Mahabodhi Temple, Vishwa Shanti Stupa, ruins of Nalanda
University
•
For nature lovers can enjoy with Valmiki Tiger reserve,Kakolat water
fall,Oxbowlake with pleasant climate.
•
It attracts tourists throughout the year
•
Well road networks to connect almost all the main tourist destinations
•
Generous people
•
World famous film making Bhojpuri film centres and world famous
pilgrimage centres draws more tourists from different parts of the
country and the world
Weakness:
•
Lack of administration in the tourism department
•
In sufficient of transport facilities
•
Lack of funds for its developments
•
Lack of information about some tourist attractions
•
In adequacy of marketing, in one word i can say zero marketing
•
In sufficient infrastructure
•
In ability staff/ contract system in the recruitment of employees they
will not feel responsibility on their duties
•
Over crowing tourists inflow in famous tourist attractions
•
Corruption at all levels
•
Lack of strict rules and regulations and its implementations
Opportunities:
•
Eco-tourism is gaining popularity
•
A lot of unidentified tourist attractions
•
Long beach to develop beach resorts
•
Increasing the middle class peoples income
•
Rural tourism is developing by giving priority for handicrafts
and its marketing, for this the Handicrafts are well suited for its marketing
67
Threats:
•
Adjacent states like Jharkhan,West Bengal, Orissa and Uttar Pradesh
are diverting the large portion of tourists
•
And other places also giving competitions for instance: Sun Temple
and Jaganath temple in Orissa state, and Beautiful beaches in WB .
•
Some time the environmental conditions also giving threat to the
industry.
Union Support for Development of Tourism in the State: The Ministry
of Tourism extends Central Financial Assistance to the State Governments/
Union Territory Administrations for tourism projects identified in
consultation with them for the improvement of existing tourism products
and also for developing new ones.. The Ministry of Tourism provides
financial assistance up to Rs. 5.00 crore for the development of Destinations
and Rs. 8.00 crore for Circuits. The upper limit of financial assistance has
been increased to Rs. 25 crore and Rs. 50 crore for development of
identified mega destinations and circuits respectively. Under the schemes
to promote rural tourism in the country, the thrust is for development of
tourism infrastructure at the identified rural tourism sites so that socioeconomic benefits percolate down to the rural community. A maximum of
Rs. 50.00 lakh is sanctioned for each project under this scheme for
development of tourism related infrastructure.
Development of Mega Destinations and Circuits: The Ministry of
Tourism has taken a policy initiative to develop the tourist destinations /
circuits of national importance in a holistic and integrated manner .The
Ministry has identified 29 mega projects for development. The name of
the project in Bihar being assisted by Tourism of India is:
Bodhgaya-Rajgir-Nalanda Circuit
•
The Ministry is also taking up the issue of rail, road and air
connectivity with the concerned ministries for these projects. The Ministry
of Tourism provides
•
Central Financial Assistance to State Governments/Union Territories
for development of tourist infrastructure and promotion of tourism
including River Cruise.
Recent Trends in Bihar Tourism: Survey of Bihar tourism fields shows
the trends during 2009 and 2010 reveal the following:
•
Bihar has attracted around 4.2 lakhs foreign tourist arrival as
compared to
•
Goa ranked 7th in India in the year 2011.
•
Bihar expecting 30% jump tourist arrival in domestic in the year
2015.
•
Out of the total number of visitors, domestic tourists in Bihar account
for 40% due to the presence of the religious place of Bodhgaya in
the state, where maximum domestic visitors throng
68
•
Bihar has ranked 7th number in India in foreign tourist arrival on
account of mainly Buddhist pilgrimage site.
•
Maximum Foreign tourist visited Bihar between the month of Oct.
to March.
•
77% of the foreign tourists / visitors to the state of Bihar visit
Bodhgaya,Nalanda and Rajgir. The next favorite is Pawapuri and
Vaishali.
•
30% of the domestic overnight visitors/ tourists to the state of Bihar
belong to the state of West Bengal. 25% of domestic overnight
visitors are from Jharkhand.
•
50% of the foreign tourists / visitors are from the Buddhist country
such as Thailand,Sri Lanka and Japan etc., while 20% are from
European Countries.
•
The most visited destination is Bodhgaya in Gaya district
•
Amongst different types of packages, both domestic and foreign
visitors have opted more for Travel+ Transport+ Accommodation+
Food packages and have spent more on this types of packages (on
an average)
Challenge: Despite its high potential, the current scenario in the Indian
tourism industry has problems like :
•
Inadequate accommodation capacity
•
Lack of supportive infrastructure – roads, health and hygiene,
communication gaps, etc
•
Costly travel
•
Gap between demand and supply of Infrastructure
•
Lapses in security and safety
•
Political factors leading to unrest, communal violence, frequent calls
for bandh etc, spoil the image of the state and its capital, and is
detrimental to the growth of the industry.
Suggestions:
•
Niche tourism Products are to be promoted.
•
Services of professional agencies to be utilized for Media Planning
and Publicity material.
•
Synergy to be developed with other Ministries, Organisations and
Stakeholders for promotion of “Destination Bihar”
•
Medium of ‘Cinema & TV’ to be used for promoting and showcasing
tourism destinations in the state
•
Road Shows to be organized in other states in collaboration with
the stakeholders, showcasing the potential of the state
•
Participation in Travel Marts and Exhibitions in the country for
promoting
•
Organisation of important events like State TourismAwards,
workshops, seminars, etc. on various tourism related themes.
69
•
Organising evening programmes of Bihar’s unique art andmusic in
major cities
•
Tourism is primarily driven by the private sector, with a multipli
city of take holders whose size range from micro enterprises to
large transnational corporations. The actions of these players, along
with those of tourists and the local communities determine the overall
impact of tourism on the environment. Hence the local communities
must be active involved in promoting tourism, so that the visitors
leave with memorable experience.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Tourism Policy, UK, 2011 | S.Vijayanand Socio-Economic Impacts in
Pilgrimage Tourism, Zenith International
Journal of Multidisciplinary Research Vol.2 Issue 1, January 2012 | G Vijay
et al, Developmental Dimensions and Pilgrimage
Vol. 5, No. 2 | Annual Report 2009-10, Ministry of Tourism, Government
of India | Report of the Working Group on Tourism 12th Five
Year Plan (2012- 17) Ministry of Tourism Government of India, 2011 |
Best Practices Adopted by State Governments for Development
of Tourism, Govt. of India 2005 | Evaluation of the Scheme of Financial
Assistance to States for Development of Circuits / Destinations,
Ministry of Tourism, Government of India 2008 | DR. Pujari Krishnaiah,
| www.wikipedia.com | www.mapofindia.com
WWW.BSTDC.COM
WWW.TOURISMGOV.IN
WWW.FICCI.COM
Dainik Newspaper published in Bihar
Performance Appraisal of Worker in K.J.S Cement
Industry of Madhya Pradesh
* Vikas Dubey
==========================================================
Abstract- Performance appraisal is a method of evaluating the behavior
of employees on the workers spot normally including both quantitative
and qualitative aspect of job performance. Performance here refers to
the degree of accomplishment of the task that make up an individual is
fulfilling the job demand often but performance is always measured in
terms of result and not efforts an industry cannot sustain and run without
going profit. The profit of the industry depends mainly on the sale of the
goods and demand for the produced items in the market .The sales and
demand for goods depend on their quality. The quality of the goods depends
on workers performance. The performance of worker in production process
makes the product qualitative or defective. It means the performance of
the worker is the prime indicator for the sustainability of any industry
.The variation in the performance of employees may bring variations in
the existence of industries. Hence comprehensive understanding of the
performance of the employees is very important in the globalised
competitive world. There are myriad of factors that affect performance of
worker in industries. The socio-cultural, psychological, economical,
physical and health, environmental and educational aspects, have a
bearing on the good or poor performance of the employees.
==========================================================
Workers do not live in seclusion and they have their own external
environment many industries do not considered the multi dimensional
aspects while appraising the performance of the employees. Industry only
observes the workers behavior and performance within the industry the
outside world is ignored or considered to be irrelevant. Traditionally, skilled
workers are considered not different from machine and they are expected
to give the same output the consideration of socio psychological aspects
of employees are largely neglected which appears to be unreasonable .Such
a system of appraisal may lead to injustice or autocratic rule due to biased
performance evaluation of the workers in industry very few organization
focus on psychological aspect this article makes an attempt to explore
===========================
*
Department of B. B. A., Government T. R. S. College, Rewa (M.P.)
71
how socio-psychological and economic parameters have a bearing on the
performance of the employees. It may help industrial management to
improve the performance of workers by knowing some other aspects that
may affect performance of workers this may also help in improving of
quality output.
1.
To look into general background of industrial workers.
2.
To know psychological and economical aspects and their bearing
on performance of workers.
3.
To understand the working conditions and access performance of
workers.
Methodology: To satisfy and meet object of study qualitative
methodologies along with quantitative techniques were employed. The
study has been conducted at the K.J.S cement industry Raj nagar maihar
Dist. Satana M.P with reference to sample the worker of selected industry
are classified into five categories .The categories are A, B, C, D, E grade
workers total of 70 employees based on grades are covered for study.
Both primary as well as secondary data were collected for the present
study the secondary data were collected from the industrial report ,journals,
books and from websites the data collected from the group of workers
was subjected to verification ,qualification and coding by referring a coding
key. The coded data was entered in a computer for data processing and
analysis .The statistical package for social science (spss) is used to calculate
percentile and frequency distribution.
Q1 Age Distribution
25 to 35 years
36 to 45 years
46 to 55 years
56 years and above
Total
Frequency
04
16
48
02
70
Percentage
5.7
22.9
68.6
2.9
100
Q2 General Education
10th class
12th class
Graduation and above
Total
Frequency
52
10
08
70
Percentage
74.3
14.3
11.4
100
Q3 Technical Education
ITI
Apprentice training
No technical education
Total
Frequency
19
23
28
70
Percentage
27.1
32.9
40.0
100
Q4 Religion
Frequency
58
12
70
Percentage
82.9
17.1
100
Frequency
09
02
39
20
70
Percentage
12.9
2.9
55.7
28.6
100
Hindu
Muslim
Total
Q5 Caste Categories
Schedule caste
Schedule tribe
Back ward class
Other class
Total
72
Q6 Work Experience
10 to 20 years
21 to 30 years
31 to 40 years
Total
Frequency
19
49
02
70
Percentage
27.1
70.0
02.9
100
Q7 Types of Family
Joint
nuclear
extended
Total
Frequency
19
44
07
70
Percentage
27.1
62.9
10.0
100
Q8 Dependent Members
In Family
1 to 5 members
6 to 10 members
11 and more members
Total
Frequency
Percentage
52
14
04
70
74.3
20.0
05.7
100
Q9 Social Status
Good
Moderate
Total
Frequency
47
23
70
Percentage
67.1
32.9
100
Q10 Interpersonal Relation
Good
Moderate
Total
Frequency
35
35
70
Percentage
50.0
50.0
100
Q11 Association With Social
Organ
Having
Do not having
Total
Frequency
Percentage
41
29
70
58.6
41.4
100
Q12 Family Worries
Having
Do not Having
Total
Frequency
13
57
70
Percentage
18.6
81.4
100
Frequency
Percentage
02
68
70
2.9
97.1
100
Frequency
03
18
03
11
05
01
29
70
Percentage
4.3
25.7
4.3
15.7
7.1
1.4
14.4
100
Q13 Inter Generational
Conflicts
Having
Do not having
Total
Q14 Type of Hobbies
Walking
Television watching
Singing
Paper reading
Listening to music
Photography
Having no hobbies
Total
73
Q15 Having Habits
Smoking
Gutka
Alcohol
Pan
No Habits
Total
Frequency
14
16
01
02
37
70
Percentage
20.0
22.9
1.4
2.9
52.9
100
Q16 Happy With Present Life
Happy
Un happy
Total
Frequency
48
22
70
Percentage
68.6
31.4
100
Q17 Having Psychological
Worries
Daughter’s Marriage
Children’s Education
Making Property
Regarding Family
Have No Psychological Worries
Total
Frequency
Percentage
02
10
01
05
52
70
2.9
14.3
1.4
7.1
74.3
100
Measurement of performance
Indicator of
performance
1 Technical
knowledge
2 Time
Management
3 Planning
4 Reporting
5 Communication
Skill
6 Meeting Targets
7 Creativity
8 Team Working
9 Steadiness
10 Leadership
and Integrity
11 Adoptability
12 Flexibility
13 Mobile
14 Discipline
15 Regularity
Poor
Satisfactory
Good
Excellent
10(14.3)
43(61.4)
15(21.4)
2(2.9)
14(20.0)
46(65.7)
8(11.4)
2(2.9)
16(22.9)
8(11.4)
12(17.1)
42(60.0)
46(65.7)
45(64.3)
10(14.3)
12(17.1)
11(15.7)
2(2.9)
4(5.7)
2(2.9)
9(12.9)
22(31.4)
5(7.1)
6(8.6)
18(25.7)
45(64.3)
36(51.4)
51(72.9)
49(70.0)
42(60.0)
14(20.0)
10(14.3)
13(18.6)
14(20.0)
8(11.4)
2(2.9)
2(2.9)
1(1.4)
1(1.4)
2(2.9)
9(12.9)
7(10.0)
7(10.0)
2(2.9)
6(8.6)
52(74.3)
50(71.4)
49(70.0)
62(88.6)
49(70.0)
9(12.9)
11(15.7)
12(17.1)
5(7.1)
14(20.0)
---2(2.9)
2(2.9)
1(1.4)
1(1.4)
Out of 70 workers a very small number of the workers 2% have
excellent performance in all the areas more than 1/5th are good in technical
knowledge and steadiness. A majority of the workers more than3/5th are
good at all the indicators of performance with a slight variation more than
1/4th are poor in leadership and intergrity,creativity,planning and time
management qualities . It is clear that the workers who are educated, living
in joint family, have more independent members in family have good social
status and have no psychological worries and have good performance in
all the areas
Conclusion:The present study has made an attempt to understand the
performance of the employees it was carried out K.J.S cement industry
Raj nagar maihar Dist. Satana M.P the industry has good reputation in
74
India as it is a multinational company .The salaries that are given to the
workers are of a high package as compared to other industries .The facilities
provided within and outside the industry are also good. the worker are
technically sound and receive frequent training by the training department
in order to update their knowledge to deliver quality of production .They
do maintain good quality of products, which is an outcome of good
performance of the employee . Overall performance of the workers is
observed as more or less good. It is so because majority of the employees
have good economic condition. Employees who have any one of the
problems seem to have bearing on the overall performance.
***
Green Human Resource Management and
Economics: 'A Protection to Disasters'
* Sweta Thakur
**HarendraParmar
==========================================================
Abstract- To achieve environmental sustainability there is a need for Green
Human resource Management and Economics. Human resource
management talks about the Task and Target oriented policies and
Economics talks about the Utilisation of minimum resources in proper
and efficient manner. To protect the environment from pollution both are
needed, so that the environment will be protected for the present and future
generation. People are aware about the limited natural resources and its
availability in the world. As they are going to end, many species are also
about to vanished. To protect our Planet, there is a need of eco-friendly
products. It can be fulfilled by providing awareness through training to
the people of the society. It will also make employees and society members
aware of the utilization of natural resources more economically and
encourage eco-friendly products. The present article aims to reduce the
disaster causes by industrial revolution and utilisation of improper natural
resource by spreading awareness about Green HR.
==========================================================
Key Words: Green HR, Economy, Eco-friendly products, Resources,
Environment, Future generation, Planet.
Introduction: The word Green talks about the healthy environment which
protects the planet from future disaster. People of today’s world are badly
in need of pollution free environment. The Green Human Resource
Management and Economics together will play an important role by
adopting to promote the environment related issues in industry. HR and
Economics develops policies and practices, training of people,
implementation of laws and resource utilisation related to Environment
Protection. However, government is also concern about the environment
disaster so it has started the promotion of e-governance, which is a strong
tool to protect the planet.
===========================
*
**
of Baroda
76
The Green: According to Opatha & Arulrajah (2014), there are four
different types of meaning of Green in the context of HR. a) Preservation
of natural environment; b) Conservation of the natural environment; c)
Avoidance or minimization environmental pollution and d) Generation of
gardens and looking like natural places. Hence, in order to become green
employee, an employee must be preservationist, conservationist, nonpolluter and maker.
Industrialization and Environment: In the year 1760 to 1830, the world
had faced one of the global changes in the form of Industrial Revolution.
Entire scenario, then, got changed. Initially it had started from Britain,
spread to entire Europe and then the rest of the world. Industrial revolution
came with speed, prosperity, and comfort in human’s life. Although
Industrial revolution had boosted up the growth of countries, it had
exacerbated effect on the environment. This effect was even more during
and after second industrial revolution during late 19th century to early 20th
century. To fulfil the need of customers, whose demands increases day by
day, industries has started using the natural resources uncontrollably.
Industries, like paper industries, (Shaikh, 2014), use plants and trees as
natural resources and the product is paper which is finally obliterate the
forest. Like this, Pharmaceutical industries by using plants and animals
make medicines and ruined the Bio-diversity; Automobile companies use
petroleum products to make vehicles and have air pollution; and both Food
products industries, using plants, animals and water, and Chemical
companies, using soil, ores and minerals, pollute the environment.
Due to industrialization, countries have started using more natural
resources that ultimately lead global warming. According to statistics, in
comparison to year 1750, in 2005 the level of Green House Gases increased
from 280ppm to 379ppm whereas CO2 has increased, since 1970 about
80% from 21 to 38 gigatons that is 77% of total of Green House Gases
(Jayalakshmi, 2013). Worldwide, 399.50 parts of carbon dioxide per
million, the global temperature 1.4oF since 1880 and 3.19 mm per year the
sea level have increased whereas the 13.3 % per decade arctic ice, the
land ice 258 billion per year and the forest 1.5 million sq. km have decreased
(NASA, 2015).
Due to industrialization, the speed has increased. Worldwide the
trading becomes more frequent, so the transport facilities have increased
and people started living in such areas where, in early days, no one preferred
to live. This travelling has increased the change of animal trafficking.
This has worsened effect on bio-diversity. Hence, the solution of these
problems is Green Human Resource Management.
Green Human Resource Management: According to (Opatha &
Arulrajah, 2014) the Green HRM includes activities of development,
implementation and on-going maintenance of the system that make the
77
employee into green employee. Green HRM educates the employee and
creates green employee so that they help in protection of the environment.
Green employee use eco friendly goods, recycled items, instead of plastic
bags, they use cloths bags and by using internet, instead of papers, as
basic mode of communication they save natural sources.
By using Green HRM the plants and trees can be saved. This plants
and trees play major role in weather cycle. Now a day, cities like Dubai,
Saudi Arabia, use plastic trees and plants to maintain the rhythm of weather
cycle. Different countries have adapted solar energy as their primary energy
source. Now a day, scientists are working on developing vehicles which
are using only solar energy. Petroleum products and natural charcoal, as
they come from the natural sources, and have long process to be, the prices
of these products get high every year. However, the scientists are working
on the alternative of petroleum products and natural charcoal. Now different
countries have adapted reusable natural energy as their primary source of
energy production. Solar energy, Wind energy, Water energy, both at river
and at sea, are use as primary source. Apart from this, instead of wasting
more electricity, mega cities save electricity, and this way save environment,
by celebrating ‘earth hour’ in which they voluntarily switch off all the
lights of different places and save the energy.
Economics and Green HR: Economics is utilization of limited source in
appropriate way. This utilization can become green when the cost of
production keeps remains the same and on the other hand minimum natural
resources get used. For this the industries keep modify their policy of
production, appearance of their products and the quantity of the product.
To make the economy of a country effective, the money must be rotating
in the market. If the price gets increased then the approach of people
towards the product get negative and that item may less likely to be
purchased and this makes the bulk of the product. Hence, the mobility of
market gets restricted and unnecessarily the natural resources get wasted.
On the other hand, if the price gets less than the product will sell quickly,
the company has to produce more items in less time, and to reach to the
target, more natural resources get used.
As natural resources are limited, excessive use of natural resources
invites natural disasters. Hence, to balance the environment, the company
must have to use limited natural resources by change in the company policy
of production. Sometimes the alternate may not be equally effective but
may have advantage in long future. CNG may not be more effective in
comparison with Petrol or Diesel but CNG is more eco-friendly as it has
less toxins and harmful chemicals than Petrol and Diesel. In this way, the
environment becomes less polluted.
Conclusion: Natural resources are limited in the amount and it takes long
time to generate on its own. The building process is slow but the
78
consumption of these natural resources is increasing day by day. The more
it has used early, the more the costly they will be. However, the concept of
Green HR has now changing the mind set of people. Now people have
started using alternative and better options. They are now using reusable
natural energy resources so that the environment can be saved.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Jayalakshmi, S. (2013). Statistics Related to Climate Change – India.
Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation. Government of India.
NASA. (2015). http://climate.nasa.gov/
Opatha, H. H. D. N. P. & Arulrajah, A. A. (2014). Green Human Resource
Management: Simplified General Reflections. International Business
Research. Vol. 7 (8). 101-112. DOI: 10.5539/ibr.v7n8p101
Shaikh, M. W. (2014). Green HRM, A Requirement of 21st Century.
Journal of Research in Commerce & Management. Vol. 1 (10). 122-127.
www.abhinavjournal.com.
Gender Composition and Imbalance Sex Ratio in India
(A Socio-Demographic Analysis)
* Bandana Gaur
==========================================================
Abstract- Every society consists of male and female. There are two aspects
can be distinguished biological and to some extent on the basis of socioeconomic aspects including division of labor in society and family as well
as gender roles. For an ideal society with various socio-economic, cultural
factors and technological factors balance in gender differences is also
necessary. In other words, for an ideal society one of the most important
thing which is required equality and gender in composition, i.e, equal
number of males and females. However it is difficult to achieve such
equality and it is rarely found in any society. In this paper is discussed
various aspects of gender composition, and also focuses on the urgent
scenario of sex ratio in India and reason behind it and here its
consequences are also cited which is presently causing imbalance and
various social problems as well as in society.
==========================================================
The proportion of women and men in a population of a country
determines up to some extent the working force, marriage age, growth
rate of population and national income, etc. of the country. Not only this,
the future trends of labour force, proper nutrition to the babies, etc. can be
determined by knowing the sex-ratio of the country at a particular time.
Generally, sex-ratio is a ratio obtained by dividing the male population by
female population of a particular place, rate race, etc at a particular time.
It is often called as “males per thousand females”. However, in India sexratio is a ratio which is obtained by dividing the female population by
male population and further multiplying the ratio by one thousand. In other
words sex ratio is the number of female per thousand males at a point of
time in the given population. Sex ratio shows the gender composition of
the population at a point of time. Sex ratio generally affects our process of
social life up to great extent. Its effective impact is seen like on marriage,
family, birth-rate, migration, war, business etc.
===========================
*
Associate Professor, Faculty of Social Sciences, Department of
Sociology and Political Science Dayalbagh Educational Institute Agra
80
Objectives of the study:
•
To understand the concept of gender composition in India.
•
To analyse the state-wise gender composition in India.
•
To explain the main causes of imbalance sex ratio in India.
•
To study the consequences of imbalance sex ratio in India.
Research Methodology: The present study is based on secondary data,
the main sources of data collection are books, journals, Internet,
Newspaper, Census of India etc.
Sex Ratio in India: As per the latest-census in the year 2011, the total
female sex ratio in India is 940 per 1000 males and the female child sex
ratio (0 – 6) is 914 girl children per every 1000 by children of the same
age group. The overall female sex ratio has increased by 0.75% in the
census 2011 as the previous census of 2011. As per the provisional report
generated by the Census of India, Ministry of Home Affairs some of the
union territories like a Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu has
shown a negative trend in respect of the female sex ratio. The State and
Union Territories has been showing a negative trend in census 2011 are –
•
Jammu & Kashmir 1.01%
•
Daman and Diu : 4.56%
•
Dadra and Nagar Haveli : 12.96%
Five States/UTs showing lowest Sex Ratio in India (Census 2011)
S.No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
State/UTs
Haryana
NCT of Delhi
Chandigarh
Dadra & Nagar Haveli
Daman in Daman Diu
Uttar Pradesh
Maharashtra
Bihar
West Bengal
Andhra Pradesh
Madhya Pradesh
Tamil Nadu
Rajasthan
Karnataka
Gujarat
Orissa
Kerala
Jharkhand
Assam
Punjab
Chhattisgarh
Jammu & Kashmir
Uttarakhand
Himanchal Pradesh
Tripura
Meghalaya
Manipur
Nagaland
Goa
Female Sex Ratio as per Census 2011
877
866
818
775
618
912
929
918
950
993
931
996
928
973
919
979
1084
948
958
895
991
889
963
972
960
989
992
931
973
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
Arunachal Pradesh
Puducherry
Mizoram
Sikkim
Andaman and Nicobar Island
81
938
1037
973
890
876
Source: Census of India 2011
Overall Sex Ratio of India – 940 per 1000 males: For an ideal society
the population of both( male and female) should be equal at point of time.
However, the current trend of sex ratio in India is quite deviated. As, we
can see the table is shown here clearly depicts imbalanced sex ratio in
India. In India number of females is less than that of male which is creating
disturbance in the society.
Causes and Consequences of Imbalance sex-ratio in India:
Sex Ratio: (Gender Composition): Sex-ratio is the number of females
per 1000 males in a given place at a point of time.
Census year and Sex ratio (1901 to 2011)
Census Year
1901
1911
1921
1931
1941
1951
1961
1971
1981
1991
2001
2011
Sex Ratio
972
964
955
950
945
946
941
930
935
927
933
940
India’s Population 2011
Population
1,21,01,93,422 (1.21 billion)
62,37,24,248 (623.7 million)
58,64,69,172 (586.5 million)
Total
Male
Female
Gender Composition of Population 2011
Population
( in mn)
Males
Females
623.7
586.5
Proportion
(in %)
51.54
48.46
Child Sex Ratio (0 – 6 years)
2011
Male
Female
Sex Ratio
Population
(0-6) in mn
85.0
78.8
2011
Proportion
(0-6) in %
51.89
48.11
927
Population
(0-6) in mn
82.9
75.8
Proportion
(0-6) in mn
52.24
47.76
914
82
Causes of Imbalanced Sex Ratio in India: S.C. Shrivastava in his book
studies in Demography has explained the following causes:
(i) Women/Girls are ill-fed and they lack health services;
(ii) Lack of public-health services predominance of poverty and illiteracy
and ignorance of sanitary methods, there are greater deaths of mother
at the time of delivery of child;
(iii) Due to early marriages or high child-bearing, there are more deaths
of mothers;
(iv) The biological capacity of Indian mothers to be got more sons; and
(v) Due to old rituals and traditions female infants are killed.
Kammeyer & Ginn in their book “An Introduction to Population”
(1988 : 81) have stated that “Cultural factors may also influence the balance
between males & females” factors like female infanticide and migration.
Following are general causes of imbalance sex-ratio in India:
•
Male-dominating Society: In India we mostly find patriarchal
societies. This leads to more importance to male child and also leads to
less importance to females. This is one of the causes of low sex-ratio in
India.
•
Female feticide: (Killing a girl before she is born) is like killing
females in society. This means number of female will further decline and
definitely cause imbalanced in sex-ratio.
•
Misuse of Technology: Now-a-days technological advancement is
very high. It has developed various techniques to detect sex of the child in
mother’s womb like ultrasound and sonography. Such sex detection
techniques leads to sex selective abortions. And generally people kill female
fetus after such tests.
•
Concept of Lineage: In Indian society it is believed that a boy always
conserves and runs continuous lineage this causes preference of male child
over females and this mentality of people causes imbalanced sex-ratio.
•
Narrow mindedness: People generally think that bringing a
daugther is a liability and that is why sons are preferred as the saviour of
generations of ancestors, which complete people to commit female
infanticide resulting in decline in sex-ratio and hence imbalance.
•
Daughters remain unwanted: because girls are considered liability
and in contrast, days are considered important security in old age. Since,
girls are considered liability people because of poverty prefer son over
girl and this preference of son causes danger for the existence of girl. This
causes her elimination from society and finally leads to imbalanced sexratio.
•
Traditional beliefs and customs: People believe that only their
sons can help in their old age as well as they are the only way to attain
moksha. On the other hand a daughter is considered a responsibility who
will go to another house and take care of only that house after her marriage.
83
So people wish to have only sons not daughters and that is why people
adopt sex selective abortion which causes imbalance in sex ratio.
•
Dowry System: In dowry system, parents of a girl has to give various
things to girl during her marriage and this creates a financial burden on
the parents, and that is why, people prefer not to have a girl child. For
example, people of a community of Tamil Nadu kill girl child just after
their birth because of dowry only. This results in low sex-ratio.
Low sex-ratio is itself a cause of decline in sex-ratio: Because of low
sex ratio, number of females in a society is low, which causes increase in
various problems against women like polygamy, crime against women,
this further causes more decline in the number of women and hence, lowsex ratio itself results in decline in sex ratio. As sex ratio declines, imbalance
in gender composition will occur in society.
Hence, it can be said that mainly, male dominating society, antigirl gender bias, low status and less empowerment of women, sex-selective
abortions and other socio-cultural beliefs like boy, a saviour of generation
of ancestors, concept of pind daan, mukhagni by son etc, are the main
causes of negligence of women or female in society which causes imbalance
in sex ratio.
Imbalance in sex ratio would definitely cause imbalance in the gender
composition of the society. Following are stated the main consequences
or results of low sex ratio. Since for an ideal society, roughly these should
be in equal proportion of male and female in society and imbalance in
such a proportion causes disturbances in society.
Consequence of Imbalance in Sex-Ratio:
•
Imbalance in Society: It is obvious, if there will be difference in
the proportion of male and female in society definitely, imbalance will
occur in society. Concept like monogamy will loose its existence in society.
Concept of polygamy, child marriage, late marriage, wide difference in
age of husband and wife will take place, which already depicts imbalance
state of society.
•
Increase in Crime against Women: when there will be less number
of females in society. She will be considered a thing, every male would be
eager to use or make control over her. Crimes like prostitution, rape,
trafficking etc will increase against her.
•
Decline in status of woman: when crime against women will
increase, definitely, her position in society will come down. She will not
be able to make her own decisions nor will she be free to go outside freely
or safely. Such conditions will occur when there will be less number of
females in the society. This will cause decline in status of woman.
•
Increase in Society Problems: when there will be low sex-ratio,
status of women as well as chances of equal opportunity for them will be
low. There will be uneven participation of men and women in society-
84
problems related to family, marriage domestic violence, insecurity at work
place and other social problems will be there in society as a result of low
sex-ratio
Decrease in chances for empowerment of woman: Because of the less
number of women, the minority will feel insecure and hence chances for
their empowerment will decrease. She will be considered as a weaker
section of the society and everybody would try to dominate over her which
will offer her less opportunities to develop or to become empower.
Adverse effect on health of women: When there will be less number of
female, there will be polygamy and hence two or more than two male will
share one wife only which will make adverse effect on the health of women.
Secondly, a woman will also be compelled to produce male child only. If
she produces male child again and again, she will have to undergo sex
selective abortion. Having abortion frequently and also producing child
again and again will also have an adverse effect on the health of women.
This effect can be mental or physical. Low sex ratio will result in girl/
female trafficking. Polygamy will increase as a result of low sex ratio.
This will effect social institutions such as marriage and family. In States
like Haryana half of the male population is unmarried and the group of
these unmarried boy is famous by the name ‘Kuwaraon Ki Fauz” who can
harm any women at a point of time and they are unmarried because of the
fact that girls are not available to them.
A government survey found that 51% of Indian men and 54% of
Indian women justified domestic violence. Recently a survey conducted
by Thomson Reuters Foundation concluded that Indian women are abused
and even killed on a scale unparallel in the top 19 economic of the world
and also, “As a child, she faces abuse, rape and early marriage and even
who she marries, she is killed for dowry. If she survives all of this, as a
widow she is discriminated against and is given no rights over inheritance
or property.”
This poll also reveals that “Even before she (girl) is born, she is at
the risk of being aborted due to our obsessions for sons.”
“Many of the crimes against women are in India’s heavily populated
plains, where in parts, there is a deep rooted mindset that women are inferior
and must be restricted to being homemakers and child-bearers.”
This study of Thomson Reuters (published on June 14 2012) shows
that “India is a worst place for women among top 19 economics.”
Suggestion:
•
Society should provide equal status to both male and female.
•
No feeling of inferiority complex towards girls.
•
Eradication of orthodox and double standards hypocrisy.
•
Check and reduction in mushrooming of pre-vital scan centers.
•
Effect towards literacy and prohibition of dowry system.
85
•
Reduction in importance of sex selective technology.
•
Decline in systematic negligence of girl.
•
Adopt family planning but not through female foeticide.
•
Neglect socio-religious factors.
•
Avoid gender biasing.
•
Women to be considered as responsible part of society and not burden
on the society.
Conclusion: India has sex ratio of 940 which has increased from last 10
years. Today the major causes of concern are sex-ratio of 0-6 year’s group
which is declining rapidly. For this what is required is the change in the
mindset of people so that they help in creating a society with equal rights
and protection of both male and female children because they are the future
of the nation and this is also a requisite for a balanced society.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Raj, H. (1981) : Fundamentals of Demography. Surjeet Publication, Delhi,
p. 298.
Srivastava, S.C. (1985). Studies in Demograopy. Kitab Mahal, New Delhi,
p. 136-138.
Kammeyer, K.C.W. and Ginn, H.L. (1988). An introduction to population.
Archives Books, New Delhi, p. 81.
Mahendra's Master in Current Affairs August 2012 issue Pg. 57.
http://www.mapsofindia.com/census2011/female-sex-ratio.ntml/retrived on
22.08.2012.
http://www.indiaonlinepages.com/population/sex-ratio-of-india.html/
retrieved on 22.08.2012.
Dr. Mishra, Saraswati status of Indian women, Gyan publishing House
New Delhi, 2002.P-247.
Mitra, M.S and Maharana of Baroda, 1948: The position of women in
Indian life. Neeraj Publishing house, Delhi.
Mourya, S.D.(Ed.) 1988:Women in India: A Demographic profile. Chug
Publication, Allahabad.
www.census2011.co.in/states.php
Child Labour : A Serous Social Problem of Indian Society
(A Short Study in Rewa City of Madhya Pradesh)
* Akhilesh Shukla
==========================================================
Abstract- Social norms and economic realities mean that child labour is
widely accepted and common in India. Many families really on the income
generated by their children for their survival, so child labour is highly
valued. Additionally, employers often prefer top children to be more
complaint and an obedient than adults. When children are forced to work,
they are often denied their rights to education, leisure and play. They also
exposed to situations that make them vulnerable to traffking, abuse,
violence and exploitation. Child Labour may be defined as a person who
is below the age of 14 years and is working for an earning.
==========================================================
Key Words- Social problems, Child labour, Education, Work
Child labour is the practice of having children engage in economic
activity, on part or full-time basis. The practice deprives children of their
childhood, and is harmful to their physical and mental development. Poverty, lack of good schools and growth of informal economy are considered
as the important causes of child labour in India.The 1998 national census
of India estimated the total number of child labour, aged 5-14, to be at 12.6
million, out of a total child population of 253 million in 5-14 age group. A
2009-2010 nationwide survey found child labour prevalence had reduced
to 4.98 million children (or less than 2% of children in 5-14 age group).The
2011 national census of India found the total number of child labour, aged
5-14, to be at 4.35 million, and the total child population to be 259.64
million in that age group.The child labour problem is not unique to India;
worldwide, about 217 million children work, many full-time.Indian law
specifically defines 64 industries as hazardous and it is a criminal offence
to employ children in such hazardous industries. In 2001, an estimated 1%
of all child workers, or about 120,000 children in India were in a hazardous job. Notably, Constitution of India prohibits child labour in hazardous
industries (but not in non-hazardous industries) as a Fundamental Right
under Article 24. UNICEF estimates that India with its larger population,
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, Department of Sociology, Govt. T.R.S. College,
Rewa (M.P.)
87
has the highest number of labourers in the world under 14 years of age,
while sub-saharan African countries have the highest percentage of children who are deployed as child labour.International Labour Organisation
estimates that agriculture at 60 percent is the largest employer of child
labour in the world, while United Nation's Food and Agriculture
Organisation estimates 70% of child labour is deployed in agriculture and
related activities. Outside of agriculture, child labour is observed in almost all informal sectors of the Indian economy. Companies including
Gap, Primark, Monsanto have been criticised for child labour in their products. The companies claim they have strict policies against selling products made by underage children, but there are many links in a supply chain
making it difficult to oversee them all. In 2011, after three years of Primark's
effort, BBC acknowledged that its award-winning investigative journalism report of Indian child labour use by Primark was a fake. BBC apologized to Primark, to Indian suppliers and all its viewers. In December 2014,
the U.S. Department of Labor issued a List of Goods Produced by Child
Labor or Forced Labor and India figured among 74 countries where significant incidence of critical working conditions has been observed. Unlike any other country, India was attributed 23 goods the majority of which
is produced by child labor in the manufacturing sector. Article 24 of India's
constitution prohibits child labour. Additionally, various laws and the Indian Penal Code, such as the Juvenile Justice (care and protection) of Children Act-2000, and the Child Labour (Prohibition and Abolition) Act-1986
provide a basis in law to identify, prosecute and stop child labour in India.
IntroductionChild labour is any work by children that interferes with their full
physical development, their opportunities for a desirable minimum of education or their needed recreation. Every child male or female is born with
right and gradually grows and develops with social responsibilities. About
this social and cultural myths and conscience reveal that today's children,
tomorrow's good citizens in political sense. In most of the under developed and the developing countries, children of inappropriate age are forced
to take part in productive activities due to economic distress. Parents of
poor class send their children's for work to increase family income while
the employers of various business establishments employ children to maximize their profits. The result is economic exploitation of children, this
economic exploitation continues both in the organized and unorganized
sectors. A large number of children below the age of 12-14 are made to
work as Labour"s in many places especially in the agricultural and industrial areas. The physical, educational and medical needs of these working
children are conveniently ignored. These children's are made to work for
long hours. They are often battered by their employers and harassed by
their senior colleagues. Unlike the adult Labour"s, these child Labour"s
88
have no unions of their own to fight for their rights and safeguard their
interests. Hence their exploitation continues without any protest. Neither
the govt. nor the public is serious enough to make organized efforts to
combat this problem. Child labour is a social problem of far reaching consequences. No outside observe can imagine and understand the complexity and magnitude of the problem has different facts also. Without the
proper appraisal of the problem is serious cannot be understood.
Study Area- Rewa is located at 240320 north 810 180 east 24.530 north
81.30 east 24.530, 81.360 it has an average elevation 275 meters (902
fed). The present study focuses on "Social Problems of child labour in
district Rewa (M.P.) so the sample of 'Child labour' has been mostly taken
from Rewa town. Rewa had population about 2,363,744 in census 2011 in
which male are 1,2249,18 and female 1,38,8626, Rewa has an average
literacy rate of 73.42% male literacy 62.49% Rewa City has population
235, 442 as per census 2011 male constitute 124,634 and females, 110,788.
Rewa city has total 185291, literates in which male 103,599 and female
81,692 approx. average literacy 87.74% male 92.91% and female 81.95%.
Objectives of the Study- The purpose of the study is to reduce problems of
child laborers by educational programs and social awareness building capacities. The immediate objectives of the study are as follow:
a.
To know the social and working environmental problems of the child
laborers in Rewa city;
b.
To explore why the children poor families are becoming or engaging in the private labor force;
c.
To know and identify whether public, private and voluntary organizations work to reduce the problems of child laborers and their related families or not;
d.
To design and suggest holistic approach in which is effective to identify and reduce the problems.
Methodology and Materials of the Study- In this study, total numbers
of10 child labourers were interviewed by the author during May to August
2013 From Rewa City in India. To data collect well-organized questionnaire prepared and using interview schedule and face-to-face interviewed
from the respondents. Simple random sampling techniques were used.
Various socio-economic and demographic variables were considered at
the time of data collection. But in this paper only socio-economic variables are used. In addition, secondary data also used from various child
labour relevant books, articles, documents, and officials through Internet
browsing.
Analysis of data- Clear and easy statics method has adopted fopr analysis
of data provided by respondents through interview method, to present correct thoughts of respondents behaviors' and mentality, that has made in the
form of simple and under stable through of tabulation for the analysis of
89
data. The whole research has divided in to three parts first, reveals introduction second, magnitude of the problem and third part relates to working conditions of the child labour and in the last conclusion have been
given.
Nature of Child Labour:
Magnitude of the problem- The problem of child labour has become a
colossal one. India has a largest number of child labourers in the world
who are engaged in both organised and unorganized sectors. According to
planning commission estimate, there were around 15.70 million child
labourers in the age group of 10-14, as early as in the 1983. Of these, 14.03
million were working in rural areas and 1.67 million were engaged in urban areas.
Different facts of the problem- Child labour is a social problem of farreaching consequences. No outside observer can imagine and understand
the complexity and the magnitude of the problem. The problem has different facts also. Without identifying the problems of child Labour"s like
economic, social, and the legal facts one couldn't stop this evil.
(a) Child lobour in organised sector- In the organised sector, child
labour is mainly found in the rural areas, tea and coffee estates, and mining sectors and even in urban areas.
(b) Child Labour in Rural Areas- a large number of children found to
be working in rural areas, it s estimated more than 60% of them are below
the age of ten years.
In The Mining operations also, boys below 12 years are preferred to carry
things inside the tunnels without bending their head. It is said that in the
mining sector, 56%workers are children below 15 years.
Table No.-1
This table shows that the children are engaged in occupation to earn
money for the backup of their parents.
Working Conditions of Child Labour"s- Not only working children are
found throughout India, but even horrible working conditions exist everywhere.
Horrible Working Conditions in Urban and Industrial Areas- Children working in small industrial units and mining industries are faced with
hygienic problems. Some work in dangerously polluted factories while a
few others toil near furnaces which burn at a temperature of 1400o centigrade. They handle dangerous chemicals like arsenic and potassium. Con-
90
tinuous inhaling of impure air adversely affects their lungs and creates
diseases like tuberculosis.
Sad picture of working children in urban industrial units- A large number of children working in leather, glass and brassware industries in slate
industries and fireworks etc have sunken chests, and thin bone frames which
give them a diseased look.
Table No.-2
This table shows that the maximum number of children is facing
many health problems. They do not have any kind of facilities with which
they can save their physical standard.
After its independence from colonial rule, India has passed a number
of constitutional protections and laws on child labour. The Constitution of
India in the Fundamental Rights and the Directive of State Policy prohibits child labour below the age of 14 years in any factory or mine or castle
or engaged in any other hazardous employment (Article 24). The constitution also envisioned that India shall, by 1960, provide infrastructure and
resources for free and compulsory education to all children of the age six
to 14 years. (Article 21-A and Article 45).India has a federal form of government, and child labour is a matter on which both the central government and country governments can legislate, and have. The major national
legislative developments include the following:
•
The Factories Act of 1948: The Act prohibits the employment of
children below the age of 14 years in any factory. The law also placed
rules on who, when and how long can pre-adults aged 15-18 years be employed in any factory.
•
The Mines Act of 1952: The Act prohibits the employment of children below 18 years of age in a mine.
•
The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act of 1986: The
Act prohibits the employment of children below the age of 14 years in
hazardous occupations identified in a list by the law. The list was expanded
in 2006, and again in 2008.
•
The Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection) of Children Act of
2000: This law made it a crime, punishable with a prison term, for anyone
to procure or employ a child in any hazardous employment or in bondage.
•
The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act
of 2009: The law mandates free and compulsory education to all children
aged 6 to 14 years. This legislation also mandated that 25 percent of seats
in every private school must be allocated for children from disadvantaged
91
groups and physically challenged children.
India formulated a National Policy on Child Labour in 1987. This
Policy seeks to adopt a gradual & sequential approach with a focus on
rehabilitation of children working in hazardous occupations. It envisioned
strict enforcement of Indian laws on child labour combined with development programs to address the root causes of child labour such as poverty.
In 1988, this led to the National Child Labour Project (NCLP) initiative.
This legal and development initiative continues, with a current central government funding of 6 billion, targeted solely to eliminate child labour in
India. Despite these efforts, child labour remains a major challenge for
India.
For much of human history and across different cultures, children
less than 17 years old have contributed to family welfare in a variety of
ways. UNICEF suggests that poverty is the big cause of child labour. The
report also notes that in rural and impoverished parts of developing and
undeveloped parts of the world, children have no real and meaningful alternative. Schools and teachers are unavailable. Child labour is the unnatural result. A BBC report, similarly, concludes poverty and inadequate
public education infrastructure are some of the causes of child labour in
India.Between boys and girls, UNICEF finds girls are two times more likely
to be out of school and working in a domestic role. Parents with limited
resources, claims UNICEF, have to choose whose school costs and fees
they can afford when a school is available. Educating girls tends to be a
lower priority across the world, including India. Girls are also harassed or
bullied at schools, sidelined by prejudice or poor curricula, according to
UNICEF. Solely by virtue of their gender, therefore, many girls are kept
from school or drop out, then provide child labour.The International Labour
Organisation (ILO) and Spreading Smiles Through Education
Organisation(OSSE) suggests poverty is the greatest single force driving
children into the workplace. Income from a child's work is felt to be crucial for his/her own survival or for that of the household. For some families, income from their children's labour is between 25 to 40% of the household income.According to a 2008 study by ILO,among the most important
factors driving children to harmful labour is the lack of availability and
quality of schooling. Many communities, particularly rural areas do not
possess adequate school facilities. Even when schools are sometimes available, they are too far away, difficult to reach, unaffordable or the quality of
education is so poor that parents wonder if going to school is really worthwhile. In government-run primary schools, even when children show up,
government-paid teachers do not show up 25% of the time.The 2008 ILO
study suggests that illiteracy resulting from a child going to work, rather
than a quality primary and secondary school, limits the child's ability to
get a basic educational grounding which would in normal situations en-
92
able them to acquire skills and to improve their prospects for a decent
adult working life. An albeit older report published by UNICEF outlines
the issues summarized by the ILO report. The UNICEF report claimed
that while 90% of child labour in India is in its rural areas, the availability
and quality of schools is decrepit; in rural areas of India, claims the old
UNICEF report, about 50% of government funded primary schools that
exist do not have a building, 40% lack a blackboard, few have books, and
97% of funds for these publicly funded school have been budgeted by the
government as salaries for the teacher and administrators. A 2012 Wall
Street Journal article reports while the enrollment in India's school has
dramatically increased in recent years to over 96% of all children in the 614-year age group, the infrastructure in schools, aimed in part to reduce
child labour, remains poor - over 81,000 schools do not have a blackboard
and about 42,000 government schools operate without a building with
makeshift arrangements during monsoons and inclement weather.
Biggeri and Mehrotra have studied the macroeconomic factors that
encourage child labour. They focus their study on five Asian nations including India, Pakistan, Indonesia, Thailand and Philippines. They suggest that child labour is a serious problem in all five, but it is not a new
problem. Macroeconomic causes encouraged widespread child labour
across the world, over most of human history. They suggest that the causes
for child labour include both the demand and the supply side. While poverty and unavailability of good schools explain the child labour supply
side, they suggest that the growth of low paying informal economy rather
than higher paying formal economy - called organised economy in India is amongst the causes of the demand side. India has rigid labour laws and
numerous regulations that prevent growth of organised sector where work
protections are easier to monitor, and work more productive and higher
paying. The unintended effect of Indian complex labour laws is the work
has shifted to the unorganised, informal sector. As a result, after the
unorganised agriculture sector which employs 60% of child labour, it is
the unorganised trade, unorganised assembly and unorganised retail work
that is the largest employer of child labour. If macroeconomic factors and
laws prevent growth of formal sector, the family owned informal sector
grows, deploying low cost, easy to hire, easy to dismiss labour in form of
child labour. Even in situations where children are going to school, claim
Biggeri and Mehrotra, children engage in routine after-school home-based
manufacturing and economic activity. Other scholars too suggest that inflexibility and structure of India's labour market, size of informal economy,
inability of industries to scale up and lack of modern manufacturing technologies are major macroeconomic factors affecting demand and acceptability of child labour.
Cigno et al. suggest the government planned and implemented land
93
redistribution programs in India, where poor families were given small
plots of land with the idea of enabling economic independence, have had
the unintended effect of increased child labour. They find that smallholder
plots of land are labour-intensively farmed since small plots cannot productively afford expensive farming equipment. In these cases, a means to
increase output from the small plot has been to apply more labour, including child labour.
Conclusion- The problem of the child labour has more pronounced now
than before. Now it has increased tremendously band became national issue. As a part of volunerable section of people, child labour has some
sufferings in the society. they want to get rid of these painful experiences
and deserve help from the nation of enjoy the rest of their life. As per the
finding of the present study will be identify the effective services and formulate a policy and plan for the child labour in Rewa. Most will agree that
eliminating child labour is clearly a goal in the long run. However, in poverty-stricken countries, work and education are often viewed as mutually
exclusive in the lives of children. Cultural values and political environments of most developing countries continue to support the use of child
labour, and these posses' tough challenges for organizations and individuals engaged in controlling its use.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Mario Biggeri and Santosh Mehrotra (2007). Asian Informal Workers:
Global Risks, Local Protection. Routledge. ISBN 978-0-415-38275-5.
"National Child Labour project". Ministry of Labour and Employment,
Government of India. Retrieved 12 September 2011.
Age Structure And Marital Status India Census 2001
Labour and Employment Statistics Ministry of Statistics and Programme
Implementation, Govt of India (January 2014), page 2
Children and Work (Annual Report 2009) (PDF). Census 2001. 2008. p.
108..
"Facts on Child Labor - 2010" (PDF). ILO, Geneva. 2011.
Burra, Neera. "Child labour in rural areas with a special focus on migration,
agriculture, mining and brick kilns" (PDF). National Commission for
Protection of Child Rights. Retrieved 19 October 2009.
"Gap Under Fire: Reports Allege Child Labor". ABC News. Retrieved 22
October 2009.
Hawkes, Steve (17 June 2008). "Primark drops firms using child labour".
The Times (London).
Ram Ahuja, Social Problems in India.
C.N. Shankar Rao, Sociology Of Indian Society S.Chand and company
Ltd. Ram nagar, New Delhi, 7th edition.
Dr. Kumar, Sociological Essays.
Ali, M.Z (Zoo, April 2005 ), Asian economic crises and its Social impact
on Child Labour.
Gender Differences in Personality dimension of
Adolescents
* Neelam Hemant Deshmukh
==========================================================
Abstract- Adolescence is an important phase in human life. The child is
about to turn into a mature young man or woman. It is the period of rapid
physical growth, psychological changes, social development, emotional
turmoil, sexual arousal and journey from dependence to independence
and identity formation.
==========================================================
Personality refers to psychological qualities and organizational structure which combine to differentiate one human being from other. It is a
sum totals of attributes that make one unique and distinctive. Personality
refers to all the characteristics of an individual, emotional, mental and
spiritual which differ consistently from others. (Martin and Parker 1995).
The concept of personality also refers to some sort of unifying tendency or
force integrating all our distinctive abilities, interests, skills, feelings etc.
Social learning theorists are concernal with identifying the impact of socialization and social experiences on people's behavior and showing the
differences in personality characteristics. Research in behavioural genetics has permitted the examination of both genetic and environmental factors in personality. Social cognitive theories of personality examine consistent differences in the ways people process social information which
predict an individuals behavior in particular context. Eysenck in his type
trait approach to personality proposed two major dimensions of personality namely, extraversion- introversion and neuroticism emotional stable.
Accordingly we observe individual differences in behaviour and adjustment. Extraversion is the act, state or habit of being predominantly concerned with and obtaining gratification from what is outside the self. Extraverts tend to enjoy human interactions and to be enthusiastic, talkative,
assertive and gregarious. Extraverts are outgoing, sociable and full of energy. The opposite end of the extraversion dimension is the introversion.
Introversion is 'the state or tendency toward being wholly or predominantly concerned with and interested in one's own mental life'. Introversion is manifested in more reserved, quiet, and shy behavior.
===========================
*
Associate Professor, Department of Psychology. Govt. Vidarbha
Institute of Science and Humanities, Amravati Maharashtra
95
Eysenck proposed second dimension of personality i.e. neuroticism
- emotional stable. Neuroticism is an enduring tendency to experience negative emotional state. The individual likely to experience feelings such as
anxiety, anger, guilt, sadness, fear, shame on intense scale is said to be
high on neuroticism. Low self esteem tense, moody and obsessive characteristics are also seen in neuroticism.
Emotional stable person has happy, thoughtful, controlled, peaceful, calm and unworried characteristics. Emotional stability is good indicator of adjustment and a successful life.
Gender is important component influencing the personality and behavior. Gender differences occur due to unequal status, cultural norms and
role behavior. Lee (1988) found gender differences on four dimensions :
competitiveness, hardiness, emotionality and object orientation Feingold,
Alan (1994) studied gender differences in literature and normative data
for well known personality inventories (1940-92). Males were found to be
more assertive and had higher self esteem than females. Females were
higher than males in extraversion, anxiety, trust and tendermindedness.
The present research is about the study of personality characteristics of
adolescents and gender differences in personality.
Objective: To study the differences in personality dimension of male and
female adolescents.
Hypotheses:
1)
There is significant difference between male and female adolescents
in personality dimension i.e. extraversion introversion.
2)
There is significant difference between male and female adolescents
in the personality dimension of neuroticism.
3)
Introverts have significantly higher level of neuroticism than extraverts.
Method:
Sample: The sample comprised of 110 adolescents (55 male and 55 female). They were from schools in Akola and the age group was 13 to 15
years, studying in the 8th, 9th and 10th std.
Tools: Personality Inventory (P.I.) by Dr. Neelam Deshmukh is used. The
inventory has 50 items, consisting 25 items for extraversion and 25 items
for introversion. It is self rating inventory and designed to measure bipolar
dimensions namely extraversion- introversion and neuroticism i.e. emotional instability - emotional stability. The reliability of the inventory by
test retest method is 0.73 and by split half method is 0.72. The validily of
the inventory is 0.68 it indicates that personality inventory is valid and
reliable to measure personality dimension.
Procedure: The purpose is to study the differences in extraversion- introversion dimension and emotional instability emotional stability in adolescents. The testing is done in group situation. The personality inventory is
96
administered to a group of 20 to 25 adolescents, after establishing pleasant
rapport with them. They are told to read the instructions carefully and
respond accordingly. It is ensured that subjects have understood the method
of responding to each of the item. In this way 110 students were given tests
and data is collected. Scoring of the personality inventory is done with the
help of manual. 't' test is used for statistical analysis.
Result and discussion:
Table 1
Difference between male and female adolescents in extraversion and
introversion.
Gender
Male
Female
N
55
55
Mean
32.10
27.40
S.D.
8.10
6.40
t value
3.38*
*P<.01
Table 1 shows that male and female adolescents differ in extraversion and introversion dimension. Hypothesis no. 1 is accepted. Females
adolescents are significantly introvert than male adolescents. F. Banu and
R. Neelakandan (2012) found that male college students are high in extraversion than female college students. The present finding is in line with
the above study.
Table 2
Difference between male and female adolescents on neuroticism
Gender
Male
Female
N
55
50
Mean
26.20
34.50
S.D.
7.48
9.20
t value
5.19*
* P<.01
Table 2 shows that there is significant difference in male and female
adolescents in neuroticism. i.e. emotional instability and emotional stability. So the hypothesis no. 2 is accepted. Female adolescents are significantly higher in emotional instability than males.
In summary, it is concluded that gender plays an important role in
personality dimension. Gender differences do exist and influence in personality make up. Introvert females have significantly high neuroticism
i.e. emotional instability. It can be said that childhood rearing experiences
as well as the treatment received at home, school and society is such that
females are repressed from expressing their emotions and actions. This
might be the cause of the findings in present study.
Conclusion: The male and female adolescents differ significantly in the
personality dimension of extraversion- introversion. Male adolescents are
higher on extraversion than females. The male and female adolescents
differ significantly in the personality dimension of neuroticism. Female
adolescents are higher on neuroticism than males.
97
Further study in different environments may be further done to confirm the findings.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Allport (1937) : An introduction to personality and theory measurement,
vol. 12, pp. 343.
Banu F. & Neelakandan R (2012) : Personality characteristics of college
students on the basis of gender, Journal of Psychological Researches, Jan.
2012, Vol. 56, No. 1 pp. 104
Deshmukh N. H. (2012) : Neuroticism- Extraversion personality
questionnaire, Agra Psychological Research cell, Agra.
Feingold, Alan (1994) : Gender differences in personality, New York :
Norton.
Kamlesh (1981) : A study of the effect of personality on value pattern.
Indian Psychological Review. Vol. 20(1) PP. 13-17.
Lee J.D. (1998) : Which kids can became scientists and Effects of gender
self concepts and percepcions of scientists. Social Psychology Quarterly
Sept. 61(3)
Mortin, L. & Parkar S. (1995) : Folk theories about sex and race difference,
personality and social psychology Bulletin, 21, 45-57.
Moral Remediation: A Solution for Serious Juvenile
Offenders
*Ashish Tiwari
**Vijay Gaurav
==========================================================
Abstract- Our juvenile population is at an all time high. In fact, we lead
the world in juvenile offenders and the juvenile system is fast becoming a
breeding ground for adult prisons. This paper describes how a "Moral
Remediation" program could be employed as therapy to the most successful
intervention programs as defined by a recent study in the Office of Juvenile
Justice and Delinquency Prevention Bulletin (April, 2000). The Bulletin
defined 200 intervention programs and the methods they used to lower
the recidivism rates of serious juvenile offenders in non-institutionalized
and institutionalized facilities.
==========================================================
We begin our discussion with the incarceration vs. rehabilitation
dilemma. Of course, incarceration without rehabilitation doesn’t work.
This does not mean that correctional facilities are failing, only that many
of the rehabilitation programs are not working as effectively as they should.
Therefore, the question raised is what kind of rehabilitation works best
for serious juvenile offenders? A study of 200 rehabilitation programs for
serious juvenile offenders, ages 14 to 17 years old, in non-institutionalized
and institutionalized settings, was released by the U.S. Office of Juvenile
Justice and Delinquency Prevention. The great majority of the subjects
were either delinquents or those who had records of prior offenses.
According to the report, by acting administrator, John J. Wilson: “although
research indicates that intervention programs can reduce overall recidivism
rates among juvenile offenders, inadequate attention has been paid to their
impact on serious juvenile offenders. A meta-analysis that addresses the
following questions: Can intervention programs reduce recidivism rates
among serious delinquents? If so, what types of programs are most
effective? While the effects measured across the 200 studies reviewed
varied considerably, there was an overall decrease of 12 percent in
===========================
*
Head, Department of English, Government College Umaria (M.P.)
**
Guest Faculty, Department of Sociology, Govt. P.G. College, Shahdol
(M.P.)
99
recidivism for serious juvenile offenders who received treatment
interventions (Lipsey, et al (2000).
According to the report, intervention programs that showed the most
consistent impact on recidivism rates for non- institutionalized serious
offenders were interpersonal skills training, individual counseling and
behavioral programs. For institutionalized serious offenders, the most
effective programs involved interpersonal skills training and communitybased family-type group homes.
According to Lipsey, “until relatively recently, the common wisdom
was that “nothing works” in rehabilitating juvenile offenders. Recent
research demonstrates that there are effective programs for rehabilitating
juvenile offenders, even chronic, serious or violent offenders. The
percentage reduction in recidivism among juveniles enrolled in effective
treatment programs varies (typically between 10-40%, with 10-20% the
average). However, one of the most effective interventions - Multi systemic
Therapy - reports recidivism rates as low as 22% with serious and violent
juvenile offenders. However, there still is no “magic bullet” or no single
treatment that will rehabilitate all classes of juvenile offenders, and many
questions remain to be answered by future research. But significant
advances have been made in the last fifteen years in our understanding of
the characteristics of effective treatment and intervention programs. Current
research findings are relatively consistent in identifying the characteristics
that effective intervention programs share in common. The research also
has identified those specific treatments that appear to be the most effective
in reducing recidivism (Lipsey et al 2000).
So now we have some concrete information about interventions that
work, and they all seem to correlate why Moral Remediation should be
necessary to the successful programs cited in the study. The most effective
interventions all encompassed some form of “multi-systemic therapy” to
support individual counseling, interpersonal skills training and behavioral
programs for non-institutionalized offenders and interpersonal skills and
family teaching homes for institutionalized offenders.
This paper tries to explore how Moral Remediation would support
successful multi-systemic intervention programs cited in the study. First,
Moral Remediation is interactive. All parties are involved: volunteers,
teachers, counselors, line staff, parents, psychologists etc. For example,
Moral Remediation has been successfully employed in one-to-one or group
counseling sessions because it allows the therapist to center in on the
cognitive and moral stages of the counselees, very much like a teacher
who is attempting to remediate a child with reading deficiencies. A
successful teacher must know what the student’s strengths, weaknesses
and grade level are, to remediate successfully. Moral Remediation provides
interventions that uses a moral baseline to operate from, and which brings
100
us to the second point. Moral Remediation is developmental; it defines a
juvenile offenders stage of moral reasoning. A major reason why our
correctional institutions are filled with inmates is because a large percentage
of inmates are cognitively and morally delayed or deficient in problemsolving and decision -making skills, particularly when such is associated
with rules and laws. A study by Kuhn (1977) showed that only 30 % to
35% of high school seniors reasoned at a formal operational stage
supportive of understanding and respecting rules and laws. An adolescent
reasoning at a 7 to 10 year-old stage often lacks the cognitive and moral
reasoning to resist adult temptations, or take the perspective of societies
rules and laws. In other words, they view rules and laws concretely, or
from a “what’s-in-it-for-me” perspective. Such reasoning by adolescents
leads to a natural conflict and helps explain why juvenile offenders become
habitual law breakers. However, when you employ a systems approach,
such as Moral Remediation, with successful intervention programs, you
have a baseline to operate from, with not only the cognitive, but moral
judgment as well. When we define specific developmental stages, we are
recognizing the delays, which also helps illuminate the adolescents’
inability to respect and understand the rules and laws of society.
The systemic strength of Moral Remediation is that it brings a
structural component as well, which brings us to our last multi-systemic
point. “Moral remediation” and systemic approaches are structural. They
can be effectively employed in any setting that seeks to teach, counsel,
and rehabilitate juvenile offenders. Effective multi-systemic therapy should
be structural in the sense that staff can be trained to use the approach just
as teachers are trained in effective methods to use in a curriculum to teach
and remediate students. Further, Moral Remediation has shown to be
equally effective in many different environments; in the classroom, the
unit, and counseling sessions, as well in group homes, community-home
schools, and other juvenile detention and treatment locations.
Moral Remediation can take the multi-systemic intervention a step
further and helps explain why the studies’ interventions were successful.
Many inmates exhibit cognitive and moral delays. The delays represent a
level of thinking of a 7 to 10 year-old or the “what’s-in-it-for-me”
perspective. Inmates need to affiliate with individuals who they respect
but who represent the rules and laws of the environment they live in, such
as group homes and correctional settings. All the successful interventions
cited reinforced Kohlberg’s stage 3, or the stage he calls “Conformity/
interpersonal,” which is the stage where most successful juvenile inmates
begin to operate and reason at. The successful interventions, raised the
adolescents cognitive and moral development. Kohlberg’s theory stresses
that individuals can only understand the stage they reason at, the next
highest stage, and all stages below their level of reasoning, which for
101
most juvenile offenders is stage 2. According to Moral Remediation theory,
our studies successful interventions all reinforced stage 3, a higher level
of reasoning. The successful interventions recidivism rates of 10 to 40%
occurred because the majority of offenders moved up to stage 3, or learned
to conform and respect the rules enacted by the intervention. More
importantly of Kohlberg’s theory, the interventions exposed them to
Kohlberg’s stage 4, the “Law and Order” stage.
Lastly, a major strength of the successful intervention programs was
effective communication among juvenile offenders and adults. Moral
Remediation’s major strength is that it facilitates better communication
among staff and inmates, because instead of juvenile offenders viewing
adults as either “you are either with me or against me” or “what’s in it for
me,” (Kohlberg’s moral stage 2), offenders were learning to communicate,
and take the perspective not only of the group (Stage 3), but of adults in
power who represented these groups, such as line staff, police, probation
officers and others in authority.
Finally, in implementing the Moral Remediation approach, staff do
not need to intuit a juvenile offender’s stage of moral reasoning but can
learn to assess and define a juvenile offender’s moral reasoning through
the use of hypothetical and real-life dilemmas, individually or in groups,
thus making the intervention understandable to all parties involved. Once
this is achieved, staff will have a baseline for a better understanding of
how to communicate with juvenile offenders, not only through counseling
sessions, but also through spontaneous discussions , where much valuable
interaction among staff and juvenile offender often occurs.
Kohlberg used other more sophisticated approaches to accelerate
inmates’ moral development by creating a prison environment that was
more conducive to democratic settings. He called such environments “Just
Communities.” With the permission of prison administration, Kohlberg
was allowed to pull selected female inmates from the main prison and
place them in cottages, within the confines of the prison proper. Instead of
staff creating all the rules for the correctional unit in which the inmates
lived, inmates and staff collaborated and created the rules and consequences
for their cottage-living unit, hence making the experience more democratic.
In the scheme of Kohlberg’s five moral development stages, democratic
environments are at the top. Unfortunately, most correctional units operate
at stage 4, law and order, where the rules are set-up by the institution.
Inmates who come into law and order environments experience an
immediate sense of disempowerment, which reinforces moral development
stage 1, “punishment and obedience” or the “I-respect-prison-rulesbecause-I-don’t-want-to-do-more-time” stage, and stage 2, the “
reciprocity” stage, the belief that “I respect prison rules because I can get
points, which leads to more privileges.” The “Just Community” experiment
102
sought to remediate the inmates’ moral development by giving them the
power to experience what it is like to be a part of a community in which
they had the chance to create the rules and consequences for the cottage
environment and giving them exposure to higher stages 3, 4 and 5. The
inmates and staff created a rulebook with consequences; a jury of peers
and staff sat on what was called “the discipline committee.” When a rule
was broken by an inmate, or even staff, the offender was brought up before
a designated jury of peers and staff and given the agreed-upon consequence.
Inmates were now being placed in a position to make a greater commitment
to the community they lived in because they now felt more a part of the
law and part of a law-abiding group or community. Further, inmates who
live in such communities and participation the rule-making of their living
unit have the advantage, when they leave and return to a democratic society,
to be better able to adjust to rules and laws. It is hoped that after a year in
the “Just Community” inmates will not only begin thinking abstractly but
will have moved to a higher moral stage, one in which they see that the
law is not only needed for society to exist but to protect them as well.
Here’s a typical scenario of how the “Just Community” might work in a
correctional setting:
A staff member and an inmate develop a close trusting relationship.
The inmate has a child whom she wants to visit. The staff member vouches
for the inmate, and the inmate goes to visit her child. The only problem is
that the child lives with her grandmother, who now lives out of state, and
to go out of state would be breaking the rules. The inmate goes out of
state, but when she returns, she confesses her violation of the furlough
rule to the trusted staff member. The staff member feels her trust was
broken and tells her supervisor. The inmate loses privileges for three months
for breaking the rule. The inmate feels betrayed by the staff member and
withdraws from all unit activities. From a moral remediation perspective,
the staff member, who represents the institution of rules and laws (stage
4) must go to her supervisor and report the incident. The inmate, whose
moral stage was probably at a split stage between 2 and 3, regresses to
stage 2. This situation could have been one of rehabilitation if the moral
remediation approach was in place. In other words, if inmates were allowed
to participate in the development of rules, the violating inmate would
have to meet with her peers to discuss the violation and punishment. This
would create more of a learning experience for the inmate. She would
have heard from her peers that she broke a rule, a consequence that had
been voted on and agreed upon by all staff and inmates. The strength of
the Just Community is that it eliminates staff from being the “bad guy”
because staff are only following the rules that inmates and staff created
and agreed upon. This is a classic problem that comes up repeatedly
between staff and inmates. But with the “Just Community,” inmates and
103
staff share equal power, which reinforces exposure to the stages of moral
development necessary to begin to develop an understanding and respect
for the rule of law.
There is one problem with the “Just Community” paradigm: it
requires a great deal of staff training to implement, as well as an
environment that is conducive to creating a cottage-like community outside
of the prison proper. However, as with some of the successful interventions
group homes and residential treatment facilities would be an excellent
place to implement the “Just Community” concept with serious juvenile
offenders.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Howell, J.C. & Lipsey, M.W. A Practical Approach to Evaluating and
Improving Juvenile Justice Programs (2003)
Kohlberg, L, Kauffman, K. , Scharf, P. & Hickey, J. The Just Community
Approach to Corrections: A manual. (1973) Unpublished.
Lipsey, M.W., Wilson, D. B., & Cothern, L. (2000). Effective Interventions
for Serious Juvenile Offenders. Washington, DC: OJJDP.
Wasserman, E. R., "Implementing Kohlberg's 'Just Community Concept'
in an Alternative High School." (1978) in Readings
Spatial Distributional Pattern of Literacy in Bilaspur
District (Chhattisgarh)
* Kajal Moitra
** Swapna Ghosh
==========================================================
Abstract- The present study will throw on Bilaspur district of Chhattisgarh
state The present role of literacy in Bilaspur District is 71.59%, while the
male and female literacy is 82.77% and 60.72% respectively. In Bilaspur
district on account of low literacy the people are less careful about their
personal health, hygiene and treatment of their ills. Due to low literacy
the majority of females are engaged in beginning up children cooking and
household engagements. Due to lack of proper knowledge regarding
nutrition and health. Child health, status of society is adversely affected
==========================================================
Keywords: Literacy, Engagements, Hygiene, Nutrition
Introduction: Literacy is defined as the ability to read and write at least a
simple massage in any language illiteracy conversely, refers to the lack or
absence of the ability. According to the census 2011, the literacy rate in
Bilaspur is 71.59% which is improved considerably from census 2001
(63.51%), male and female literacy rate as per census 2011 are 82.77%
and 60.72% respectively. If a person processes the dual skill of reading
and writing, he called literate similarly a literate society is the one in which
all or most of its adult members can read and write with some amount of
understanding in any language. The proportion of literate person in a population is termed as literacy level. The invention of writing language involved a gradual development from use of pictures known as pictography,
to the use of an alphabet termed as literacy level. The invention of write
language involved a gradual development from the use of pictures, known
as pictography, to the use of an alphabet. (Murphy, 1970:775)
Literacy plays a very crucial role in the social and economic development in a country. A low level of literacy in a population regards the
progress along the path of Social and economic development and political
power. Illiteracy, particularly among adults in a society, results in stagna===========================
*
Assistant Professor, Department of Geography,Dr. C.V. Raman
University Kota Bilaspur (C.G.)
**
Research Scholar,M. Phil, Geography
105
tion of technology, social and cultural lags, weakness national security
and overall stagnation of the economic progress (Mohammad Izhar Hassan,
2009, P.150-151)
Literacy is regarded as an instrument of change as it brings social
consciousness amongst the people who makes a change in norms, values,
customs and traditional way of life. Proper development this resource brings
remarkable changes in Socio-economic conditions and political awareness aong the people of region (Sinha, Manoj Kumar, 2005, P.81)
Objectives:- The main objectives of this study to explain the spatial distributional pattern of literacy and trace out the level of male-female literacy
rate in Bilaspur District of Chhattisgarh.
Study Area: Bilaspur district is located in Eastern part of Chhattisgarh
and fall within, latitude 21'47" to 23'8" and longitude 81'14" to 83'15".
Bilaspur district is surrounded by Koriya district in north, Shahdol district
of Madhya Pradesh in South, Raipur district in East and Korba, JanjgirChampa district in west. The total area of Bilaspur is approximately 6.377
Sq. km. after the bifurcation of old Bilaspur district in their districts (New
Bilaspur, Korba and Janjgir-Champa District).
The New Bilaspur district is hilly towards North and place in south.
Secondly, the northern part of Bilaspur is quite cold and hot as we move
towards southern part. The maximum temperature of Bilaspur district is
45o. Cen. And average rain fall is 1220 mm. approximately major rivers
which surrounds Bilaspur district are agear, Mani year and Arpa. In 2011,
Bilaspur had population of 2,663,629 of which male and female are
1,351,574 and 1,312055 respectively. Population density is 322 people
per sq km. Average literacy date is Bilaspur in 2011 use 70.78% compared
to 63.51 to 2001.
Research Methodology: This study is completely based on secondary
data which obtained from census, hand book of Chhattisgarh, Bilaspur
District. Simple percentage method is used in different relevant literacy
rates. The analytical method has been used in this study.
Discussion and Analysis:
Table
Bilaspur District : Tehsilwise Literacy rate 2011
S.No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Tehsil
Pendra Road
Marwahi
Pendra
Kota
Bilaspur
Takhatpur
Bilha
Masturi
Literate Rate
54.73
55.37
58.54
58.13
71.71
58.84
57.22
57.77
Source : Census 2011
106
Bilaspur District : Tehsilwise Literacy rate 2011
Figure
Y axis - 1 Block= 50000 units
X axis- 1 Block = Tehsils
According to 2011 census 71.59% of total population of Bilaspur
district is literate which is higher than the state. 82.77% out of total literates male share, while 60.12% of by female.
Tehsil wise distribution of literacy rate is given in table (4.6) Highest Literacy is observed in tehsil Bilaspur (71.71%) which is followed by
tehsil Pendra road (54.73%), Takhatpur (58.84%, Masturi (57.77%) and
Bilha (57.22%). Tehsil in which there are Urban areas or they are near to
Urban areas having high literacy rate in the comparison to rural areas according to the total number of literate persons of study area can be subdivided into 3 categories.
Table
Bilaspur District : Tehsil wise Literacy 2011
S.No. Literacy in %
01
Above 65
02
65-55
03
1)
2)
Below 55
Tehsil
Bilaspur,
Marwahi, Kota, Takhatpur,
Masturi, Bilha, pendra
Pendra Road
No. of Tehsils
01
06
01
High Category (above 65%) : Higher Category of Literacy observed
in Bilaspur district (71.71%)
Moderate Category (55-65%) : Moderate Category of Literacy ob-
107
served 05 tehsils of Bilaspur. Marwahi (55.37%), Kota (58.13%)
Takhatpur (58.84%), Bilha (57.22%), Pendra (58.54%) and Masturi
(57.77%) tehsils represents this category.
3)
Low Category : Low category of literacy observed only 01 tehsil of
Bilaspur. Pendra Road (54.73%) tehsil represents this category.
Male Literacy: According to census 2011. In Bilaspur Distric 82.77% of
males are literate out of total literate. In all, male literacy ranges from
59.50% in Masturi tehsil to (55.73%) lowest in Bilaspur tehsil. For the
Spatial analysis of male literacy the study area have been divided into 3
categories.
Table
Bilaspur District : Male Literacy 2011
S.No.
01
02
03
Literacy in % Tehsils
Above 59
Kota, Masturi, Takhatpur, Bilha
56-59
Pendra Road, Marwahi, Pendra
Below 56
Bilaspur
No. of Tehsils
04
03
01
According to the total number of literate person the study area can
be subdivided into 3 categories :1)
High Category (above 59%) : High Category of literate observed
in 04 tehsils of Bilaspur. Kota (59.34%), Takhatpur (59.41%), Masturi
(59.50) and Bilha (59.39%) represents this category.
2)
Moderate Category (56-59%) : Moderate Category of literacy observed in 02 tehsils of Bilaspur. Pendra Road male (58.33%), Pendra
(57.27%) and Marwahi (58.01%) tehsils represents this category.
3)
Low category (below 56%): Low Category of male literacy observed only in one district of Bilaspur district. Bilaspur tehsil (55.73%
represents this category)
Female Literacy: Female literacy is 60.12% in study area, According to
distribution of female literacy study area is divided in 3 categories :
Table
Bilaspur District : Female Literacy
S.No.
01
02
03
Literacy in %
44%
41-44%
Below 41%
Tehsils
Bilaspur
Pendra Road Marwahi, Pendra
Kota, Masturi, Takhatpur, Bilha
No. of Tehsil
01
03
04
1)
High Category (above 44%) : High Category of literate female
observed only in 01 tehsils of Bilaspur Distict. Bilaspur tehsil (44.27%)
represent this category.
2)
Moderate Category (41-44%) : Moderate Category of female literacy observed in 02 tehsils of Bilaspur. Pendra Road male (41.68%),
108
Pendra (42.7%) and Marwahi (41.98%) tehsils represents this category.
3)
Low category (below 41%): Low Category of Female literacy observed in 04 tehsils of Bilaspur district. Kota (40.65%), takhatpur (40.59),
Masturi (40.50%) and Bilha (40.61%) tehsil is represented in this category.
The area of high literacy are associated with high degree of urbanization, development of optimum educational facilities and higher socioeconomic status whereas of low literacy characterized by scattered population and unplanned distribution of educational facilities besides most of
the rural people are tradition bound hardly like to have any social change.
Conclusion: The above study shows that the literacy rate of Bilaspur district has more than the state literacy rate (71.04%) and only 3.55% below
that the national literacy rate (74.04%). Present study shows that male
literacy rate of Bilaspur was 82.77% which has more than the male literacy rate (81.45%) of Chhattisgarh. The female literacy rate also show
more than literacy rate of Chhattisgarh which is 65.46%.
The area of high literacy are associated with high degree of urbanization, development of optimum educational facilities and higher socioeconomic status whereas of low literacy characterized by scattered population and unplanned distribution of educational facilities besides most of
the rural people are tradition bound hardly like to have any social change.
In Bilaspur district on account of low literacy the people are less
careful about their personal health, hygiene and treatment of their ills. Due
to low literacy the majority of females are engaged in beginning up children, cooking and household engagements due to lack of proper knowledge regarding nutrition and health.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Chandana. R.C. (2002) : "Geography of population" kalyani publication,
New Delhi., P. 33
Gupta, Gargi (1979) : "Spatial respective of literacy in India" population
Geography, Vol.1, Chandigarh P.41
Singh, Manoj Kumar (2005) : "Level of literacy and education of SC
population". A case study of Sheikpura District, Bihar 'Geographical
perspective, opcit Vol. 06 P81.
Sharma, Anita and Maidhani: "Pattern of population growth in Gadwal
Himalaya" U B Bhugol Patrika Vol206 pg 26
Vasaria, P (1990) : Population growth and development in India, A
perspective for eight year plan pg. 17-19
Census of India 2011.
Census of Chhattisgarh 2009 and 2011.
District Hand book.
Mental Health as a function of Socio-Economic
Status for Elderly Person
* Meenakshi Agarwal
**S K Bharadwaj
==========================================================
Abstract- This paper is aimed at investigating the influence of SES on
mental health of elderly persons. A study to find correlation between SES
and mental health was conducted in Durg, Bhilai, Rajnandgaon and Raipur
cities of Chhattisgarh state in which 360 people participated. Male female
ratio was 1:1. SES scale questionnaire urban (prepared by Pandey 1960
and modified by Bhardwaj and Agarwal, 2009) was used for measuring
SES. On the basis of these scores the sample was divided into high, middle
and low SES categories.Then mental health score of each category was
calculated using PMHI given by Agashe and Helode. ANOVA analysis
was carried out on data in each category to arrive at final conclusions.
==========================================================
Key Words- PMHI, SES, HSES, MSES, LSES, Socio-economic status
Introduction: Sound mental health is an essential component of overall
well-being of an individual. It is a state of well-being in which the individual
realizes his or her own ability, can cope with the normal stress of life, can
work productively and fruitfully, and is able to make a contribution to his
or her community (World Health Organization, 2005). Positive mental
health is not merely absence of mental health related problems. Rather it
is a multi-dimensional concept with six components -Positive attitude,
Self-actualization, Psychic integration,Personal Autonomy, Realistic
perception &Adequate Environmental mastery (Jahoda, 1958). Mental
health becomes a cause of worry particularly in old age. Old age is the
closing period in life span of a human. It is a period when people “move
away” from previous more desirable periods of ‘usefulness’. Old age is
characterized by certain physical and psychological limitations such
asreduced physical capacity, failing eye sight, frailty, loss of
companionship, reduced pride, etc. Many old people find it difficult to
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, Government Dr. W. W. Patankar Girls PG College,
Durg (C.G.)
**
Principal, Government College Patan, Durg (C.G.)
110
accept these limitations which usually lead to depression orsome other
form of mental health related problems. These problems can severely
impact the quality of life of people. Age sixty is usually considered the
dividing line between middle & old age. (Hurlock)People in or above
sixties are usually referred to as “elderly”. As per 1991 census the
population of the elderly in India was 57 million as compared with 20
million in 1951. There has been a sharp increase in number of elderly
persons between 1991 and 2001 and it has been projected that by 2050
number of elderly people would rise to about 324 million, (Gopal K. Ingle,
Anita nath). To cater to mental health requirements of this large number
of people it is important to understand various factors which affect mental
health of an individual. There is a longstanding belief that mental health
is influenced by factors such as regular physical exercise, various dietary
choices (nutrition), optimism, positive thinking, and social support purpose
in life, happiness, spirituality, and taking advantage of medical
opportunities. Besides these factors socio-economic-status (SES)has been
identified as another factor that may influence mental health of an
individual.
Chapin (1928) opined that SES refers to the position that an
individual or a family occupies with reference to prevailing standards
cultural possessions, effective income, material possessions and
participation in group activity of the community.People with higher level
of education and occupation have better health and coping abilities against
stress as compared to people belonging to low SES group who have lower
level of education and income. Insufficient income cannot fulfill their
needs, which develops dissatisfaction towards life and may lead to mental
health problems. Lower class people are not social enough so as to cope
with stress (Kohan 1973). People in these groups are particularly vulnerable
to distress and are more likely to undergo biological or physical treatment
and much less likely to receive psychotherapy (Bromely 1983, 1994). [My
pTomasz Knurowski et al. (2005) studied to assess whether socio-economic
health differences persist into old age in Poland. Result suggested that
people with higher level of education and higher occupational status
reported significantly better health and better quality of life compared to
people who were not as well off. Income level and house ownership had a
significant influence on the quality of life of elderly people. Rahi et al.
(2005) studied the association of psychopathology with demographic,
developmental and social factors on 620 children from an urban slum of
Miraj (Maharashtra). The studies revealed that socio-economic status has
greater impact on mental health of adolescents, lower the socio-economic
status lower the mental health of the adolescents. Preeti Gupta & R.N.
Singh study to ascertain the impact of socio economic status on mental
health status and found that lower socio economic status negatively affects
111
the mental health of the students. Althoughfew studies have been conducted
to verify the impact of SES on adolescents, literature lacks material
pertaining to impact of SES on positive mental health of elderly. Hence a
study on effect of SES on mental health of elderly was conducted to fill
this gap.
Objective: The objective of this study is to verify below hypotheses
1.
Mental health of elderly whose SES is high(a 1) would score
significantly more on mental health inventory than elderly whose
SES is low(a3)
2.
Mental health of those elderly whose SES is middle(a2) would score
significantly more on mental health inventory than elderly whose
SES is low(a3)
Method & Material: To test the above mentioned hypotheses following
methodological steps were takenSample: 360 elderly were selected from various areas of selected cities of
Chhattisgarh.
Tools:
Positive Mental Health Inventory -To measure positive mental health,
three dimensional positive mental health inventory (namely selfacceptance, ego strength and philosophy of life) prepared by Agashe and
Helode was used.
Socio economic status: To measure the socio economic status of elderly,
socio economic status scale questionnaire urban (prepared by Pandey, 1966
and modified by Bharadwaj and Agarwal, 2009) was used.
Procedure:
1.
The elderly were selected from various areas of selected cities
(Raipur, Bhilai, Durg and Rajnandgaon) of Chhattisgarh. All elderly
were sought out after house visits subjected to the aforesaid
psychological tools.
2.
First of all the responses obtained on SES scale were scored,
according to scoring key supplied by the test author. After working
out the total raw score on this test for each subject the same was
categorized in to High SES, Middle SES or Low SES group on the
basis of score obtained by subject.
3.
Thensubjects in each categorywere scored on PMHI as prescribed
by the authors of the questionnaire and the obtained data was further
analyzed by using ANOVA statistical tool.
Analysis and Interpretation: After data collection and tabulation of data,
a statistical technique, ANOVA, was used to verify the hypothesis. The
results of the statistical analysis of data and their interpretation are
summarized below:
112
Table No 1
Comparison of Positive Mental Health Scores of Elderly persons of
High Socio-economic status with Low Socio-economic status
Groups
High Socio-economic status(a1)
Low Socio-economic status(a3)
n
120
120
M
24.17
16.42
F-ratio
Level of significance
106.54
0.01
F(2,348)=106.54;p<.01
Table no.1 shows clearly that the mental health of elderly persons
from high socio economic status was significantly higher than the elderly
persons from low socio-economic status beyond .01 level of significant.
This is statistically verified by the obtained F-ratio 106.54 shown in the
given table, which is significant beyond .01 levels.
In Hypothesis II, it was hypothesized that the mental health of elderly
persons belonging to middle socio-economic status would be significantly
higher than the elderly persons whose socio-economic status is low. In
order to verify this hypothesis, a comparison of the mean scores of the
mental health pertaining to two groups, viz., group consisting of elderly
persons belonging to middle socio- economic status and group consisting
of elderly persons belonging to low socio-economic status was made.
Table No 2
Comparison of Positive Mental Health Scores of Elderly persons of
Middle Socio-economic status with Low Socio-economic status
Groups
Middle Socio-economic status(a2)
Low Socio-economic status(a3)
n
120
120
M
21.82
16.42
F-ratio
Level of significance
106.54
0.01
F(2,348)=106.54;p<.01
A persual of table no. 2 will reveal it clearly that the mental health
of elderly persons from middle socio economic status was significantly
higher than the elderly persons from low socio-economic status beyond
0.01 level of significance. This is statistically verified by the obtained Fratio 106.54 shown in the table, which is significant beyond .01 levels.
Conclusion: The study clearly proves that Socio-economic statusaffects
the mental health of elderly. The higher socio economic group is
significantly better in positive mental health than lower SES group.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
Agashe, C.D. & Helode, R.D. (2007). Positive Mental Health Inventory,
2007, Psychoscan, Wardha.
Chapin, F.S., 1928, A quantitative scale for rating the home and social
environment of middle class families in an urban environment- a first
approximation to the measurement of socio-economic status. J. Edul.
Psychol. 19, 99-111.
Gopal K. Ingle, Anita Nath (2007). Age care statistics, available from http:/
/ www.helpingindia.comcitedon 2007Oct 6
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
113
Jahoda, M. (1958). Current concept of Positive Mental Health. NewYork
Basic Book. 1958
Preeti Gupta & R.N. Singh (2006). Socio-economic status and mental
health; Perspectives in Psychological Researches 29 no.1&2(2006)149151.
Rahi, Manju, Kumavat, A. P., Garg, Suneela and Singh, M. M. (2005).
Socio-demographic correlates of psychiatric disorders. Ind.. J. Ped., 72
(5) : 395-398.
Pandey, R.N. (1966). 'Development of questionnaire for social class
evaluation. Psychol Review Vol. 1, pp. 53-56.
Tomasz Knurowski, Jitse P van Dijk, Andrea Madarasova Geckova, Piotr
Brzyski, Beata Tobiasz-Adamczyk, Wim J A van den Heuvel (2005). Socioeconomic health differences among theelderly population in Krakow,
Poland. Soz Praventivmed. 2005; 50:177-85 16010817 Cit:1
World Health Organization (2005), Promoting Mental Health; Concepts,
Emerging evidence, practice: A report of World Health Organization,
Department of mental health and substance Abuse in collaboration with
the Victorian health promotion, foundation and the University of Melbourne
World Health Organization, Geneva.
Dowry in Indian Marriages
(With reference to Muslim Families of Rewa City)
* Akhilesh Shukla
==========================================================
Abstract- Dowry is both a practice and a problem associated with
marriage. Dowry generally understood as money, goods, estate, ornaments
or any other kind of wealth that a woman brings to her husband at the
time of marriage and also it contrast with the bride price. Which is paid
by the groom or his family to the bride's parents and with dower, which is
property given to the bride herself by the groom at the time of marriage?
The same culture may simultaneously practice both dowry and bride price.
Dowry is an ancient custom, and its existence may well predate records of
it.
==========================================================
Key Words- Marriage, Bride, Property, Groom, Money, Jahez
In India, dowry refers to the durable goods, cash, and real or movable property that the bride's family gives to the bridegroom, his parents,
or his relatives as a condition of the marriage.It is essentially in the nature
of a payment in cash or some kind of gifts given to the bridegroom's family
along with the bride and includes cash, jewelry, electrical appliances, furniture, bedding, crockery, utensils and other household items that help the
newlyweds set up their home.Wedding gifts of the son of the Imam of
Delhi India with soldiers and 2000 guestsThe dowry system is thought to
put great financial burden on the bride's family. In some cases, the dowry
system leads to crime against women, ranging from emotional abuse, injury to even deaths. The payment of dowry has been prohibited under
specific Indian laws including, the Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 and subsequently by Sections 304B and 498A of the Indian Penal Code.
All Muslim marriages involve Mahr, a payment to the bride by the
groom and his family whenever she demands it. If so agreed, some or all
the mahr may be paid at the wedding. Mahr is usually given in cash, but
may also include real estate and jewellery. The pledge of Mahr is said to
be legally binding. The groom's kinsmen are also expected to provide the
bride with clothing and jewellery at the wedding. All Muslim brides are
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, Department of Sociology, Govt. T.R.S. College,
Rewa (M.P.)
115
expected to bring dowries to their conjugal homes. These range from a
few cheap cooking pots to a grand array of household goods, clothing,
milking animals and even servants. Detailed lists of dowry items are kept
and, should a marriage end in divorce, a woman would, ideally, take her
dowry away with her. In practice, complete retrieval of a dowry is likely to
be difficult. The evils of dowry are being experienced by Muslim brides
also.
Introduction- Dowry means any property or valuable Security given or
agreed to be given either directly or indirectly by the party to a marriage to
the other party to the marriage, or by the parents of the either party to a
marriage; or by any other person to either party to the marriage or to any
other person; at or before or after the marriage as consideration for the
marriage of the said parties, but does not include dower or Mohr in the
case of persons to whom the Muslim personal law [sharat] apllies. The
practice of Dowry among Muslims as it has existed and continues to exit
in different forms and in different regions. 'Dowry' is an ambiguous word
that does not have a uniform or standard definition, and there are wide
ranging regional variations in peoples understanding of it. Technically, it
is the property of the bride but, in practice, the husbands parents, brothers
and sisters have access to it. Indian Muslims commonly use the Arabic
word jahez for dowry and very often, justify the practice inters of jahaz-efatmi islamists classify jahez into two categories. The first comprise some
essential articles for the outfit of the bride as well as for conjugal life. The
other is made up of valuable goods, clothes, bargaining, and devish food
and hospitality for the barat. They say the former is very old and established practice, while the later is a recent phenomenon among Indian Muslims and mostly prevalent in south India another words dowry may be as
compensation for bride price. This May be the case in culture where the
dowry and bride price are both customary. Many other authors believe that
giving and receiving of dowry reflects social and even the effort to climb
higher in a social hierarchy. A dowry may also have served as a form of
protection for the wife against the possibility of ill treatment by her husband and his family providing and incentive for the husband not to harm
his wife.
Review of Literature- The rise of the dowry among Muslims to date back
only some decades.
1.
White (1992:102) and Razoria (1992;134) note that the prevalence
of the system reflects a change over the last two generations. Dowry was
previously practiced mainly in urbanized, more affluent classes. The "Tyranny of dowry" existed in urban areas since the late 1960s,but has now
spread to rural populations (Atom and Martin)
2.
Ansari (1978) some authors have tried to justify this system of dowry
by reference to the practice of the prophet Mohammad; (saw) that is, sunna.
116
Despite agreement that dowry payments are not among the basic of Muslim marriage, there are contentions that it forms part of the sunna of the
prophet, who gave certain items to his daughter Fatma at her marriage to
Ali, the Prophet "s cousin.
3.
Sabzwari (1984) A dower (Mahr). A bridal gift from the groom
which is generally intended to provide some insurance for her in the case
of divorcee.
4.
Ansari (1978:81) the second instance quoted by those who see dowry
as Islamic in the marriage of zainab, another daughter of the prophet, who
was given a costly necklace by her rich mother.
Objectives1.
To explore about the cause of Dowry and its impact on Muslim families.
2.
To investigate and explore the impact of Dowry on society.
3.
To explore the problem of woman caused due to dowry among Muslim families.
4.
What measures should be taken to control the dowry. Among Muslim families.
Methodology- When the fundamental matter of science are implemented
in the field of social science then it is called study method of search a fixed
and well organized study method has adopted, this method of study is
called study method. Study method are the base of scientific research for
being signification for that following study method has adopted, both primary and secondary developing the research problem. Methodology For
study the dowry in Muslim families.We have taken the sample of five
respondents from the study area and also use for this purpose self study,
printed materials, internet and reference books has been consulted.
Study Area- Rewa About this sound pronunciation is a city in the northeastern part Madhya Pradesh state in India. It is the administrative center
of Rewa District and Rewa Division. It is the former capital of the princely
state of Rewa and the former state of Vindhya Pradesh. The city lies about
420 kilometres (261 mi) northeast of the state capital Bhopal and 130
kilometres (81 mi) south of the city of Allahabad. Rewa derives its name
from another name for the Narmada River. Rewa is connected to Allahabad
via NH 27, Sidhi, Satna, Maihar and Varansi via NH-7. Rewa is famous
for its harmony and enormous limestone resources. Rewa is located at
240320 north 810 180 east 24.530 north 81.30 east 24.530, 81.360 it has
an average elevation 275 meters (902 fed). The present study focuses on
"Problems of dowry among Muslim families in district Rewa (M.P.) So
the sample of 'Dowry' has been mostly taken from Rewa town. Rewa had
population about 2,363,744 in census 2011 in which male are 1,2249,18
and female 1,38,8626, Rewa has an average literacy rate of 73.42% male
literacy 62.49% Rewa City has population 235, 442 as per census 2011
117
male constitute 124,634 and females, 110,788. Rewa city has total 185291,
literates in which male 103,599 and female 81,692 approx. average literacy 87.74% male 92.91% and female 81.95%.
Analysis of Data- Clear and easy statics method has adopted for analysis
of data provided by respondents through interview method, to present correct thoughts of respondent's behaviors and mentality that has made in the
form of simple and under stable through of tabulation for the analysis of
data. The whole research has divided into three parts first reveals the introduction there for second part causes of dowry, third chapter related to
evil effects of dowry and in the end conclusions have been given.
The Description- Causes of Dowry1.
Aspiration to establish marital Relation with Rich Family: Girls
parents are always interested to giving their daughters in marriage to well
to do families. Many of them do not want to take a risk in arranging the
marriage of their daughter with a Boy who belongs to a poor family just
because the boy is good. They look in to the future prospects of their daughter, her comforts, her pleasure, her satisfaction and so on. High market
value of the boys belonging to rich and high social status families has
caused the amount of dowry to go up.2
2.
False conceptions of social status: Many a time girls parents themselves offer huge amount of money as "dowry gift" just to exhibit there
high social status and parade their economic capacity.
3.
Impact of the vicious circle which Dowry has created: The practice of dowry has become very dominant because many parents demand
dowry on behalf of their sons just to compensate the dowry they have
given while celebrating the marriage of their daughters. Sometimes, individuals who are against this system are also compelled to accept as few
thousands or lacks of rupees in cash as dowry only because they have to
spend an equal amount or more on their sisters' or daughters marriage.
Thus the vicious circle of dowry starts operating and individuals get entangled with it, whether they desire it or oppose it.
Evil Effects of Dowry- Practice of dowry which assumed the form of an
institution over the years has caused a lot of hardships to a large number of
people in the Indian society, at one time, dowry was being given willinging
by the bride's parents, and it was being "accepted" by the grooms party as
a kind of voluntary gift. But today dowry has come to be "demanded"
though the practice of dowry leads to various evil consequences.3
1.
Economic Burden on bride's family: Dowry has become a great
economic burden to the middle and lower middle families. People belonging to these classes spend on maintaining the family standard, in providing
the necessities of life, educating children, and meeting various social obligations. Hence to arrange the marriage of their daughters they have to
borrow money or sell a piece of their property or mortgage valuable ar-
118
ticles of the family.
2.
Dowry Harassment and murders: Women are ill treated disrespected man handled, tortured and subject to all sorts' cruelties in the name
of dowry. Very often, our daily papers flash news about the tragic results
of the dowry system in which the newly married girls are always the victims of harassment, violence, murder and suicide.
3.
Psychological crises and emotional disturbances In the family:
(a) Girls with strong character and self dignity may refuse to marry a
boy who demands dowry. Some of them may be forced to remain
spinsters throughout their lives. Forcible suppression of sex urge
may make them to become irritable, frustrated, disgusted and pessimistic.
(b) Some courageous women resist the way in which they are treated at
the house of their husbands even after the payment of dowry. This
type of resistance may spoil their mental peace and cause continuous irritation.
In this study five responders have taken as a sample from the study
area which shows that in Muslim Families in there is also huge demand of
dowry which sometimes causes deaths, harassments, divorce, suicide and
also similar cases like that dowry has covered all the religions in its net.
Conclusion- It is clear that the dowry system in our country has become a
kind of business deal a big bargain in matrimony. It is unspiritual and is
devoid of ethical values. It is a stigma associated with the Indian morital
system; it has become equally rampant in the other religions communities
of India. It has made a few young women to remain as spinsters, it is high
time that is stopped. The successful abolition of the practice of dowry
would be land mark towards social reform. But is not an easy task. Some
of the highly educated and professionally well placed individuals including the foreign returned young men are clining on to it. Determined efforts
should be made on all India basis to combat this problem. Social and moral
consciousness of the people, education and economic independence of
women, effective enforcement of legislation against dowry system, civil
marriage, community weddings, launching of the youth movements against
the dowry system or some of the mean of countering this practice. The
sooner it disappears the better it will be for the progress of this society.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
Rani Jethmalani & P.K. Dey (1995). Dowry Deaths and Access to Justice
in Kali's Yug: Empowerment, Law and Dowry Deaths. pp. 36, 38.
Paras Diwan and Peeyushi Diwan (1997). Law Relating to Dowry, Dowry
Deaths, Bride Burning, Rape, and Related Offences. Delhi: Universal Law
Pub. Co. p. 10.
Anderson, Siwan (2007). "The Economics of Dowry and Brideprice". The
Journal of Economic Perspectives 21 (4): 151-174. doi:10.1257/
4.
5.
6.
7.
119
jep.21.4.151.
Tambiah, Stanley; Goody, Jack (1973). Bridewealth and Dowry. Cambridge
UK: Cambridge University Press. pp. 68-9.
Tambiah, Stanley; Goody, Jack (1973). Bridewealth and Dowry. Cambridge
UK: Cambridge University Press. p. 71.
Shankar Rao C.N. 2011, Sociology of Indian society S.Chand and Company
Ltd. Ram nagar, New Delhi, 7th edition.P.P.647
Shankar Rao C.N. 1990 Principles of sociology, S. Chand and Company
Ltd. Ram nagar New Delhi, 19th P.P. 856
Creative Arts as a Medium of Relieving Stress:
Simple Application of Creative Art Therapy to
Relieve Stress in Daily life
* Guneeta Chadha
==========================================================
Abstract- In today's times the path breaking advancements in science and
technology have drastically changed our lives. Yet the flip side has also
led to a lot of stress in our present society. Having stress is a fact of our
modern day lives. Psychologically and clinically there are various methods
and means suggested to manage and relieve stress. I will not be contending
or putting forward and psychological or clinical theories. Rather, in this
research paper I will attempt to look into the possibility and the potential
of Creative Arts as a means of self healing and as a way of relieving some
stress. Art as a therapy is being used now a days to relieve stress world
over. Art therapy, sometimes also called creative arts therapy or expressive
arts therapy, encourages people to express and understand emotions
through artistic expression and through the creative process. In this
research paper I will put forward simple and easy ways which we all can
adopt in our daily lives to relieve some stress out from our lives.
==========================================================
Key words: Creativity, Art therapy, Expressive art therapy, Stress,
managing Stress.
Art is the visual language of the heart and the mind .Throughout the
history of mankind, art has been a medium of self-expression and a means
of connecting with others. The Language of art is universal as it
transcendent geographical boundaries, social, cultural and class differences
making it timeless. The purpose of self expression of art remains constant,
but the medium and its application has undergone many changes with the
passage of time.
How do we define stress?
According to the definition in the Encyclopedia Britannica, “Stress
is a state of mental tension and worry caused by problems in our life,
work, etc. It is something that causes strong feelings of worry and anxiety”.
===========================
*
Associate Professor& HOD, Department of Fine-Arts, Post graduate
Government College For Girls, Sector-11, Chandigarh
121
To specify it furthermore, we can state it as a physical, chemical, or
emotional factor that causes bodily or mental tension and may be a factor
in disease causation.1
Most of us spend one third of our lives at work and more than twothird dealing with people. Social and personal responsibilities in our lives
are a means of happiness, but may often lead to stress. How we handle
stress is our choice and also how aware we are towards its ill effects, both
on us as individuals and as a society. Sometimes stress acts as a motivator,
but sometimes it can have a deep impact on our physical and mental health
hampering our happiness both at workplace and at home. The term “stress”,
as it is currently used was coined by Hans Selye in 1936, who defined it as
“the non-specific response of the body to any demand for change”.2
Why does stress occur?
In our present times, having stress is a fact of life. It can occur due
to various reasons and also varies from person to person and the different
situations that each one has to face in life. Stress can lead to various mental
and physical symptoms that can be vary from situational or personal
changes. Stress is the condition when we as humans feel the inability of
our body to cope with the excess demands that any situation asks for. It
could be due to various reasons like change in life style or environment,
pressure or changes at work, financial or family problems. We spend one
third of our lives at work and more than two-third dealing with people.
Having stress is a fact of life, but how we handle stress is our choice.
What happens with Stress?
Stress can lead to frustration, tension, anxiety leading to further
psychological problems which could manifest in physical problems.
Sometimes stress acts as a motivator, but sometimes it can have a deep
impact on our physical and mental health hampering our happiness both
at workplace and at home.
How to relieve stress?
Psychologically and clinically there are various methods and means
suggested to manage and relieve stress. Many practical stress management
techniques are available, some for use by health professionals and others,
for selfhelp, which may help an individual reduce their levels of stress,
provide positive feelings of control over one’s life and promote
general wellbeing. Despite the advancement in the practical application
and general awareness about counseling, most of us still run away from it
and most definitely would try to manage things at our own level.
To overcome and manage stress, one needs to develop a way that is
healthy. A way which helps us to tolerate pain and distress in a friendlier
way helps us to interact with others without compromising our values and
beliefs and have respect and compassion for each other. Here I feel that
an easy and self doable means would be, if we try managing stress by Art.
122
How is that possible? Can we achieve that? We can manage Stress by Art.
Creating shapes forms, lines, scribbles are the most natural and instinctive
human expression, that comes naturally to all. You don’t need any school
or formal training for that. Art is the visual language of the heart which
uses shapes, color, forms, lines or textures instead of words. CREATIVITY
is one of the most natural human function, and if we look back into the
history of mankind, then we understand that creativity imbibed in the
strength of the ideas and thought has made us develop in leaps and bounds.
Self healing and creativity are natural human processes that can help us
cope with situations, express feelings and work towards our well-being.
Throughout the ages people have used creative expression to travel inward
to places where words are seldom found. Art not only has a creative
purpose, it helps us enjoy the beauty as well. But most interestingly, now,
Art is also being used as therapy by people from different walks of life. It
can most definitely be used as therapy to relieve Stress.
What is Art Therapy?
Art therapy, sometimes called creative arts therapy or expressive
arts therapy, encourages people to express and understand emotions through
artistic expression and through the creative process. Art therapy is a form
of therapy that encourages creativity and self-expression as vehicles to
reduce stress, improve self-esteem, increase awareness and help remedy
trauma. The creative process of art involves the use of visual metaphors.
This visual thinking helps us to resolve crisis, internal conflicts, stress
and roadblocks in life. Humans have expressed themselves with symbols
throughout history. The early man made cave drawings and paintings, not
to leave a mark on history, but perhaps to amuse themselves and also
trying to find answers to things that were unexplainable to them. We have
examples of numerous tribes making and using Masks, ritual pottery and
elaborate creative costumes in their daily lives and during the performance
of their various rituals. Egyptian hieroglyphics, Celtic Art are examples
of self expression and communication through the medium of art. The
Hindu and Buddhist Mandala paintings are of spiritual power and provide
peace and solace to the painter and the viewer. The Native American Sand
paintings are considered powerful healing tools. Like these we find many
examples in the history of art throughout the world.
Benefits of Art Therapy:
•
I want to submit here that the word, ‘Therapy’ is not being used in
the context of some medical or psychological problem. I am merely
suggesting the use of art beyond its representational and beautiful
application. We can benefit from it by using it as:
•
Means of self-discovery: As viewing or doing art leads to an
emotional catharsis which can ease out a lot of problems in our
lives in the present context.
•
123
Personal fulfillment: The creation of a tangible reward can build
confidence and nurture feelings of self-worth. Personal fulfillment
comes from both the creative and the analytical components of the
artistic process.
•
Distraction: Drawing and art can take your mind off of what’s
stressing you, at least for a few minutes. And when you’re finished
being engrossed in your sketches, you should have a clearer head
with which to tackle your problems again.
•
Empowerment: Art therapy can help people visually express
emotions and fears that they cannot express through conventional
means, and can give them some sense of control over these feelings.
•
Relaxation and stress relief: Chronic stress can be harmful to both
mind and body. Stress can weaken and damage the immune system,
can cause insomnia and depression, and can trigger circulatory
problems (like high blood pressure and irregular heartbeats). When
used alone or in combination with other relaxation techniques such
as guided imagery, art therapy can effectively relieve stress.
Why Art Therapy?
•
It is the most inexpensive techniques of managing stress.
•
There are no side effects!
•
It’s a drug free method. It can’t hurt to give it a try.
•
With alternative medicine becoming a preferred way to dealing with
life’s problems. Art can be a wonderful tool in the use of stress
reduction.
•
Not only are you relieving stress but you also have an original work
of art created.
How Does It Work?
•
The best and the most beautiful part in stress reduction through art
is the power of making the choices. You are drawing what you want
to and that gives you the satisfaction of control.
•
It makes us feel in charge about the things and brings in responsibility
•
Stress at work place happens when you feel you are not in charge,
you are not in control of things and you are under pressure due to
subordination of your boss.
•
Art acts as a distraction in relieving stress.
•
Painting and drawing can take our minds off from what’s stressing
us. Though it is only for a shorter span of time, but after that we feel
more relaxed. We can be more focused and more capable to face the
stress causing situation with a clearer mind.
•
Another very important factor that helps relieve stress by drawing
is the ‘FLOW’ in painting has a certain amount of near meditative
state. This flow is experienced in writing and gardening also.
Who all can use Art Therapy?
124
•
•
Everybody and anybody can.
Students, educators, managers and staff under pressure, people who
are overworked, stressed out, people with mental problems, learning
disabilities, violent and abusive behavioral problems, children and
adolescents with problems in school and personal problems at home.
How to Begin:
It is not something very complicated, but we can simply begin to
use the benefits of art to express our creative side. Painting and drawing
skills help to reduce stress as we get in touch with our feelings. Art is a
visual language, guided by our mind, imagination, experiences and
feelings. With the use of simple lines, shapes and colours instead of words.
We can follow three simple steps to start with:
•
No specialized training is required.
•
It is cost effective as you don’t need an expert to teach you, it is
simple do- it-yourself method.
•
Material used are easily available everywhere.
If you have never painted and are vary of trying this method, the
most easy way to begin will be to draw a breath. You need not be an
artist, but you can simply draw two lines depicting the quality of
your breathing. How effective will it be? Conscious breathing during
times of stress can allow you to release muscular and emotional
tension, reducing the level of stress. How does drawing help here?
By keeping the focus on our breathing and consciously try to draw
one’s breathing, we are shifting our thoughts away from flashback
and non-productive or obsessive thinking and can bring it back
consciously to the present.
•
Another simple task would be to imagine and draw a sketch or
painting of a safe place. (We all require the comfort and safety)
•
Make a support system net and label the names of all the people you
can rely in times of crisis.
•
Another very effective ways of de-stressing with art is doodling,
making random lines on a paper in the dark (with lights switched
off). The reason for this being that non-artistic persons or first times
should not get discouraged by the outcome of their drawing.
•
We can do random cutting of colored paper or tile cutting effect
with scissors making a Mosaic.
The major area of stress is work related, so we can attempt to make
our work places more conducive to relaxed atmosphere. Here are some
suggestions:
Have an Art corner at work place- It could be a small area in the
reading room or in the cafeteria area .It could be open to all, friendly and
relaxed atmosphere( If larger organization, then small art corners can be
made for more number of departments.) You could keep a “Dream Sketch
125
Diary”. Something personal and assessable any time you feel like
expressing something, you can just draw the flow of thoughts.
Conclusion: One of the reasons that clinical art therapy is effective is that
the act of drawing and creating art can help you relieve stress in several
ways. Art therapy does most definitely work. All we need to do is to try
and just follow the flow of our thoughts and feelings. It is very important
not to strive for perfection and just enjoy the process. By doing this process
of enjoyment, where we are in control, it leads to relieving of stress which
leading to positive energy. The end result is that when we have actually
painted something, we attain psychological satisfaction of creating
something. This feeling and sense of achievement leads to self-confidence
and positive feelings towards self, leading to relaxation, which in-turn
relieves the levels of stress. In our daily routine life , if we take even a
few minutes on regular basis and devote time to creativity, we can make
our lives less stressful and tension free.
======================
References :
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Encyclopedia Britannica
The American Institute of Stress
American Art therapy Association,2013
Bower, J. E. & Segerstrom, S.C. (2004). "Stress management, finding
benefit, and immune function: positive mechanisms for intervention effects
on physiology". Journal of Psychosomatic Research 56 (1): 9-11
Edwards, D. (2004). Art therapy. London: Sage Publications, p.1
Hardy, Sally (1998). Occupational Stress: Personal and Professional
Approaches. United Kingdom: Stanley Thornes ltd. pp. 18-43.
Hogan, S. (2001). Healing arts: The history of art therapy. London: Jessica
Kingsley.
Junge, M. (2010). The modern history of art therapy in the United States.
Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.ISBN 978-0-398-07940-6
Lehrer, Paul M.; David H. (FRW) Barlow, Robert L. Woolfolk, Wesley E.
Sime (2007). Principles and Practice of Stress Management, Third Edition.
pp. 46-47. ISBN 1-59385-000-X..
Schultz&Schultz, D (2010). Psychology and work today. New York:
Prentice Hall. p. 374.
Consumers Pharmaceutical Purchasing Behavior and
Psychology
* Tanmay Tiwari
==========================================================
Abstract- There used to be times when consumer behavior and psychology
in pharmaceutical sector were considered to be emanating only from need.
The simple assumption was that a consumer takes a medicine because he
needs it and because his doctor has prescribed it. Things have changed
now. My field experience tells me that systematic understanding of
consumer psychology and behavior leads to efficient marketing. In the
pharmaceutical sector, the marketing strategy has to be double-edged.
The doctor is the influencer. He is the main target of our strategies. At the
same time, in a country like India where over the counter drug sale is
considerable, it becomes imperative to study the end user as well. Since
pharmaceutical selling is a multi-tiered process, we need to study
constantly the prescribing behavior of the doctor, over the counter sale
and general impression of the company.
==========================================================
Since the net of health-care products has widened, fulfilling
expectations for a positive experience is necessary. First and foremost,
drug-makers are expected to make ‘safe’ products. The consumers want
more and more insight into how a product works. The drug-makers are
increasingly expected to be transparent about the process and impact of
drug-making. It will be foolish to imagine that customers are passive players
in treatment selection and usage. The challenge before the pharmaceutical
industry is to create a meaningful experience across a patient’s journey to
a healthy status. Most drug-makers hardly have an idea of a patient’s
journey from disease to health. It is advisable that the pharmaceutical
companies carry out feedback drives. More and more customers are ready
to divulge information regarding their health-care experience. The new
generation patient is ready to give personal and honest feedback. More
and more patients want a participative experience in the process of
recovering and healing. Since life is now on fast track, convenient and ondemand advice and suggestions are sought. Patients also want comparative
studies.I do not think that it is an extreme idea to suggest that
===========================
*
F.S.O. Intas Pharmaceutical Ltd., Mangalore, India
127
pharmaceutical companies should think of home-delivered medication.
The prescribed, necessary drugs should be directly delivered at the door
step of the consumer by the drug-maker. Pharmaceutical companies should
also carry out awareness campaigns and camps about wasteful, unnecessary
and mis-managed medication. Much of national wealth is lost because
people do not know how to go about medication. Pharmaceutical companies
should also develop mobile apps to monitor the vitals of the patients in
context of their prescription. This will give them the much desired
understanding of their health status. Customers are willing to pay more
for information, understanding and feeling of well-being. My personal
experience tells me that more and more patients want personalized
attention. Most patients grope in the dark and earnestly want to know
more.
Pharmaceutical companies can develop partnerships with public
health initiatives of the government and also private health-care institutions.
Instead of going for mass advertizing, companies should collect patient
data from hospitals and appeal to every segment differently. Understanding
customer psychology not only boosts sale but also builds a lasting rapport
between the company and the customer. Great companies are built this
way. Pharmaceutical companies must realize the potential of the fact that
today’s customers want to be active partners in the medication process.
The customer is at the core of the health-care industry and quality of
treatment, side effects and cost often decide his choice.
‘Pharmaceutical companies can go beyond the one-way mirror in
analyzing consumers, delving into their behavior and motivations.
Consumers want their medication experience to be personalized and
meaningful. If their expectations are met, they’re more likely to follow
the proper course of treatment for longer. Whether a consumer is starting
a new therapy, managing a chronic condition, or juggling multiple
treatments, evaluating their needs throughout the patient journey is critical
to delivering experiences that resonate with the patient’1.
In the prevalent scenario today, most of the patients lack basic
education and information regarding their health status and are in dire
need of self-management support system. Healing is not a mechanical
process. Sharing makes the journey of medication easier. Informed and
educated patients go on to make groups on social media and otherwise
and form a strong support system for them. The impact of such grouping
is tremendous on the overall well-being of the patients.
Manufacturer- Physician- Government- Insurer- Whole-sale- RetailEnd Customer2
This is how the chain of pharmaceutical selling goes. In India,
insurers still have a minor role only. My point is that instead of starting
from the manufacturer if we start from the end customer; if we reverse the
128
chain, the quality of our health care will go up manifold. It will be good
for sale and overall health index will improve. I have seen doctors, retailer
and pharmacists getting irritated by the informed patient. Some evn paste
a notice saying that patients are advised not to show off their internet
based knowledge. I prefer to differ. Internet revolution and awareness
should be taken in stride. It is the body of the patient and his curiosity
should be quenched. Especially in chronic diseases, the input from the
patient is precious. Moreover, his involvement is necessary for follow up
medication. Patients automatically respond well to post-prescription
medication if they have been involved in the process. Waiting room for
patients should be made much more interactive and the time should be
utilized for interaction. Quality service providers can even think of kiosks
offering and receiving opinions of the patients.
As many important studies suggest that post treatment behavior of
the patients is important for sale, consumer involvement and direct
approach to the consumer becomes desirable. Puneet Manchanda and others
write: Consumer post-purchase behavior is an important determinant of
product usage, satisfaction and repeat purchase behavior. For patients,
non-compliance leads to medical complications (Loden and Schooler,
2000) and increased health-care costs (Johnson and Bootman, 1995). For
pharmaceutical firms, lost sales, driven by brand switching and negative
word of mouth that result from perceived product failure, are estimated at
$ 15–20 billion annually (Beavers, 1999). Poor compliance also leads to
lower customer retention, resulting in lowered prescription revenue for
pharmacy retailers (Huffman and Jackson, 1995; Jackson et al., 1996).
Given this, it is not surprising that the compliance problem has been called
the holy grail of pharmaceutical marketing (van der Pool, 2003). The
medical literature has identified over a hundred social, economic, medical
and behavioral factors associated with poor compliance. The important
ones are the severity of the condition, salience of the condition, price
and296 MANCHANDA ET AL. misconceptions and misguided
expectations from the therapy (Fincham and Wertheimer, 1985). A
surprising conclusion from a multitude of studies is that demographic
variables are very poor predictors of compliance when condition specific
effects are controlled for (Sabate, 2003).’3
Several studies boost the opinion that quality of health care improves
when there is active participation of patients in the process; when
pharmaceutical companies work in coordination with physicians and
patients; when there is physician to physician sharing etc. This is one
sector where role of consumer is increasing by the day and understanding
consumer psychology has become a necessity for drug makers.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
129
http://www.pwc.com/mx/es/industrias/archivo/2013-11-customerexperience-pharma.pdf
PHARM. RESEARCH AND MFRS. OF AM. (PHRMA),
PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRY PROFILE 2004, at 44 (2004), at http:/
/www.phrma.org/publications/publications//2004-03-31.937.pdf.
Marketing Letters 16:3/4, 293-308, 2005
2005 Springer Science + Business Media, Inc. Manufactured in the
Netherlands. Understanding Firm, Physician and Consumer Choice
Behavior in the Pharmaceutical Industry ? PUNEET MANCHANDA
puneet.manchanda@chicagoGSB.edu University of Chicago & others
Some Innovation Done By Madhya Pradesh Vidhan
Sabha Secretariat: A Review
* Shriji Seth
==========================================================
Abstract- The present paper deals with the status of some innovation in
Madhya Pradesh, which has been applied in Vidhan Sabha Secretariat.
These Innovations indicate their proficiency level. The E-Prashna and EUttar enhanced transparency and good Governance.presently; it is fully
implemented in Madhya Pradesh State Legislative Assembly.
==========================================================
Key words: innovation, vidhan sabha, e-prashna, e-uttar, transparency
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Earlier Vidhan Sabha questions were manually forwarded to
Departments, from Departments to HOD’s. HOD’s to field level
offices in Districts and Districts to field level offices at Tehsile Block
level. Same channel was followed for receiving of answers.
This process was time taken, labour and cost consuming.
Consequently, many questions remained unanswered and a huge
amount of stationery was used in the process.
Therefore with- a view to faster disposal of the Questions, in the
meeting chaired by Chief Secretary, Govt. of Madhya Pradesh on
26.7.2007, and a decision was made to develop software of Vidhan
Sabha Questions Management System.
Parliamentary Affairs Department of the State provided Rules,
Procedure and literature of the Questions to National informatics
Centre (NIC) for developing software.
All departments and offices were already connected with Local Area
Network (LAN). For connecting to Vidhan Sabha Secretariat with
the LAN, Science and Technology Department of the State provided
technical assistance.
NIC developed Software in two applications i.e., E-Prashna and
E- Uttar,
E-Prashna application Vidhan Sabha Secretariat collects the
questions from MLA’s and dispatches the questions to respective
===========================
*
Assistant Professor, Political Science, Sri Satya Sai College for Women,
Bhel, Bhopal (M.P.)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
131
departments.
E-Uttar application - Departments may forward questions to the
concerned HOD’s or may answer directly. HOD has the option
to forward it to subordinate office. Same channel may be followed
for receiving answers.
Under E-Prashna application, the Original Form submitted by the
MLAs scanned and stored in the database for future reference. The
unique Question ID was generated by the application. The
application sorts out all the accepted questions of a specific House
date from the database for dispatch to departments.
Under E-Uttar application, questions are available to the
departments through the application sharing a common database.
Forwarding of questions to the Directorates and their Field
Offices by the departments concerned. Preparation of answers
and its submission to the concerned, MIS Reports at all levels
for efficient management. Digitally Signed Answers submitted
to Vidhan Sabha.
Initially, the System was implemented in 8 departments i.e.; Revenue,
PHE, Panchayat and Rural development, Energy, Home, School
Education, Health, Urban development and Environment.
During the meeting chaired by Chief Secretary, Government of
Madhya Pradesh held on 20.5.2014, information was given to all
the departmental heads and HOD’s regarding software developed
by NIC.
Parliamentary Affairs Department issued instructions regarding
operation of the software and organized training programmes for
Nodal Officers, nominated from all the departments, time to time.
Science and Technology Department made digital signature of
the Nodal officers.
The system was implemented in all Departments, HOD’s, District
and Tehsill Block level offices from June-July, 2014 Vidhan
Sabha Session.
Stakeholders of the project are Hon’ble Members of Madhya Pradesh
Legislative Assembly, Vidhan Sabha Secretariat, all administrative
departments of Government and their directorates’ along with field
offices throughout the State.
The questions were forwarded at once to concerned level. Questions
need not be retyped; answers were prepared with the application
and forwarded upwards. The daily Question Answer List was
generated through the application and sent to Government Press for
printing.
SMS alerts sent to ACS/PS/Secy/HOD’s/Nodal Officers regarding
online dispatch of questions, status of pending questions, and
132
transfer to other department, rejected or sent to MLA’s for
clarification on departmental request and on rejection of answers.
•
The questions were available online to departments for preparation
of answers. Status of Member wise, Departrnent wise, House-date
wise, subject-wise questions and questions of previous Sessions was
also available online.
•
Key features of the system are well managed repository of questions,
human efforts and stationery costs reduced considerably. Number
of Print-outs of questions reduced, authenticity and security of the
data increased. Copies of large volume of Annexure with the answers
avoided, speedy and accurate disposal of questions by the
departments and submission of answers to Vidhan Sabha.
•
Therefore, the system has become faster, error free, increased
authenticity and has considerable improved the quality of service
delivery. Questions and answers were available on the public
domain which enhanced transparency and good Governance.
•
The applications implemented in January, 2010 have completed
14 Vidhan Sabha Sessions successfully. About 61,584 questions
registered and answers prepared.
•
During December, 2014 Vidhan Sabha Session, 100% digitally
signed answers were sent online to Vidhan Sabha Secretariat. The
online service is fully functional State wide as on date and will be
remained functional in future.
•
Perhaps, Madhya Pradesh is the first State in India, who has a system
of fully online Vidhan Sabha questions and answers.
•
On 12.12.2014, during the concluding speech delivered by Hon’ble
Speaker, Vidhan Sabha congratulates the officers of Parliamentary
Affairs Department, Science & Technology Department and N1C
for providing online web-based solution of Vidhan Sabha questions.
======================
References :
1.
Madhya Pradesh Vidhan Sabha Secretariat
Women Empowerment
* Pomey Malhotra
==========================================================
Abstract- Women and children constitute about 70% of India's population
and therefore need special attention but unfortunately most of the female
population suffers pain and trauma in life. Status of women has changed
a lot from Vedic Era till today. Women are now authorized to make
decisions, enjoy rights and privileges. Eminent personalities and
organization have contributed a lot in empowering women.
==========================================================
The analytical study of Indian socio-cultural, political, religious and
economic milieu indicates, unfortunately, that the major section of female
population encounters pain and mental trauma in life.
Status of Women From Vedic Era Till Today: From the words of Patanjali
& Katyayani, it is believed that women were educated in the early Vedic
era. Scriptures of Rigveda and Upnishads mentioned the existence of
women sages and seers in those periods. However, later approximately
during 500 BC the status of women begin to decline. During Medival
period, the position of women gradually weakened. Sati Pratha, Child
Marriage, ban on widow remarriage, Purda, Devdasi practice also polygamy
became part of social life in India.
But if we look at the other side of the coin, women displayed the
initiative, courage and leadership in the struggle for independence. In 1917,
the First women's delegation met the Secretary of State to demand women's
political rights. Implementation of 33 percent reservation for women in
the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies has been passed recently by the parliament.
Meaning of Empower: Dictionary meaning of empower is to authorize
or enable i.e. women are now authorized to or are enable to make decisions, enjoy rights and privileges.
Prominent Personalities and organizations Behind Women Empowerment: During the British rule, reformers like Raja Ram Mohan Roy,
Ishwar Chand Vidya Sagar, Swami Dayanand, Jyoti Rao Phule, Gandhiji
etc., made a great stride for the upliftment of women. In 1913, Kumudni
===========================
*
Associate Professor, Department of Home Science, S.D.M.M.V.
Narwana, Jind
134
Mishra was invited to represent women in "International Women Suffrage
Alliance Congress". In 1928, "National Women Organization" was set up.
The constitution of India guarantees to all Indian Women Equality Social, economic, political - Art. 325, 326 etc. Various government and
non government organization, self help groups have played a major role to
provide equal rights to women in India.
Year 2001 was declared as Year of Women's Empowerment. Women
in India are now participating at par or rather one step ahead to men in all
works of life. Women in Haryana have also got name and fame in various
fields at National and International level.
Mrs. Pratima Patil as the President of India is a mile stone in the way
of women empowerment.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Women in India - Smt. Sudha Rani Srivastva Common Wealth Publishers.
Women - Emergence of New Ideology - Dr. S. Rani - Common Wealth
Publishers.
Rigveda and Nari - Kamla Devi
Nari Sangharsh Ka Itihas - Radha Kumar
Women and Human Rights - S.K. Pachauri - APH Publication.
Challenge of Education.
M.K. Gandhi : An Autobiography.
Madhu Kishwar : Gandhi and Women.
Kaushik, Sheela: Introduction of women's Participation in Politics - Vikas
Publication.
Nehru, Jawaharlal - Glimpses of World History - Asha Publishing House.
Besant, Annie - Wake up India.
Political Empowerment of Women through IT
* Sunitaben B. Makwana
==========================================================
Abstract- Globalization has presented new challenges for the realisation
of the goal of women's equality, the gender impact of which has not been
systematically evaluated fully. Benefits of the growing global economy
have been unevenly distributed leading to wider economic disparities, the
feminization of poverty, increased gender inequality through often
deteriorating working conditions and unsafe working environment
especially in the informal economy and rural areas. Countries across the
world have making designed strategies to enhance the capacity of women
and empower them to meet the negative social and economic impacts,
which may flow from the globalization process. We have been seen that in
most developing countries very small numbers of women have the
possibility of using new information technologies. Women's access to
information technology is not a simple question of whether there is a
computer connected to the Internet that women can use. Numerous other
factors are just as significant in determining whether women can access
technology. These include education, financial resources, language, cost,
location, culture, and skills. One of the most sinister aspects of information
technology, especially the Internet, is its contribution to the sexual
exploitation of women. The amount of sexually explicit material and the
ease of access to it are well known. The most common search performed
on any search engine on the Internet is for the word "sex". Recently, the
Internet has become a tool in the prostitution of women, where women are
tricked or forced into performing sex acts for digital photos that appear
on globally accessible web sites.
==========================================================
Introduction: In many countries women became the preferred candidates
for certain jobs needed in a global economy. These ranged from
manufacturing, where they were regarded as nimble, docile, and more
able than men to perform repetitive tasks, to services (including everything
from data entry to domestic and sexual services). A major motivation in
the shifting geographic division of labor was the search for cheap labour,
which was frequently, associated with women workers. From the 1970s
===========================
*
Department of Political Science, Shri Jasani Arts &CommerceCollege,
Rajkot
136
on, an unprecedented number of women workers from developing countries
entered both the formal and informal labor force to service the global
economy, with the phenomenon coming to be known as the feminization
of labor. In general, globalization has not changed gender divisions of
labour. Globalization has also meant out migration for many women from
developing countries. Information and communication technologies are
both enabling as well as a contributing factors to globalization. Information
and communication technologies made global financial markets possible.
Examining the issue of the impact of information technology on women’s
work in the context of globalization underlines the differences in the issues
of information technology and women’s work between developed and
developing countries.
Political Empowerment of Women through IT: In developed countries,
most of the literature on the impact of information technologies gender
and work deals with the association of men with technology and power. In
developing countries, women are looking at the issue not only in terms of
gender relations with the men in their society, but also at Western
dominance over innovation and as the source of technology. Some argue
that the new technologies are not appropriate for women because they are
imported. However, this position seems to be head-in-the-sand. Information
technology is no more foreign than air travel or electricity. The technologies
are there and will not be displaced. It is more appropriate and effective for
women to devise ways of dealing with them to improve the situation of
women than to reject them for being foreign. As with globalization
generally, the impact of information technology on women’s work through
globalization has been most evident in Asia first, than in Latin America
and the Caribbean.
Information technology and the concomitant changing skill
requirements are decreasing the number of women in industrial jobs in
developing countries, particularly in Asia. In Malaysia, women made up
80 percent of industrial workers in the first phase of industrialization. By
1986, the percentage fell to 67 percent and countries to fall. Latin America
too, follows the pattern of lower skilled women workers in the electronics
industry being displaced by men as technology advances. Managers are
hiring younger, inexperienced men from technology advances. Managers
are hiring younger, inexperienced men from technical schools instead of
retraining previously employed women, despite the fact that many of these
women had been working with the company for two decades. Women had
been working with the company for two decades. Women are not getting
the chance to learn new skills and retain their employment. Another aspect
of automated technology that has decreased the number of women workers
is the demand for flexibility of employment and the introduction of work
in shifts.
137
In order to use more sophisticated IT applications, women need
specialized training. Gaining sufficient skills for application of IT is almost
universally cited as the most important determinant of women’s chances
for equal participation in IT. “Unless women gain increased access to
training in scientific and technological fields it is likely that even greater
number of them will be disadvantaged by IT-facilitated changes yet to
come.” Studying Sciences and Technology education is the prerequisite
work in information technology at the level of computer programmers,
engineers, systems analysts, and systems designers. In the U.S. in the 30
years, girls’ enrollment in college preparatory math and science courses
has been increasing steadily. Over the last 20 years, the world has seen a
movement, albeit fragile in many developing countries, toward democracy
based on broad citizen participation in public decision making. When
women’s participation in such decision making is limited and restricted, it
weakens a society’s democratic foundations. Conversely, increasing
women’s participation in public life strengthens fledgling democracies.
Strengthening women’s participation in public life covers a huge territory.
This includes; reduction of poverty that leaves women without time for
politics, eliminating illiteracy, supplying information about women’s legal
and political rights and about political processes, and ending the violence
against women that keeps them from speaking up at all. In order to
participate fully and effectively, women need an introduction to basic
political concepts, and women’s groups need help in increasing their
membership and expanding their range of political activities. Potential
female candidates need training to run political campaigns and those
women in office need help in carrying out their duties effectively. Women’s
involvement in political life is generally low in developing countries.
Information and knowledge are the bases of informed decision
making. When information is not accessible to all, those who don’t have it
can be exploited. One of the hallmarks of women’s situation in developing
countries, particularly among poor women and most markedly among poor
women in rural areas, is their information poverty, which reflects the
general disparity between men and women in terms of access to all
development resources. If information is power, lack of information is
disenfranchisement. The application of information technology to
improving governance is known as digital or electronic democracy. Its
advocates feel that It and improved governance are a natural pairing because
they share the attributes of being decentralized, pluralistic, democratic,
and empowering rather than controlling, and because they foster debate.
Electronic democracy aims to ensure that citizens are no longer simply
passive consumers of services offered to them, but rather deciders of the
kinds of services they want and of the best ways those serious should be
delivered. IT is extremely useful in the movement toward democratization
138
and citizen empowerment in developing countries because it can help
establish more transparent online government, enhance interactions and
public debate, promote equity, and empower minorities. IT is uniquely
beneficial to women’s empowerment in developing countries by helping
to end their information isolation, a phenomenon from which women suffer
most. Emancipation is a political process that requires organizing,
strategizing, accessing information, lobbying and advocacy. IT offers
networking, creating peer support, campaigning and sharing of informationspaces that women can control and use to further their interests. In their
isolation, women depend on traditional and local sources of political and
civic information-particularly their husbands and fathers. Women’s use of
IT can bridge their geographic isolation and promote interaction,
networking, sharing, and formulation of common strategies to address
their interests. If women are to become active participants in governance
and become informed citizens, they need objective information. IT allows
women to communities with each other-locally and internationally-without
travel and without respect to time constraints. IT makes possible the
expansion of the individual’s range of vision. Without IT a woman’s range
of vision is usually local or, at best, national. With IT comes the relatively
easy possibility of global vision and global contacts.
Conclusion: We have noted that networking is the most common usage
of IT among women in developing countries. Networking can be employed
for many purpose-social networking, networking to further one’s business,
and networking for political advocacy. In this analysis, we examine
electronic networking as a tool for the political empowerment of women
in developing countries. Worldwide, women are putting IT to work for the
movement [for women’s rights and empowerment]; communicating among
dispersed networks, mobilizing action in times of crisis, participating in
policy debates and voicing new per spectives, Information and
communications have always played a vital role in the women’s movement.
Electronic communications are facilitating women’s networking and
advocacy in ways not previously possible. IT enables women to find allies
across communities, nations, and regions. The technology also helps them
expand their horizons and help them feel that they are part of a larger
process.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Empowerment of Women in India (V. S. Ganeshmurthy)
Women in Indian Politics : Empowerment of Women Through Political
Participation (Niraj Sinha)
Women Empowerment (R. L. Panigrahy, Dasrathi Bhuyan)
Glabalisation of Women’s Development (Dr. Indira Dhull)
The Triumph of Virtue over Malevolence:
Examination of the Sculpture Mahishasuramardini
from Mahabalipuram
* O. P. Parameswaran
==========================================================
Abstract- The sculptures produced during the Pallava era could be
considered as one of the best sculptures ever created by India. Stylistically
speaking Pallava retains the earlier Amaarvati style of flexibility of figures,
slim, elongated, plaint and graceful forms but at the same time the figures
seem to have become more disciplined in the Pallava era. The conversion
of rocks into a grand picturesque gallery, the sculptures produced at
Mahabalipuram stand as great works of art in the Indian art history. Based
on a mythological story, the Mahishasuramardini at Mahabalipuram
attempts to display the universal phenomenon of the triumph of virtue
over the wicked power. The sculpture stands as the aesthetical
manifestation of highlighting the power or supremacy of God in the
universe. The present paper attempts to analyze the concept, style and
composition of the sculpture Mahishasuramardini from Mahabalipuram.
==========================================================
Introduction: The cultural legacy of India provides numerous examples
of art and architecture during various periods. Analysis of the traditional
Indian art present works of art of diverse religions like Buddhism, Jainism,
Hinduism, Islam, Christianity, etc. The study of Indian art shows the usage
of numerous medium and materials, like mural paintings, sculptures, palm
leaves and miniature paintings and marvelous architectures,etc could be
seen under various patronages despite the presence of diverse religions.
No matter which religious art it may belongs to, sometime continuous of
a common approach in treatment of figures could be visible in many phases.
In this regard the sculpture Mahishasuramardini from Mahabalipuram
could be considered as one of the best examples of sculpture in this regard.
Since all this art are based on religious ideals, it is important to know the
concept of that particular religious ideals as the patron wanted to propagate
this religious ideals. As part of reaching the religious ideals to the public,
Hinduism as in the case of Buddhism and Jainism too had used art to
propagate its ideals to a wider public. As far as Hinduism is concerned,
===========================
*
Assistant Professor,P. G. Govt. College for Girls, Sector-11, Chandigarh
140
today it has been recognised as a major religion, after Christianity and
Islam, in the world scenario. The more one attempts to find out the sense
of the term Hinduism, the more one would encounter with various
interpretation of the same. Hinduism basically prevails in the India
subcontinent, though there are numerous people living in outside India.
Hinduism had also been considered as a way of life of those who live in
Indian subcontinent. Being considered as the oldest religion by many, the
origin of the Hinduism has been sought in the old Sanathana Dharma i.e.”
the eternal law” and “eternal way”. However Hinduism provides diverse
traditions like Shaivism, Vaishnavism and Shaktism, etc. The western
scholars attempted to understand Hinduism as a fusion or synthesis of
diverse Indian cultures and traditions. Its root lies in diversity without any
single founder (wiki). Though people of Hindu religion worship different
deities, they consider it as different ways through which they would reach
to the truth which is one to all. As once Swami Vivekananda rightly said
that these diverse religious traditions are nothing but like various rivers
starting from diverse points, flowing different ways and reaching all these
rivers in the ocean. All these diverse religious traditions can be attached
with the common thread of spirituality.
The etymological meaning says that former name of Hindu was
Sindhu. It is a Persian geographical term to indicate to the people who
settled down on the bank of the river Indus in the north western part of the
Indian subcontinent. This area falls in the modern Pakistan. In Arabic
language, as they took from the Persian word ‘al-Hind’ indicates to those
who live across the River Indus. Gradually those who live in this area has
come to be known as ‘Hindustani’.
Even though some slight variations may occurs among the various
historians regarding the various periods of Indian history with reference
to Hinduism, the dates mentioned by Michel has widely been accepted.
According to Michel, Pre Vedic religion was calculated until 1750. Vedic
religion believed to have been taken place possibly from 1750 to 500
BCE. Period that falls from 500 to 200 bce was considered as the stage of
Ascetic Reformism. The period 200bce to 1100 ce has been categorized
as the period of Classical Hinduism. The period 1100ce to 1850 has been
considered as a period of Islamic rule and sects of Hinduism, and from the
period going on from 1850 was considered as the period of modern
Hinduism (wiki).
As per Hinduism, the sole purpose of life is nothing but to attain
‘moksha’. The scriptures dictate ways and methods to attain this state.
Life is believed to undergo various cycle of births. Achieving liberation
from the cycle of birth is called moksha. To attain moksha means not
simply getting freedom from all the sufferings and bondages, but moksha
means to be one with the supreme power i.e. omniscience (infinite
141
knowledge), omnipotent (unlimited power), omnipresence (present
everywhere). Generally people are immersed in the material life which is
controlled by the ‘maya’. There may be disagreements among various
schools of thought as how it can be achieved.
It would be interesting to know about the origin of the concept of
goddess Durga as the same image appears often in Indian art. According
to Shiva Purana, Durga was invoked by the Lord Shiva who used the
primordial energy from his left half. Shiva Purana and Devi Mahatmyah
describe the story of Mahishasura who was the son of Rambha, a demon.
He with his special powers created terror by attacking people on earth. In
order to rescue people from his tyranny gods attempted to stop him. The
gods were overpowered and evacuated forcefully from heaven by
Mahisasura. Being crushed, the gods approached the Trideva- Brahma,
Vishnu and Shiva for a permanent solution to this problem. By hearing
the sorrowful story, Vishnu has created enormous mass of light from his
mouth. The angry gods too created similar kind of rays and joined with
the light created by Vishnu. Consequently the mass of light got transformed
into a woman. In order to facilitate the goddess’s arms, all the gods
presented their divine weapons to her. In order to escape the devotees
from the tyranny of Mahishasura, it is believed that Adishakti has been remanifested to eliminate Mahishasura. By taking the wishes from all the
deities and also carrying the special weapons provided by them, goddess
Durga adorned all the divine ornaments and got ready for the battle. She
challenged Mahishasura for a fight. In the battle she was attacked by
Mahishasura’s entire soldiers led by demon’s like Chikshur, Chamar,
Dhrmukha, Asiloma, Mahahanu,Vidalakshana, Dhurdhara, etc. Durga
playfully finished all of them. Mahishasura, as tactics of the battle assumed
various forms like, buffalo, lion, swordsman, elephant, and at last buffalo.
But the supreme power Durga playfully killed him (wiki).
The Pallava dynasty, being the successors of Andhra, emerged as a
power in South India. Narasimhavarman 1st was a great admirer of art and
due to his special interest in art enabled him to set up a great artistic centre
on the sea side of Mahabalipuram. Narasimhavarman 1 st was a great
wrestler. In Tamil Mamalla means a wrestler. Hence the place had been
given the name of the wrestler Mamalla in memory of the ruler. But in due
course of time the name Mamalla has been corrupted into Mahabalipuram.
Actually Mahabali was a great demon king Bali. The Pallava had started
their artistic activity by the middle of the 7th century at Mahabalipuram
and they continued it for about two more generations i.e. into 8th century.
With reference to the stylistic aspects are concerned, it is to be noted
that Amravati sculptures have made a great impact on the Pallava
sculptures. Some of general features of the Pallava sculptures inspired by
the Amaravati sculptures seem to be the slender, elongated, plaint and
142
graceful forms of figures. The Pallava figures seem to be more sublime
and disciplined. As Pallava sculptors gave much importance to the
simplicity, their sculptures give an instant appeal. Though Plallva sculptures
are contemporary to the Ellora, an effect like deep mysterious cave with
strong play of light and shade as used by the sculptors of Ellora had not
been favoured by the Pallava artists.
One of the important specialties of the Pallava sculptures shows
that they did not give much depth between figures and everything is
unambiguous and open in theses sculptures. The sculptures create an
impression that the artists had a keen observation on nature and the
surrounded world. The treatment of figures looks so natural and also shows
profound feel of affection for understanding of different animals. The most
important aspect to be mentioned here is the sense of humors they could
add a little bit in the depiction. The artists did not attempt to bring any
individual characteristics for human as well as divine figures and rather
the figures look dignified and detached from the worldly life. Their limbs
are long, thin and tubular and create a feeling that these human figures are
tall. The male figures have been shown with broad shoulder. The female
figures of both human as well as divine are not looking very tall and look
obedient in comparison to their counter parts. The Pallava artists treated
female figures as very small in size, narrow chests, tiny shoulders and
slim waists. Another aspect noticed in these sculptures is that there is less
usage of ornaments and clothing visible on these figures.
Mahishasuramardini: Among the rock cut temples at Mamallapuram,
the Mahishasura Mandapa deserves all its due attention for their grandeur
sculptural reliefs. On the northern end of the cave, the entire wall presents
a large panel depicting Durga as Mahisasuramardini. In this panel the
goddess appears as Mardini who has been shown attempting to defeat the
buffalo headed Mahishasura so as to liberate the world from his domination.
Though the size of the Mahishasura is quiet big and stronger than any
other gods, the goddess being a young brave warrior sits on a violent lion
mount and attacks the asura. The Pallava artists did not show the end
result of the fight directly. The Mahishasura carries a great iron club and
looking at the opponent as if waiting for an appropriate moment to strike
at her. There is an image of umbrella shown on the top of the head of asura
indicating his power of controlling the universe. The Durga carries weapons
in her eight arms. The daring goddess without showing any strain on her
face shoots arrows on the brute giant. She also carries a sword and moving
ahead towards the asura. A close observation on the facial expressions
and the various positions and postures of the range of figures enables one
to draw a conclusion on the outcome of the uneven battle. Here the mood
of the accompanying warriors of the goddess Durga showing they are
ferocious and courageously advancing towards the enemy. At the same
143
time, the followers of the asura are shown cringe and running away. An
appropriate conclusion could be drawn by taking all factors into
consideration. Without directly telling the end of the story the artist depicts
the superiority of the higher powers over the brute.
Conclusion: The study of Indian art shows that along with Buddhism and
Jainism the Hindu religion also contributed a lot in shaping the vocabulary
of Indian art. Though the beginning of the influence of Hinduism on Indian
art may be a debatable topic, but it would unanimously be able to admit
that by Gupta period the visual manifestation of the Hindu ideals started
appearing on the main stage. Pallava art plays an important role and
contributed a lot to the Indian art. The Mahishasura mandapa at
Mahabalipuram provides an excellent sculpture depicting a battle between
goddess Durag and Mahishasura. Being influenced by the Amaravati style,
the Pallava artists created excellent art works at Mahabalipuram. In the
Mahishasuramardini panel goddess Durga was shown playfully shooting
arrows at the Mahishasura who has been depicted as very huge. The Pallava
figures are looking very flexible and show fewer cavities between the
figures. They never attempted to tell the outcome of the story in a
dramatically decisive manner. Rather they depicted the story in an indirect
way. The panel depicts the triumph of virtue over the wickedness. Here
the goddess Durga has been re-manifested to finish off Mahishasura to
stop his tyranny and establish ‘dharma’ on earth. The art works of Pallava
dynasty put another feather in the golden cap of the artistic legacy India
accomplished through centuries.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Edith Tomory, A History of Fine Arts in India and the West, Orient Longman,
2002, ISBN 81 250 0702 4.
Calambur Sivaramamurti, The Art of India, India book house, Bombay,
ISBN 0-8109-0630-9, 1977.
Glimpses of World Religions, Jaico Publishing House, Mumabi,2001, ISBN
81-7224-156-9.
The Art and Architecture of the Indian Subcontinent, J.C. Harle, Yale
University Press, Pelican History of Art, 1994, ISBN 0300062176.
Indian Art A Concise History, Roy C. Craven, Thames and Hudson1987,
Great Britain. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Durga
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hinduism
Joseph Campell (Completed and Edited) Heinrich Zimmer, The Art of
Indian Asia, Its Mythology and Transformation, 1st Volume, Published for
Bollingen Foundation, Patheon Books, New York, 1960.
Vincent A. Smith, History of Fine arts in India& Ceylon, third edition
revised by Karlkhandalawala, D.B. Tavaporevala sons & co. pvt. ltd.
Bombay.
Fruits and Nutrition
* Pomey Malhotra
==========================================================
Abstract- A fruit is the edible fleshy seed bearing part of a Plant or a Tree.
Fruits are classified into four heads. Fruits are usually good sources of
vitamin C, Vitamin A and Fibre. During ripening there are changes in
colour, texture, flavour and taste of a fruit. When some fruits are cut and
allowed to stand for some time, there is a change in colour i.e. browning
is seen. Ways are adopted to prevent browning. Fruits are spoiled by the
action of enzymes or because of some or the other reason. So different
methods of fruit preservation are used to improve their shelf life.
==========================================================
Fruit is the edible fleshy seed bearing part of a plant or a tree. Plants
preserve their food in the form of fruits. Fruits have moisture, acids,
carbohydrates, pectin and fibre1. During ripening following changes are
visible in the fruits – colour, texture, flavor and taste. Characteristic flavor
of fruits are due to the organic acids in them. Fruits with different colours
have caratenoids, anthocyanines and flavonols in them.
Classification of Fruits: Fruits are classified in following heads:
1.
Yellow fruits like Mango, Papaya
2.
Citrus fruits – Amla, Orange, Mausmi, Keenu, Lemon
3.
Other fruits – Grapes, Apple, Plum, Pear, Peach, Sapota, Banana
4.
Dried fruits – Raisin, Date, Fig.
Nutritive value of Fruits: Fruits are usually good sources of vit. A, Vit.
C and Fibre. Citrus fruits are rich sources of vit. C or ascorbic acid and
fibre2. Calcium is also present in citrus fruits3. Amla and Gvava are fich
and cheap sources of Vitamin C. Different fruits provide different nutrients
also provide variety to food. They provide carotene, Vitamins, Fibre,
Minerals to the body4. Grapes contain tartaric acid. Banana, Figs and
Cherries are very good source of carbohydrates. Dried fruits are rich in
iron.
===========================
*
Associate Professor, Department of Home Science, S.D.M.M.V.
Narwana, Jind
145
Nutritive value of Fruits per 100 gms: 5
Fruit Name
Calorie Protein Carbohydrate Fat
Grapes
71
0.5
16.5
0.3
Grapefruit
45
1.0
10.0
0.1
Guava
51
0.9
11.2
0.3
Jackfruit
88
1.9
19.8
0.1
Lemon
57
1.0
11.1
0.9
Lichi
61
1.1
13.6
0.2
Lime sweet
36
0.7
7.8
0.2
Lime sweet
43
0.8
9.3
0.3
Loquat
43
0.6
9.6
0.3
Mango
74
0.6
16.9
0.4
Musk melon
17
0.3
3.5
0.2
Water melon
16
0.2
3.3
0.2
Mulberry
49
1.1
10.3
0.4
Orange
48
0.7
10.9
0.2
Papaya
32
0.6
7.2
0.1
Peaches
50
1.2
10.5
0.3
Pears
52
0.6
11.9
0.2
Phalsa
72
1.3
14.7
0.9
Pineapple
46
0.4
10.8
0.1
Plum
52
0.7
11.1
0.5
Pomegranates
65
1.6
14.5
0.1
Raisins
308
1.8
74.6
0.3
Raspberry
56
1.0
11.7
0.6
Saputo
98
0.7
21.4
1.1
Apple
59
0.2
33.4
0.5
Banana
116
1.2
27.2
0.3
Cherries, red
64
1.1
13.8
0.5
Dates fresh
144
1.2
13.8
0.4
Figs
37
1.3
7.6
0.2
Calcium Iron
20
0.5
30
0.2
10
0.27
20
0.56
70
0.26
10
0.7
30
1.0
40
0.7
30
1.3
14
1.3
32
1.4
11
7.9
70
2.3
26
0.32
17
0.5
15
2.4
8
0.5
129
3.1
20
2.42
10
0.6
10
1.79
87
7.7
40
2.3
28
1.25
10
0.66
7
0.36
24
0.57
22
0.96
80
1.0
Vit.C
1
0
212
7
39
31
54
50
0
16
26
1
12
30
57
6
0
22
39
5
16
1
30
6
1
7
7
5
Sodium Fibre
2.9
0
0
5.5
5.2
41.1
1.1
0
1.7
124.9
0.5
0
0.6
0
0.5
0
0.8
0.7
104.6
0.4
27.3
0.2
1.1
4.5
0.3
6.0
0.8
2.0
1.2
1.0
4.4
1.2
34.7
0.5
0.4
5.1
1.1
1.0
2.6
28.0
1.0
36.5
0.4
0.4
3.7
0
2.2
Consumption of fruits in various forms: Fruits are not only taken as
such in fresh form but various products like canned fruits, jam, jelly, souash,
moraba, chutney, cordials and dried fruits are also consumed and enjoyed
by the people.
Changes during ripening of fruits: During ripening various changes
occur in the fruits:
i.
Colour – The colour of the fruit is due to different pigments present
in them. Red, Purple and blue shades of fruits are due to the presence
of Anthocyanine pigment present in them6 . Carotenoids impart
yellow, orange to fruits7.
ii.
Texture – The texture of a ripened fruit becomes soft. This is due to
the changes in carbohydrates and pectin8.
iii. Taste – With the ripening of fruits, enzymes act upon organic acids
present in the fruit and the organic acid converts into Sugar. The
fruit is sweet.
iv. Flavour – Every fruit attains a peculiar flavor on ripening. Aromatic
compounds are responsible for the flavor. Usually these compounds
are esters of methyl butyrate9.
Browning and Prevention of Browning of some fruits: Enzymes are
146
present in fruits. Oxidas as and peroxidases are present in fruits which
can cause browning10. Certain fruits like Banana, Plum etc. When they are
cut and allowed to stand there is a change in their appearance in the cut
surface. Their cut surface appears brown on oxidation. Tennin and flavones
pigment give brown coloured pigments on oxidation11.
Browning reactions are classified as –
i.
Enzymatic browning
ii.
Non enzymatic browning.
Enzymatic browning occurs in the presence of oxygen only 12 .
Sprinkling of lime juice or any other acidic juice prevents this browning
process by lowering the pH value. The fruit pieces can also be dipped in
boiled and cooled water or sugar solution which prevents oxygen contacts
with the fruits. Blanching inactivates enzymes and browning can be
prevented13 .
Non Enzymatic Browning: Non enzymatic browning occurs due to the
formation of brown condensation products from reducing sugars and amino
acids on heating14. Prevention of non enzymatic browning is possible by
storing the food product at a very low temperature 0-5 C or removing the
moisture contents as much as possible as in the case of dehydration i.e.
freezing (0 – 5 C) and dehydration techniques can be applied to avoid non
enzymatic browning.
Principles and Methods of Preservation of Fruits: Fruits are spoiled
by the action of enzymes present in the food or due to the action of micro
organisms present in it or due to infestation with insects and worms. Any
condition opposed to the development of these organisms, whether by
retarding their growth or by entirely destroying them, aids in the prevention
of food15.
The common principles and methods for the preservation of fruits
are:
i.
Low temperature
ii.
High temperature
iii. Drying
iv.
Preservatives
v.
Radiation
vi. Waxing.
1.
Low Temperature – Micro organisms although not rapidly
destroyed by severe cold, are much less. Active at low temperature.
Freezing at domestic level and cold store prevents action of micro
organisms like Bacteria, Yeast and moulds. It is done to reduce the water
and enzymatic actions from fruit. It stops or retards the chemical action
and/or growth of micro organisms which caused fruit spoilage. Cooling
of fruits can be achieved in two ways.
a.
Home Refrigeration (Domestic method)
147
b.
Deep Freezing (Commercial Method – Cold Stores)
Certain fruits also keep better when cold. Practically all common fruits
are now preserved by freezing. However, the success with which the
different fruits can be frozen varies16.
2.
High Temperature - Canning of fruits is an example of preservation
of fruits in which the principle of high temperature is utilized. Heating to
a very high temperature destroys all the microbes and enzymes and the
fruits are preserved for longer time.
a.
Canning- Canning of fruits involve following steps: (i) Washing
(ii) Peeling (iii) Slicing (iv) Syruping (v) Exhausting and sealing
(vi) Heating.
Fruits are preserved by this method. These are prepared packed in
tins, sealed and then heated to high temperature for the destruction
of all The Micro-organisms. The process is called Steralisation. The
seal of a can prevents any further contamination of food and
therefore, can be kept for long time17. Experiments have shown
canned foods to be as wholesome as any form of preserved food18.
b.
Pasteurization – Fruit juices and other fruit products of delicate
flavour are pasteurized by being held at a temperature 60-66 C for
30-40 minutes. This way some organisms are killed and fruits can
be preserved for longer period of time.
3.
Drying – Dehydration helps in the preservation of fruits for at least
six months. The commonly used dried fruits are raisins, dates, apricots,
figs, pears and peaches19. Microorganisms usually grow in moisture. Drying
fruits or evaporating moisture from it helps in arresting this growth and
hence food spoilage20. At domestic level, it is called sun drying. Fruits are
washed, cut, blanched before these are sundried. Drying of fruits to prevent
spoilage does not necessarily mean complete removal of water, but it does
mean concentration to such a point that the liquid is denser than the body
fluid of the organisms. Drying alters greatly the character of the food and
requires sometime for preparation both before and after the process21.
4.
Preservatives – Certain substances like Sodium Benzoate,
Potassium Meta bisulphate etc. retard or prevent the growth of micro
organisms and are termed preservatives. Other household preservatives
used in the preparation of Jam, Jelly, Squash, Pickle, Morabba etc. are
salt, vinegar, sugar, spices etc. Certain chemicals are helpful in preserving
foods either by retarding or preventing the growth of micro organisms.
These may be either added to the product or produced in it by
fermentation22 .
5.
Radiation – New method of fruit preservation where ultraviolet
rays or Gamma rays are passed through the packed food and that sterilizes
it.
148
Waxing – Wrapping certain fruits in paper or cellophane, or coating with
wax improves the keeping quality. Pears and apples of high quality to be
kept for winter use and oranges, lemons and Grape fruits are often wrapped.
The paper in which it is wrapped may be treated to retard mould
formation23 .
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Chintapali Vidya - A text book of Nutrition 1999 - Discovery Publishing
House - New Delhi - Page - 184.
R.S. Reddy - Teaching Health and Nutrition - Commonwealth Publishers Pg. 244.
Raheena Begum - A text book of Foods, Nutrition and Dietetics - Revised
and enlarged edition - Sterling Publications Private Limited - page 110
Teachers of Lady Irwin College, New Delhi - A text book of Home Science
- Orient Black-Swan - page 135
Sweera Ralhan - Foods and Nutrition - Dinesh Publications - Page 464
Raheena Begm - Page 111
Chintapalli Vidya - 187
Raheena Begum - 111
Chinpalli Vidya - 189
Chintapally Vidya - 189
Raheena Begum - 111
Raheena Begum - 150
Raheena Begum - 152
Teachers of Lady Irwin - 163
Raheena Begum - 152
Teacher of Lady Irwin - 164
Raheena Begum - 153
Raheena Begum - 152
Abid (Raheena) - 151
The Effect of Climate Change on Indian Economy
* Sweta Thakur
**HarendraParmar
==========================================================
Abstract- Earth's climate is important in living organisms. It protects the
living organisms from sun's ultra violate raises and radiation of universe.
For the sustainability of living organism, greenhouse gases have played
major role. Greenhouse gases maintain the earth's climate. Since the human
has interfered inthis system, the level of greenhouse gases has increased,
and over a period, these gases have increased the earth temperature. Due
to this, the climate of the earth is now changing and this change has brought
loss in economy. The present article aims to explain the worsen effect of
climate change on Indian economy.
==========================================================
Introduction: There are mainly three seasons in India; they are,winter,
summer and monsoon. These seasons have fix time intervals in the
year. However, sometimes, due to some reason, this period gets
disturbed. The entire system gets distressed and changes the whole
climate in the atmosphere. In response to this, in mid of summer, a rain
may fall or in the mid of winter the temperature may rises to more than
30oC.In April 2015, there was rainfall in major cities of India.This
climate change is frequently changingnow a days and creates more
hurdles to the farmer. The climate change is not an overnight problem.
So many factors are affecting climate change.
Causes of Climate Change: Climate change causes are oftwo types
climate change (Canada’s action on Climate Change, 2013).
Natural Causes:Atmospheric change caused by natural elements. These
natural elements are working to make the atmosphere to be lively. In
the last ice age, the volcanic activity has saved the life on the earth.
Without volcano eruption,the temperature of earth may not remain same.
However, it is not only volcano eruption, which brings changes in
atmosphere,the earth itself plays major role in climate change. Orbit
rotation of the earth decides the climate change. The movement of
===========================
*
**
of Baroda
150
tectonic plates is the cause of earth quack as well as tsunami. Apart
from this the major and the most important role-played by the Sun. The
solar radiation and heat balances the energy level of the earth. However,
industrial revolution has brought a serious cause of climate change
made by human,a greenhouseeffect which is far dangerous than the
sun’s harmful radiation and heat.
Manmade Causes: Scientifically it proved thatgreenhouse effect is
actually helpful for the earth. Plants and trees can grow better in green
house and greenhouse gases keep the earth warmer by keeping the earth
temperature 14oC otherwise the earth temperature would be -19 oC
(World Metrological Organization, 2015).However, excessive of this
condition called ‘Global Warming’. A minor change in Carbon
dioxidecan alterthe weather of earth. Scientists have found that day by
day the amount of CO2 is increasing. In addition,Use of Fossil fuel,
charcoal, petroleum products, carbon through industrial sectors, nuclear
energy and brings atmospheric change.
Effect of Climate change on Indian Economy: Human civilizations
have grown near to the riverbanks. The basic reason for civilization to
grow near to costal area is water. As human got stable and created
society, the basicneed he had of water. As agriculture started growing,
man needed more and more water. In ancient time, the only way to
have water for agriculture was the rain. Human was dependent on rainy
water. As the industrial revolution came in 1970s, human had invented
so many ways to develop sources of water, but how hard human tries,
he never able to beat the nature. Human has invented global weather
reporting system to keep eye on natural activities, but he is still
dependent on rain. Non-seasonal rain as well as droughtdamages the
crops as well as people. Agriculture provides the raw material to
industrial sectors. Industrial sectors convert these raw materials into
finished products and distributes to the society. Due to climate change,
agricultural production gets down and enough raw materials does not
reach to industrial sectors. Hence, the overall production goes down,
less products supply to market and this leads price rise. Secondly, India
is a country where maximum festivals are celebrated. These festivals
have major contributions to Indian tourism. However, Indian tourism
has badly affected by climate change. Navratri is one of the festivals of
India celebrate in the month of September/October. During this time,
maximum tourists come and joint to play Garba. Gujarat is one of the
states where Navratri has its significant important. However, rainfall
during Navratri causes major economical loss. In 2013, there were
rainfall in Kutch and Northern Gujarat, (Times of India, 2013), and in
151
Ujjain, (FP News Service, 2013) whereas in 2014, there were rainfall
in Anand district, during the Navratri (Bhaskar NEWS, 2014). This
rainfall had impact on economy of the states.
Natural Disasters and Economy: In June 2013, there were heavy flood
in Uttarakhand, India.This has destroyed entire Norton Part of India
and neighbour countries. In June 15 to 17, 2013, cloud bursting and
very (64.5 – 124.4mm) to very heavy (124.5 – 244.4 mm) rain had fall
(Environment and Social Management Framework, 2013). Consequence
of this was land sliding, road damage, traffic jam, and the tourism was
closed for one year (IBN, 2013). Indian Government had also cancelled
eight batches of KailashManasarovarYatra (India Today, 2013). This
leadsbillions of loss to Indian Government. The worse effect come poor
people. Over 900,000 people, 3,320 houses, 9,200 livestockwere badly
affected by heavy flood (Environment and Social Management
Framework, 2013).
Major Disasters in India
Sl.No. Name of
Event
1
Sikkim
Earthquake
Year State & Area
Fatalities
2011
Most recent disaster
2
3
4
Cloudburst
Drought
Floods
2010
2009
2009
5
Kosi Floods
2008
North Eastern India with
epicenter near Nepal Border
and Sikkim
Leh, Ladakh in J&K
252 Districts in 10 States
Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Orissa, Kerala, Delhi,
Maharashtra
North Bihar
6
Cyclone
Nisha
Maharashtra
Floods
2008
Tamil Nadu
2005
Maharashtra State
8
Kashmir
2005
9
Tsunami
2004
Mostly Pakistan, Partially
Kashmir
Coastline of Tamil Nadu,
Kerala, Andhra Pradesh,
Pondicherry and Andaman and
Nicobar Islands of India
10
Gujarat
Earthquake
2001
7
Rapar, Bhuj, Bhachau, Anjar,
Ahmedabad and Surat in
Gujarat State
----300 people died
527 deaths, 19,323
livestock perished,
2,23,000 houses damaged,
3.3 million persons
affected
204 deaths
1094 deaths
167 injured
54 missing
1400 deaths in Kashmir
(86,000 deaths in total)
10,749 deaths
5,640 persons missing
2.79 million people
affected
11,827 hectares of crops
damaged
300,000 fisher folk lost
their livelihood
13,805 deaths
6.3 million people affected
152
11
Orissa Super
Cyclone
Cyclone
1999
Orissa
Over 10,000 deaths
1996
Andhra Pradesh
1993
14
Latur
Earthquake
Cyclone
1990
Latur, Marathwada region of
Maharashtra
Andhra Pradesh
15
Cyclone
1990
Andhra Pradesh
16
Drought
1987
15 States
17
Cyclone
1977
Andhra Pradesh
18
Drought
1972
Large part of the country
1,000 people died,
5,80,000 housed
destroyed, Rs. 20.26
billion estimated damage
7,928 people died
30,000 injured
967 people died, 435,000
acres of land affected
967 people died, 435,000
acres of land affected
300 million people
affected
10,000 deaths
hundreds of thousands
homeless
40,000 cattle deaths
200 million people
affected
12
13
Table 1: shows the Major disasters of India (source, NDMA, 2015)
According to Table 1, in different years different natural disasters
had damaged Indian Economy. Many people died and many injured in
disasters. After Uttarakhand disaster, 2013, 13,805 people died in
Gujarat Earthquake, 2001 whereas 200 million people were affected in
Drought of 1972, which was spread in larger portion of the country.
Similarly, an estimated 20.26 million damage happed in cycloneof
Andhra Pradesh 1996.
Conclusion: Greenhouse gases are helpful to the earth climate but
because of human influence in the ratio of greenhouse gases, there is
disturbance in the climate of the earth. This climate change brought
different natural disasters that have worsened effect to economy of the
country.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Bhaskar NEWS. (2014). Worry in Navratri players after rainfall in
Anand.http://she.divyabhaskar.co.in/article/MGUJ-ANA-rain-in-anandnavratri-organiser-worried-4762090-NOR.html
Canada's Action on Climate Change. (2013). Causes of Climate Change.
Government of Canada.
http://www.climatechange.gc.ca/default.asp?lang=en&n=65CD73F4-1
Environment and Social Management Framework. (2013). Uttarakhand
Disaster Recovery Project (P146653). World Bank Assisted. Government
of Uttarakhand.http://dmmc.uk.gov.in/files/pdf/Final_ESMF_2.pdf
FP News Service. (2013). Rain spoils Navratri spirit.
http://www.freepressjournal.in/rain-spoils-navratri-spirit/
IBN. (2013). Uttarakhand: Rescue efforts in full swing. CNN-IBN.http://
8.
9.
10.
11.
153
m.ibnlive.com/news/Uttarakhand-rescue-efforts-in-full-swing-toll-5870000-stranded/399846-3.html
India Today. (2013). Government cancels KailashManasarovarYatra due
to Uttarakhand disaster. http://indiatoday.intoday.in/story/kailashmanasarovar-yatra-uttarakhand-disaster-kedarnath-flash-floods/1/
284234.html
NDMA. (2015). Some major disasters in India. Disaster data and
statistics.http://www.ndma.gov.in/en/disaster-data-statistics.html
The Times of India.(2013). Heavy rain warning puts Navratri in peril.http:/
/timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/ahmedabad/Heavy-rain-warning-putsNavratri-in-peril/articleshow/23180924.cms.
World Metrological Organization.(2015). Causes of climate change.https:/
/www.wmo.int/pages/themes/climate/causes_of_climate_change.php
Importance and Role of Education in Promotion and
Protection of Human Rights
* Md. Tanwir Yunus
**Fazal Iqbal
==========================================================
Abstract- The term human rights denotes all rights that are present in our
society and without which one cannot live as human beings. Human rights
are rights inherent to all human beings, whatever our nationality, place of
residence, sex, national or ethnic origin, colour, religion, language, or
any other status. We are all equally entitled to our human rights without
discrimination. These rights are all interrelated, guaranteed by law, in
the forms of international law, general principles and other sources of
international law. Every year 10th December is celebrated as Human
Rights Day. Education has a very important role to play for promotion
and protection of human rights.
==========================================================
Education makes us aware about our civil and political right often
called as the first generation rights and the social, economic and cultural
rights as the second generation rights. Without proper education one cannot
be introduced with these essential philosophic and there basic rights and
obligations. The concept of expanding human rights through education is
now popularly present and traveled to encompass as the third generation
rights itself. So it is very important that we know what is the role of
education in promotion and protection of human rights. Being a tool to
spread awareness and information and assimilating, creating and
disseminating knowledge amongst its recipients, education can play a
crucial role at each of levels for promotion and protection of human right.
Importance: A comprehensive education in human rights consists of two
components: knowledge and information on human rights and the
mechanisms that protect these inalienable rights. It is important that
education also impart the skills needed to promote, defend, and apply
human rights in daily life. Education about human rights is distinct from
===========================
*
Reader, Dept. of Education (M.Ed.) Vinoba Bhave University,
Hazaibag
**
Assistant Professor, Maa Vindhyavasini College of Education, Padma,
Hazaribag
155
other types of values education. For example, citizenship education or
education for democratic citizenship (EDC) is a set of practices and
activities aimed at making young people and adults better equipped to
participate actively in democratic life by assuming and exercising their
rights and responsibilities in society. The need of promoting & protecting
all human rights is important in order to secure full & universal enjoyment
of these rights cannot be fulfilled without mass awareness and sensitivity
to human rights issues. The grand agenda of global peace & prosperity is
possible only with people understanding & imbibing the human rights
values. Awareness is important in order to resolve the human right conflicts.
This robust participation can be achieved only with human rights education.
India has the largest democracy in the world. It’s also a big country with
lots of human rights challenges. And the major population of India resides
in villages which do not get sufficient education support. Problems like
human trafficking, exploitation of women commercially and sexually,
religious violations, caste related issues are some example leading to human
right violations. Moreover, many prisoners in India are also denied their
human rights. They are detained without adequate reason.
Role of education in promotion and protection of Human Rights:
Education is a tool for creating the real idea of human rights and making
people know its importance in their day to day life. It is also a tool for
eliminating the violations of human rights. An educated civilization can
only know its rights and hence have the knowledge to protect it. According
to Kofi Annan, the former Secretary General of United Nations without
education, we can see beyond ourselves and our narrow surroundings to
the reality of global interdependence. Without education, we cannot realize
how people of other races and religions share the same dreams, the same
hopes. Without education, we cannot recognize the universality of human
aims and aspirations. In Article 13(1) we find the International Covenant
on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (CESCR), and the other is an
inter-governmental body with an explicit mandate regarding HRE. It is
important to make each and every people literate just not in order to make
them educated and capable of earning but also recognize their rights
towards themselves and each other. An educated person only can stand
for its right. HRE is about empowering the individual to both recognize
human rights abuses and to commit to their prevention. Thus, a core part
of HRE is the strengthening of respect for human rights. It is now a global
responsible of every person and the government to promote education and
hence promote human rights. Article 51A (1) of Indian Constitution 1950,
imposes a duty on all citizens to develop scientific temper, humanism and
the spirit of inquiry & reform. The effective discharge of this duty will
require HRE, to give people enhanced awareness & greater openness. Right
to Education has also been incorporated. The Constitution mandates the
156
state to direct its policy towards securing that children are given
opportunities and facilities to develop in a healthy manner and in conditions
of freedom & dignity and that childhood and youth are protected against
exploitation and against moral & material abandonment.
Conclusion: There is no doubt that education has a major role to play for
protection and promotion of human rights. HRE is considered as one of
the major tools to stop the violations against human rights. From the above
discussion we saw the importance and how education can play a vital role
in this regard. Education should be imparted to each and everyone so that
they understand the importance of human rights. Equality shall be the
primary consideration in actions concerning children, respect for the views
of the child are the general principles of the Convention on the Rights of
a child. Education in their own mother language about human rights will
make the learners more prompt about their values and ways to use them in
their day to day life. The values of cultural diversity and social diversity
should be inculcated as a basic teaching. For integration of human rights,
the relevant subjects at the primary stage are languages & environmental
studies. Stories, poems and songs concerning human rights values will
have to be selected. Education should impart gender equality, respect for
human dignity and rights. Human rights concepts of religious freedom
and religious tolerance can be inculcated while teaching history topics.
Human rights concerns about self determination can be introduced to
students while teaching them colonalism and imperialism. While teaching
about sati and widow remarriage, suppression of women and the need for
reverse discrimination can be taught. Democracy equality can enhance
human values in a person. Rule of law and social justice gives immense
opportunities to discuss and understand human rights and human duties.
Languages offer many gateways for HRE. Stories, poems, paragraphs can
be carefully selected. Human Rights Day which can go a long way to
create wariness among students, parents and the neighborhood community.
Initiatives should be taken to enrich the school library and personal
collection with books and materials on human rights. Education should be
granted to one and all across the country and world. Human Rights are the
basis of human values, disciplines and dignify. It should be enhanced,
protected and promoted to every nook and comer with the help of education.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
www.researchonline.com
Article 21A. See Article 30, 41, 45
D. Human Rights Education 78 to 82.
NCF 2005.
Study of Human Right - Indian Aspect.
www.wikipedia.com
E- Learning in the Indian Education System
* Vijayalaxmi S. Suvarna
==========================================================
Abstract- Technology supports both teaching and learning, it infuses
classrooms with digital learning tools, such as computers and hand held
devices, expands course offerings, experiences, and learning materials.
Technology supports learning 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and helps to
acquire 21st century skills and knowledge which is very much needed in
this era. It also increases student's engagement, motivation, and
accelerates learning. E-Learning is referred to as teaching and learning
by using electronic media. Online learning or e-learning is a less
traditional but more progressive way to obtain ones education. E-learning
technologies have great potential to spread learning in India considering
the huge population and vast geographical area. Its adoption has been
slow and will need marketing and awareness effort. However, to be
successful the benefits of these technologies have to reach the rural masses
of India. This paper concentrates on the Indian education scenario,
challenges, the E-learning market and future of E-Learning in India.
==========================================================
Key words: E-learning, CSCL, Educational technology, virtual classroom.
Introduction: Digitized communication and networking in education
started in the mid-1980s. Educational institutions began to take advantage
of the new medium by offering distance learning courses using computer
networking. Early e-learning system replicated autocratic teaching styles
whereby its role was assumed to be for transferring knowledge, as opposed
to systems developed later based on Computer Supported Collaborative
Learning (CSCL). With the advent of World Wide Web, teachers embarked
on the method of using technology to create course websites along with
simple sets of instructions for their students. E-learning can occur in or
out of the classroom. It can be self-paced, asynchronous learning or may
be instructor-led, synchronous learning. It is suited for distance learning
and is in conjunction with face-to-face teaching, which is termed blended
learning. CSCL uses instructional methods designed to encourage students
to work together on learning tasks. CSCL is similar in concept to the
===========================
*
Department of Mathematics & Statistics, H.R.College of Commerce
& Economics, Churchgate,Mumbai
158
terminology, “e-learning 2.0” and “networked collaborative learning”
(NCL). CSCL uses blogs, wikis, and cloud-based document portals. With
the advancement of technology say Web 2.0, sharing information between
multiple people in a network has become much easier and its use has
increased. One of the main reasons for its usage states that it is “a breeding
ground for creative and engaging educational endeavors”. E-learning 2.0
assumes that knowledge is socially constructed and learning takes place
through conversations about content. In addition to virtual classroom
environments, social networks have become an important part of e-learning
2.0. E-learning is increasingly being utilized by students who may not
want to go to traditional schools due to medical issues, fear of bullying, or
whose parents like to do home school. E-learning also has been rising as a
supplement to the traditional classroom students with special talents or
intersts outside the available curricula to advance their skills or to exceed
grade restrictions. There also has been a growing interest in e-learning as
a beneficial educational method for students with Attention Deficit
Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). However students with ADHD and
Dyslexic face different learning demands compared to the typical
developing learner. Compared to the traditional face-to-face learning, elearning and virtual classrooms require a higher level of executive
functions, which is the primary deficit associated with ADHD.
MIT, Stanford and Princeton University offer classes to students
worldwide. University level programs, like edX founded by MIT and
Harvard University offers wide range of courses free.Udacity offers free
computer science classes. Distributed Open Collaborative Course (DOCC)
recognizes that the pursuit of knowledge may be achieved better by not
using a centralized singular syllabus that expertise is distributed throughout
to all the participants in a learning process and does not reside with one or
two individuals. University of the People (UoPeople) is the world’s first
nonprofit, tuitionfree, accredited online university dedicated to opening
access to higher education globally. Cours era an online enrollment platform
offers education globally in the fields like computer science, medicine,
networks and social sciences. This virtual curriculum complement the
curriculum taught in the traditional education setting by providing equality
to all students, despite disability and geographical location and
socioeconomic status.
E-Learning in India: E-Learning developments have started in India in
1996 with NIIT Netvarsity.The Indira Gandhi National Open University
started its Virtual Campus Initiative (1999)þ with international recognition
and presence , provides seamless access to sustainable and learner –centric
quality education, skill upgradation and training to all by using innovative
technlogies and methodologies.The National Programme on Technology
Enhanced learning (NPTEL) which is funded by the Ministry of HRD,
159
Government of India is a joint initiative of IITs and IISc, it provides Elearning through online web and video courses in Engineering, Science
and Humanities streams. The mission of NPTEL is to enhance the quality
of engineering education in the country by providing free online
courseware. YCMOU, Tamil Virtual University, National Institute of Open
Schooling, MIT, BITS, Punjab Technical University and many other
educational institutions followed this model. The coaching institutes which
provide coaching for competitive examinations and entrance test to premier
educational institutes use e-learning to reach the vast number of students.
Apart from these eGyanKosh which is a National Digital Repository to
store, index, preserve, distribute and share the digital learning resources
developed by the Open and Distance Learning Institutions in the country.
Items in eGyanKosh are protected by copyright, with all rights reserved
by IGNOU, unless otherwise indicated. SAKSHAT is another pilot project
of the Govt.of India, which is being spearheaded by IGNOU intended to
be a portal for students of all levelsþ. Apart from this it provides education
through Gyan Darshan I, Gyan Darshan II þ, EduSAT (2-way video
conference)þ,Gyan Vani (FM radio)þ programmes to name a few.
Challenges Faced by E -Learning in India: The development of Science
and Technology has made the world a global village; this represents
unprecedented challenges in global economy, culture and thus in education.
Earlier, the knowledge base of humanity used to double every ten to twelve
years; now it doubles every two to three years. The challenges facing
students in rural area and low-income communities in India are daunting.
Unfortunately, these students are restricted to schools with poor
infrastructure, inconsistent teaching quality, cramped classrooms with little
individualized learning, and a poor emphasis on conceptual mastery. All
of this seldom allows them to use education to rise up the social ladder. In
the face of these challenges, various education technology innovations
are presented as solutions. However, these proposed solutions typically
enter an all too common cycle of failure to live up to their expectations.
Students in urban areas have access to all forms of modern technology but
higher percentage of students in lower-income groups only have access to
cell phone, usually owned by a family member. While playing games and
music on computers, is consistent across income brackets, students in urban
areas use the computer and Internet in their schools and homes in slightly
more diverse ways than students in rural ares, where they might not have
access to the upgraded version of technology. Even though Akash tablets
have helped to stimulate the e-learning market, the costs of Internet access
and lack of bandwidth in rural areas restrict its usage.
A special demographic feature in India is that the country has one
of the world’s youngest populations. Furthermore, in the next decade, it is
expected that over half of these young people will be below twenty years
160
of age. This vast numbers of children who need to be brought under
educational system pose a problem of scalability. Here the new technologies
and the mass media can help, but they must be woven into the system in
such a manner that they give good results.
Multiple studies also points out the lack of motivation by teachers
in engaging in e-learning and its support by creating e-learning materials
and implementing them (Demiray 2010). The flexibility and autonomy of
the learner often does not guarantee their performance in learning and
results in higher drop-outs. In fact this is more because of lack of face-toface monitoring and active involvement by the teachers to ensure the actual
learning intended. Even though once created maintenance of e-learning
materials is quite cheap but the initial investment in setting up new
technology to facilitate e-learning, human resource training in using them,
design and development of the courses are quite high and may act as barrier
to e-learning approaches. As technologies change and newer ones are
brought into service in education the configurations, structures, and
applications of ET will also change.This dynamic and ever-evolving
nature of the discipline needs to be understood. Students have always
faced distractions; computers and cellphones are a particular challenge
because the stream of data can interfere with focusing and learning.
Although these technologies affect adults too, young people may be more
influenced by it as their developing brains can easily become habituated
to switching tasks and become unaccustomed to sustaining attention.
Apart from these the key challenges identified are accreditation and
recognition issues, lack of awareness and acceptance among parents. There
is still institutional resistance to online learning. Issues such as the
confidence with which teaching faculty integrates technology in their
teaching, plagiarism and communication remain as important unresolved
questions.
Opportunities: With expansion of technology current shortfalls of elearning can be overcome and we can have perfect environment for
expansion and development of such courses. Apart from the basic
education, multiple other administrative works like enrollment, evaluation,
feedback collection, result generation etc. can be handled through the same
shared technological platform (Demiray 2010). One can opt for e-learning
because he can do more than one course at a time without disturbing his
schdule at his own convenience with low cost. Relative lower cost and
reuse of content for e-learning courses and reduced distribution cost has
huge financial implications for large organization and often help in
centralization of the training initiatives. Using computers or other forms
of technology can give students practice on core content. Using online
resources such as Khan Academy or Ted talks can help students spend
more time on specific aspects of what they may be learning in school.
161
Reputed institutions like MIT, IIT have even made their course materials
free online so that anybody can access them as these helpful tools add
additional support to the educational system. Not only that one can join
the courses which they offer online and get a degree.
As for the teacher student’s relationship in the classroom, students of online
courses can connect to their virtual professors and classmates via e-mail,
Skype, classroom chat sessions, Face book or even podcast forums. In
this environment one has to actively make an effort to take the distance
out of distance learning.
Indian E-Learning Market: There seems to be universal agreement that
the worldwide E-Learning market will show fast and significant growth
over the next three years. According to a report by Docebo, the worldwide
market for Self-Paced E-Learning reached $35.6 billion in 2011. The fiveyear compound annual growth rate is estimated at around 7.6% so revenues
should reach around $51.5 billion by 2016. According to recent regional
studies, the highest growth rate is in Asia at 17.3%, followed by Eastern
Europe, Africa, and Latin America at 16.9%, 15.2%, and 14.6%,
respectively.
Source: 2011-2016 growth rates by region (Ambient Insight 2012)
The E-learning Industry in India was valued at INR 18.41 trillion in
2010-2011.
The Ken Research Group report, ‘India’s E-Learning Market Outlook to
FY2018 – Increasing Technology Adoption to Drive Future Growth’,
estimates that the market should grow at a Compound Annual Growth
Rate (CAGR) of 17.4% over the period FY2013 to FY2018 the Indian ELearning content market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 18.4% from
FY 2014 to FY 2018.
Future of E-Learning in India: The presence of world-class educational
infrastructure and training professionals in India enables it to be one of
the leading e-learning service providers in the world. Government-funded
projects related to literacy development in rural areas are a major driver
162
to the introduction of E-Learning. Increasing Internet penetration, lowcost existing coverage and rising demand are expected to help this market
develop strongly in the near future. E-Learning being increasingly used to
facilitate talent management in corporations, the demand for customised
E-Learning content and technology is likely to increase. This should
increase the overall growth rate for India’s E-Learning market in the future.
In addition to technology adoption, the strong Government initiatives
pushing student enrolments in higher education and distance learning will
keep market expansion at an ever-increasing rate. The rapid adoption of
mobile technology is going to play a major role in the way the entire
digital experience is valued and consumed. The increasing sales numbers
suggest that the growth of smartphones in India allows people greater
access to the Internet via mobile devices rather than computers. Unlike a
desktop PC or even a laptop, this is an education portal that people can
take with them wherever they go.
Conclusion: Education is the cornerstone of development for millions of
people throughout the world. For too long, education has failed to deliver
on the promise of progress for children in poor countries throughout the
world. Technology has the potential to innovate in a way that can reinvent
the future of education for children in India, but doing so requires an
understanding of the communities who are using the technology. Whatever
alternative systems exist on the ground need to be made less bureaucratic
in their operations, and they should also be reoriented to carry out their
tasks more efficiently. Alternative models of education, distance and openlearning models, on-demand education, and similar flexible models of
learning will have to be tried and established. Flexible systems, futuristic
curricula and a twenty-first-century career orientation is the need of the
present generation.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Dongming Xu, Wayne W.Huang, and Huaiqing Wangd, Jon Heales
(2014):”Enhancing E-learning effectiveness using an intelligent agent –
supported personalized virtual learning environment: An empirical
investigation”. Information & Management, Vol-51, pp. 430-440.
Dr.Sanjay Mishra (2012): Insight to E-learning in India.
Demiray.U. (2010). E-LEARNING practices, Cases on challenges facing
E-learning and national development: Institutional Studies and Practices,
Volume: I, Andolu University, Eskisehir-Turkey.
Demiray.U. (2010). E-LEARNING practices, Cases on challenges facing
E- learning and national development: Institutional Studies and Practices,
Volume: II, Andolu University, Eskisehir-Turkey.
EDUCASE, “Impact and Challenges of E-Learning”, Supporting ELearning in Higher Education, Center for Applied Research, vol.3, 2003.
Hila Mehr, Ben Mayer, Kim Campbell: Education Technology in India:
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
163
Designing Ed-Tech for Affordable Private Schools
Deepshikha Aggarwal, “Role of E-Learning in A Developing Country Like
India”, 3rd National Conference; Computing For Nation Development,
2009.
Ekta Srivastava, Dr. Nisha Agarwal (2013): E-learning: New trend in
Education and Training International Journal of Advanced Research (2013),
Vol 1,797-810.
Rimmi Anand, Sharad Saxena, Shilpi Saxena (2012) E-Learning and Its
Impact on Rural Areas I.J.Modern Education and Computer Science, 2012,
5, 46-52.
www.docebo.com./elearning -market -trends-and-forecast-2014.
Www.ncert.nic.in/new_ncert/ncert/.../pdf/.../educational_technology.pdf
Sendall, P; Ceccucci, W.; Peslak, A. (December 2008). “Web 2.0 MattersAn
Analysis of Implementing Web 2.0 in the classroom”. Information Systems
Educational Journal 6 (64).
Whyte, Cassandra B. and Lauridsen, Kurt (editor) (1980): An Integrated
Learning Assistance Center. New Directions Sourcebook, Jossey-Bass, Inc.
Wolf, L. (2001). “College Students with ADHD and Other Hidden
Disabilities: Outcomes and Interventions”. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences.
Effect of Aerobic Exercise on Human Body
* Minaxi Mansukhbhai Patel
==========================================================
Abstract- Aerobics is defined as a system of endurance exercises that
promote cardiovascular fitness by producing and sustaining an elevated
heart rate for a prolonged period of time, thereby pumping an increased
amount of oxygen-rich blood to the muscles being used in our fast pace
world right now many people don't have time to work out and if they do
then they don't fell like exercising. We have cities where governors dare
the people to lose weight, and the most popular New Year's resolution is
to lose weight. . In this paper I will explain the benefits of aerobic exercise
and why everyone should do some sort of exercising. Aerobic exercise is a
perfect way to lose the weight you want to, by doing an aerobic exercise
three to four times a week will really make you not just look healthier but
also fell better. By doing aerobic exercise this many times a week you are
sure to burn stored fat, and calories. With keeping you self in shape with
these workouts you cut down your risk of getting disease like diabetes.
There is nothing like a workout that makes you feel better the rest of the
day, with aerobic exercises you can gain confidence about your body and
yourself as a whole.
==========================================================
Introduction: Examples of an aerobic exercise are running, swimming,
and cycling can improve the body’s use of oxygen, thereby allowing the
heart to work less strenuously. Also new ways to exercise are machines
that can monitor your heart rate and help you out in more than one way.
As I said before when your heart acts more strenuously then you run a
very good risk of heart attack, stroke, and diabetes. A properly balanced
diet of proteins, carbohydrates, vitamins, and minerals are essential. The
object of any program of physical fitness is to maximize a person’s health,
strength, endurance, and skill relative to age, sex. These ends can only be
realized through conscientious regulation of exercise, rest, diet, and
periodic medical and dental examinations. But begin slowly and only
gradually increased in strenuousness, then exercise should be regular and
vigorous, once you exercise starts becoming easy then a person needs to
switch up there workouts. A person should also pay attention to periods of
===========================
*
Shree Jasani Arts & Commerce College, Rajkot, Gujarat
165
sleep be regular and restful than that they extend any fixed number of
hours.
Effect of Aerobic Exercise on Human Body: Some things that a person
needs to stay away from are tobacco smoking, as well as alcohol and drug
consumption, these counteract any physical exercise you have done.
Consistent fast food also is not good for a person, if you eat at a fast food
restaurant take these tips to order healthy meals they should have some
type of menu for that, or don’t order so much food order about half of
what you usually would eat. Now a days almost every fast food place you
go has a fresh salad on their menu, these are usually a pretty good choice
but when you are eating them don’t put a lot of dressing on it keep it to a
minimum. But a person really needs a properly balanced diet of proteins,
carbohydrates, vitamins, and minerals are essential. In these days I now
as well as anybody the urge to get fast food or drink a beer. Those things
are fine if you don’t go overboard, moderation is the key word. Also
aerobics and physical fitness are most important in keep a good and most
of all a healthy life.
New research on the endocrine functions of contracting muscles
has shown that both aerobic and anaerobic exercise promote the secretion
of myokines, with attendant benefits including growth of new tissue, tissue
repair, and various anti-inflammatory functions, which in turn reduce the
risk of developing various inflammatory diseases. Myokine secretion in
turn is dependent on the amount of muscle contracted, and the duration
and intensity of contraction. As such, both types of exercise produce
endocrine benefits. In almost all conditions, anaerobic exercise is
accompanied by aerobic exercises because the less efficient anaerobic
metabolism must supplement the aerobic system due to energy demands
that exceed the aerobic system’s capacity. What is generally called aerobic
exercise might be better termed “solely aerobic”, because it is designed to
be low-intensity enough not to generate lactate via pyruvate fermentation,
so that all carbohydrate is aerobically turned into energy.
Aerobic exercise comprises innumerable forms. In general, it is
performed at a moderate level of intensity over a relatively long period of
time. For example, running a long distance at a moderate pace is an aerobic
exercise, but sprinting is not. Playing singles tennis, with near-continuous
motion, is generally considered aerobic activity, while golf or two person
team tennis, with brief bursts of activity punctuated by more frequent
breaks, may not be predominantly aerobic. Some sports are thus inherently
“aerobic”, while other aerobic exercises, such as fartlek training or aerobic
dance classes, are designed specifically to improve aerobic capacity and
fitness. It is most common for aerobic exercises to involve the leg muscles,
primarily or exclusively. There are some exceptions. For example, rowing
to distances of 2,000 m or more is an aerobic sport that exercises several
166
major muscle groups, including those of the legs, abdominals, chest, and
arms. Common kettlebell exercises combine aerobic and anaerobic aspects.
Aerobic exercise is not only meant for maintaining physical appearances,
but also to benefit our health. As I read in an article in the New England
Wellness Web named Understanding the Benefits of Aerobic Exercise I
learned many new things as well as many that I already knew. Amazingly
about less than 30% of Americans exercise for their well being and their
health. It also mentions that hundreds of thousands of people in the U.S.
die each year from poor cardiovascular health and other inactivity related
diseases. The article says that aerobic exercise means with oxygen and is
done over an extended period of time. It is defined as using the large
muscle groups of the body such as the legs, back, gluteals, arms, etc. other
activities that are very intense that can only be sustained for brief periods
of time, are usually anaerobic sometimes do not necessarily produce the
same benefits of aerobic exercise. Aerobic exercise benefits are
innumerable. It improves muscular endurance, it reduces body fat, and it
increases our metabolism. Aerobic exercise also strengthens the heart and
lungs, making them more efficient and durable, thus improving quantity
of life and its quality. Aerobic exercise not only helps you to live a longer
life but it helps you live an energetic life letting you live it to its fullest.
Those benefits include general changes such as reduced cholesterol and
blood pressure. Aerobic exercise reduces your risk of heart disease, vascular
disease and diabetes. It can also help those trying to quit smoking by
improving lung function and by relieving cravings. Other benefits that
aerobics exercise brings along are that it reduces stress and fights
depression as it lifts self-esteem and physical consciousness.
Among the recognized benefits of doing regular aerobic exercise are:
•
Strengthening the muscles involved in respiration, to facilitate the
flow of air in and out of the lungs
•
Strengthening and enlarging the heart muscle, to improve its pumping
efficiency and reduce the resting heart rate, known as aerobic
conditioning
•
Improving circulation efficiency and reducing blood pressure
•
Increasing the total number of red blood cells in the body, facilitating
transport of oxygen
•
Improved mental health, including reducing stress and lowering the
incidence of depression, as well as increased cognitive capacity.[11]
•
Reducing the risk for diabetes.
As a result, aerobic exercise can reduce the risk of death due to
cardiovascular problems. In addition, high-impact aerobic activities (such
as jogging or using a skipping rope) can stimulate bone growth, as well as
reduce the risk of osteoporosis for both men and women.
Some downfalls of aerobic exercise include:
167
•
Overuse injuries because of repetitive, high-impact exercise such
as distance running.
•
Is not an effective approach to building muscle.
•
Only effective for fat loss when used consistently.
Both the health benefits and the performance benefits, or “training
effect”, require a minimum duration and frequency of exercise. Most
authorities suggest at least twenty minutes performed at least three times
per week.
Conclusion: Aerobic exercise is not only meant for maintaining physical
appearances, but also to benefit our health. As I read in an article in the
New England Wellness Web named Understanding the Benefits of Aerobic
Exercise I learned many new things as well as many that I already knew.
Amazingly about less than 30% of Americans exercise for their well being
and their health. It also mentions that hundreds of thousands of people in
the U.S. die each year from poor cardiovascular health and other inactivity
related diseases. The article says that aerobic exercise means with oxygen
and is done over an extended period of time. It is defined as using the
large muscle groups of the body such as the legs, back, gluteals, arms, etc.
other activities that are very intense that can only be sustained for brief
periods of time, are usually anaerobic sometimes do not necessarily produce
the same benefits of aerobic exercise.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Johnson Barry L. and Nelson Jack K., Practical Measurement for
Evaluation in Physical Education, Delhi: Surjeet Publishers, 1982.
Singh Hardayal" Science of Sports Training" Delhi: D.V.S. Publication
Dr. Rajkumar Tivari, "Vyayam Vignan-36" Amravati: Hanuman Vyayam
Pracharak Mandal. 2003
A. K. Uppal, "Physical Fitness How to Develop" Delhi: Friends Publication
India, 1992
Modern Trends of Physical Education
* Punit Vajubhai Teraiya
==========================================================
Abstract- As a result of efforts of various revolutionaries, India finally
got independence in the year 1947. Now India became a democratic
country and Government of India did various efforts to improve the
deteriorated status of physical education, which was the result of policies
of Britishers. Government of India realized the importance of physical
education or physical activities for the people and took various importance
steps to improvise its status. An important step in that direction was the
establishment of a Committee which was named "Tara Chand Committee".
This committee came into existence in the year 1948. Various
recommendations were provided by this committee to improve the condition
or status of physical education in the country. To advise the government
in various issues relating to physical education, a board, named Central
Advisory Board was being set up in the year 1950. To provide training to
athletes in various games and sports, some special kinds of schemes were
being introduced by government of India. Now, knowledge of physical
education or participation in physical activities are not concerned
important only for the school going students, but now it is recognized
important for people of all ages and both the sex.
==========================================================
Modern Trends of Physical Education: As a result of efforts of various
revolutionaries, India finally got independence in the year 1947. Now India
became a democratic country and Government of India did various efforts
to improve the deteriorated status of physical education, which was the
result of policies of Britishers. Government of India realized the importance
of physical education or physical activities for the people and took various
importance steps to improvise its status. An important step in that direction
was the establishment of a Committee which was named “Tara Chand
Committee”. This committee came into existence in the year 1948. Various
recommendations were provided by this committee to improve the
condition or status of physical education in the country. To advise the
government in various issues relating to physical education, a board, named
Central Advisory Board was being set up in the year 1950. To provide
===========================
*
Gujarat
169
training to athletes in various games and sports, some special kinds of
schemes were being introduced by government of India. The problem which
was faced during this period was the lack of professional qualified physical
educators. For this reason, it was not an easy task to encourage people or
individuals to take part in the sport activities. In our country, it was realized
by the government that people of our country did not lack in natural
qualities, but they did not get proper opportunities to show their talents.
To provide all the individuals equal opportunities to show their talents,
Sports Talent Search Scholarship scheme was introduced by government
of India in the year 1970-71. National and state level scholarships were
being provided to the participants of this scheme. To encourage women to
participate in various sport activities, National Sports Championship for
women was launched in the year 1975 by government of India. To
encourage college students to participate in various sports events,
University Grants Commission launched another scheme, the aim of which
was to improve the standard of sports at university level. The problem
which was faced during this period was the lack of professional qualified
physical educators. For this reason, it was not an easy task to encourage
people or individuals to take part in the sport activities. In our country, it
was realized by the government that people of our country did not lack in
natural qualities, but they did not get proper opportunities to show their
talents. To provide all the individuals equal opportunities to show their
talents, Sports Talent Search Scholarship scheme was introduced by
government of India in the year 1970-71. National and state level
scholarships were being provided to the participants of this scheme. To
encourage women to participate in various sport activities, National Sports
Championship for women was launched in the year 1975 by government
of India. To encourage college students to participate in various sports
events, University Grants Commission launched another scheme, the aim
of which was to improve the standard of sports at university level. With
all these efforts, people of India got attracted towards games and sports to
such an extent that in the year 1982 Asian Games were being conducted in
this country. The organization of such tournament in the country helped in
improving the standard of games and sports in the country to a lot of
extent.
Today, programmers of physical education are prepared in such a
way that needs and requirements of all the people get fulfilled. According
to the age and requirements of people participating in the activities, one
should prepare the programme carefully. Various kinds of programmes
can be prepared, some of which are Service Programme, Intramural and
Extramural Programme and Fitness and Recreational Programme. The
programme in which importance is provided to the instructional aspect is
termed as service programme.
170
This is an advanced subject where readings and discussions of current
problems in physical education and sport are expected of the students.
The focus will be on critically analyzing issues and trends in the field of
physical education and sport, with an emphasis on understanding the impact
of the field to education and society. Implications for the future are also
explored. The importance of physical education has never been emphasized
more than it is today. It is widely recognized that physical education is
relevant and important in developing an active and healthy lifestyle and
the solution to rising obesity rates worldwide.
In most educational systems, physical education (PE), (also called
physical training (PT) or gym), is a course which utilizes a play or
movement exploration setting for the transmission of physical knowledge
and skills to an individual or a group, the application of these skills, and
their results. It also can refer to any intramural or extracurricular sport or
physical activity students take part of through their school system. It should
be noted that unlike other curricula, a majority of the course work is
participated in, rather than “studied.” The purpose of physical education
involves more than training the body, or physical fitness, but is based on
the understanding that fitness and physical training helps the mind. For
young children play has been recognized as a valuable, even essential,
component of learning. While some cultures included training in some
type of physical activity, such as hunting, dance, martial arts, and so forth,
since early times, others, particularly those emphasizing literacy, excluded
physical training as part of their education of their education for young
people.
“For over a decade, our profession has embraced the need for lifestyle
physical activity as a way to facilitate positive health behaviors outside of
school. We have encouraged our students to stay active at home by picking
up their toys, washing the car, walking the dog, shoveling snow, raking
leaves, cleaning out the garage, or landscaping. These lifestyle activities
are a part of the day-to-day tasks that many people perform throughout
life. Because many such physical tasks are so important to the quality of
life, we are justified in asking whether teaching these skills within our
physical education programs would be worthwhile. If we continue to make
general recommendations about leading an active lifestyle, I think we
should provide the necessary pedagogical skills so that children and youths
will be able to perform these lifestyle activities in a safe and efficient
manner. Currently in the United States, back pain accounts for more sick
leave than any other health problem except the common cold. It is estimated
that 80 percent of our population will experience a bout of back pain at
some point in their life.
Conclusion: A recent study in Minnesota found that “back and neck pain
is one of the most common reasons for [young adults] to seek medical
171
care” (BlueCross BlueShield of Minnesota, 2007, p. 3). Although these
health issues may have a number of medical origins, a large percentage of
people experience an injury due to their lack of knowledge and specific
skills in performing general lifestyle activities. The content knowledge
for a “lifestyle skills” unit might center on the anatomy of the neck and
back and how the vertebrae and disks are affected by different movements.
Safety precautions would be another topic that physical educators could
build into each concept and activity presented to students. Also, specific
exercises for muscle fitness and flexibility may be included to complement
the different lifestyle activities. The general concept of staying physically
active through lifestyle skills should be consistently reinforced throughout
the unit.
======================
References :
1.
A.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Agrawal J. C., Education Research and Introduction, Arya Book Depot,
New Delhi, 1996
S. Tomar and Other, Sharirik Sixa Ke Siddhant, Adhar Avam Itihas, Agra,
Radha Prakashan Mandir, Agra, Uttar Pradesh, India, 2007
Chaube N. P., Motivational Dimensions of Rural Development, Chaitnya
Publications, Allahabad, Uttar Pradesh, India, 1974
Dube L. and Palriwala R., Structures and Strategies: Women, Work and
Family, SAGE Publication, New Delhi, India, 1990
J. P. Sharma, Sharirik Shixa ka Itihas, Adhar Tatha Shixa Manovigyan,
Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi, India, 2008
Kalyani Menon-Sen & A. K. Shivakumar (2001) "Women in India: How
Free? How Equal?" United Nations
Kamlesh M. L. Physical Education: Facts and Foundation, P. B. Publication,
Faridabad, Uttar Pradesh, India, 1998
Punit Vajubhai Teraiya, Sharirik Shixa ka Itihas, Jashveer Publication, New
Delhi, India, 2011
Punit Vajubhai Teraiya, Sharirik Shixa ke Siddhant, Jashveer Publication,
New Delhi, India, 2011
R. Agastha, A Handbook of Education in India, Vardha Publishing House,
Madrash, India, 1976
Singh Ajmer and Other, "Modern Trend of Physical Education, Health and
Sports" Kalvani Publisher, New Delhi, India, 2001 Page 88-89, 180-188.
Sinha D., Indian Villages in Transition: A Motivational Analysis, Associated
Publishers, New Delhi, India, 1969
Sunita Sharma, Khel ke Mano-Samajik Adhar, Rajat Prakashan, New Delhi,
India, 2008
Sunita Sharma, Sharirik Shixa ke Vividh Ayam, Rajat Prakashan, New Delhi,
India, 2008
U. C. Gupta, Ramat Manovigyan aur Sharirik Shixa ke Samajik Pahalu,
Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi, India, 2008
V. Krishnamurthy and Parameswara Ram, Educational Dimensions of
Physical Education, Sterling publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India, l980
172
16.
17.
18.
19.
www.answer.com
www.google.com
www.historyextra.com
www.wikipedia.org
A Study to Assess the Most Prominent Character
Strength amongst Male Delhi University Students
* Bhawna Pachouri
**Sonika Ohlyan, ***Manauti Passi
==========================================================
Abstract- The present study was done on 42 male students of university of
Delhi by using convenient sampling. The age of the subjects was ranging
from 17 to 25 years. The main objective of the study was to assess the
most prominent character strength amongst maleDelhi university students.
After thoroughly going through the available literature and on the
recommendation of expert following 24 strengths were studied amongst
male Delhi university studentscreativity, curiosity, open mindedness, love
of learning, perspective, bravery, persistence, integrity, vitality, love,
kindness, social intelligence, team work, fairness, leadership, forgiveness,
humility, prudence, self-regulation, appreciation for beauty and excellence,
gratitude, hope, humor and spirituality. For the purpose of the study The
Values in Action Inventory of Strengths (VIA-IS) a psychological assessment
measure designed to identify an individual's profile of character strengths
was taken.Total number of items was 240 and was divided under 24
strengths. Each strength was evaluated by 10 items. For example creativity
was evaluated by item no. 1 to 10. The collected data was analyzed by
applying descriptive statistics (Mean and Standard Deviation) with help
of statistical package for social sciences (SPSS) and the level of
significance chosen was 0.5.The Scoring of the inventory was done as per
the manual. As a result love was the most prominent and perspective was
the least prominent character strength amongst maleDelhi university
students.
==========================================================
Introduction: Psychology is the science of the mind and behavior. The
word “psychology” comes from the Greek word psyche meaning “breathe,
spirit, soul”, and logia meaning the study of something. But when we
think of psychology, we tend to think disorders, deficits and distress,
abnormal psychology automatically comes to mind. But, of course, there
===========================
*
Teacher
**
Sports Officer
*** Student
174
are several types of psychology. One of them is positive psychology, it
takes a different approach. It focuses on how humans flourish. Specifically,
positive psychology “is the scientific study of the strengths and virtues
that enable individuals and communities to thrive,” according to the
Positive Psychology Center at the University of Pennsylvania, home to
positive psychology’s founder, Martin E.P. Seligman. It studies three
principle areas, according to Seligman: positive emotions (such as
happiness and hope), positive individual traits (such as strength, resilience
and creativity) and positive institutions (such as better communities,
leadership and parenting”. Positive psychologists seek “to find and nurture
genius and talent” and “to make normal life more fulfilling”, rather than
merely treating mental illness. Positive psychology is primarily concerned
with using the psychological theory, research and intervention techniques
to understand the positive, adaptive, creative and emotionally fulfilling
aspects of human behavior. We can also say it is a branch of psychology
which focuses on the empirical study of such things as positive emotions,
strengths-based character, and healthy institutions. The field is founded
on the belief that people want to lead meaningful and fulfilling lives, to
cultivate what is best within them, and to enhance their experiences of
love, work, and play.
Character Strength: Abraham Lincoln said, “Reputation is the shadow.
Character is the tree.” Character can be defined as “the complex of mental
and ethical traits making a person. Character is said to be “the stable and
distinctive qualities built into an individual’s life which determine his or
her response regardless of circumstances.”Research on character strengths
is a fascinating part of positive psychology. Character strengths are “the
psychological ingredients—processes or mechanisms—that define the
virtues.” According to Christopher Peterson and Martin Seligman, virtue
of wisdom can be achieved through such strengths as creativity, curiosity,
love of learning, open-mindedness and what we call perspective—having
a ‘big picture’ on life.”according to the VIA Institute on Character, a
nonprofit organization. The authors view their classification of character
strengths as a kind of healthy version of the Diagnostic and Statistical
Manual of Mental Disorders. They call their book “a manual of the
sanities.” The classification comprises six major virtues and then various
strengths that fit under each virtue. “The classification reflects the world’s
major religious writings, including the Bible, the Koran, and the Bhagavad
Gita, as well as studies of major philosophies,” Fifty-five psychologists
searched for these traits over three years, and many researchers have studied
the classification.Everyone has character. People sometimes think of
character as something a person either has or doesn’t have. They may say,
“He has character,” meaning he has good character. We intuitively
recognize the truth that everyone has “character” and we distinguish
175
between “strong” and “poor” character and strong or poor character traits.
However individuals differ.A “character strength” is “a capacity for feeling,
thinking, and behaving in a way that allows optimal functioning in the
pursuit of valued outcomes” (Snyder & Lopez, 2007).Positive
psychologists Chris Peterson and Martin Seligman have identified 24
strengths which can be seen as character traits. All of these strengths can
be developed. A great deal of research has gone into looking into these
strengths and how they can benefit happiness and wellbeing. Creativity,
curiosity, open mindedness, love of learning, perspective, bravery,
persistence, integrity, vitality, love, kindness, social intelligence, team
work, fairness, leadership, forgiveness, humility, prudence, selfregulation, appreciation for beauty and excellence, gratitude, hope,
humor and spirituality.
As we have been studying that physical education helps in developing
character strength and character is one of the major aspect of personality.
Character is something which is built over a period of time and strength of
character differs from individual to individual.
Statement of the Problem:
The present problem may be formally stated as “A study to assess
the most prominent character strength amongst maleDelhi university
students.”
Objective of the Study:
The objective of the study was to assess themost prominent character
strength amongst male Delhi university students.
Procedure and Methodology Selection of Subjects:
For the purpose of the present study 42 male students from university
of Delhi by using convenient sampling were selected as subjects. The age
of the subjects was ranging from 17 to 25 years.
Selection of Variables:
For the purpose of present study, after thoroughly going through the
available literature and on the recommendations of the experts following
24 character strengths were studied among youth.creativity, curiosity, open
mindedness, love of learning, perspective, bravery, persistence, integrity,
vitality, love, kindness, social intelligence, team work, fairness, leadership,
forgiveness, humility, prudence, self-regulation, appreciation for beauty
and excellence, gratitude, hope, humor and spirituality.
Statistical Techniques:
Keeping in perspective the objectives of the study, the data collected
was statistically analyzed. By applying descriptive statistics (Mean and
Standard Deviation) and T- Test with help of statistical package for social
sciences (SPSS) and the level of significance chosen was 0.5
Analysis of Data and Results of the Study:
176
Table:1
Descriptive Statistics of the Most Prominent Character Strength of
Male Delhi University Students
VARIABLES
LOVE
VITALITY
CREATIVITY
CURIOSITY
GRATITUDE
FAIRNESS
BRAVERY
SELF REGULATION
OPEN MINDEDNESS
CITIZENSHIP
KINDNESS
LOVE OF LEARNING
HUMILITY
INTEGRITY
HOPE
LEADERSHIP
HUMOR
PRUDENCE
FORGIVENESS
PERSISTENCE
APPRECIATION FOR BEAUTY
SOCIAL INTELLIGENCE
SPIRITUALITY
PERSPECTIVE
N
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
MEAN
41.45
41.02
40.52
40.5
40.33
40.24
39.81
39.71
39.62
39.55
39.33
39.19
38.79
38.67
38.67
38.62
38.62
38.57
38.43
38.36
38.00
37.95
37.93
37.05
RANK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Table – 1 depicts the descriptive statistics of the most prominent
character strength among male Delhi University students, which shows
that the best five character strengths, these were love (41.45), vitality
(41.02), creativity (40.52), curiosity (40.5) and gratitude (40.33), however
the most prominent character strength of male Delhi University student’s
was found to be love with the mean value of 41.45. Further, the least
prominent character strength of Delhi University students was perspective
with mean value 37.05. The Illustration is shown in graph – 1.
Fig: 1 showing the most prominent character strength of male Delhi
177
university students.
Conclusion: The present study was done on 42 male students of university
of Delhi by using convenient sampling. The age of the subjects was ranging
from 17 to 25 years. With a view to assess character strength of the subjects
“Value in Action” inventory developed by Christopher Peterson and Martin
Seligman was used in this study. Result revealed that among males the
most prominent character strength is love followed by vitality, creativity,
curiosity and gratitude. Subjects are in their youth and the strength which
is shown as love by the subjects is because most of the subjects are in
their adolescence. In males vitality is being reported as 2nd most important
character strength among subjects. Least prominent character strength
among Delhi University male students was perspective.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Alex Linley P; Maltby J; Wood A; Joseph S; Harrington S; Peterson C;
Park N; Seligman M; (2007); Personality and Individual Differences
Character strengths in the United Kingdom: The VIA Inventory of Strengths;
Volume 43, Issue 2
Volume 43, Issue 2
Volume 43, Issue 2
Lounsbury W; Fisher L; Levy J; Deborah P; (2009); An Investigation of
Character Strengths in relation to the Academic Success of College Students;
Volume 7, no. 1
Park N and Peterson C; 2006; Character Strengths and Happiness among
Young Children: Content Analysis of Parental Descriptions; Journal of
Happiness Studies; Volume 7, Issue 3
A Relationship Study of Physical Self Concept, Body Mass
Index and Self Efficacy among Sports and Non Sports
Men at Manav Rachna International University
* Parveen Gahlot
==========================================================
Abstract- As youths move through adolescence, their participation in
physical activity declines markedly, the immediate risks of obesity for
physical health are well established. The present study was done with
accordance of assessing the Physical Self Concept, Body Mass Index and
Self Efficacy of Male Sports person and non-sports person from Manav
Rachna International University and to find out the relationship among
Physical Self Concept, Body Mass Index and Self Efficacy of Male Sports
person and non-sports person from Manav Rachna International
University. The physical self concept was evaluated by using PSDQ-S
and a short version of PSDQ, developed by Marsh, H. W., Martin, A. J. &
Jackson, S. (2010), The height and weight of each student was recorded
and BMI was calculated as the weight in kilograms divided by the square
of height in meters and self efficacy was measured by General Self Efficacy
scale developed by Schwarzer R and M Jerusalem in 1995. For the purpose
of the study 60 Male subjects (30 sportsperson and 30 Non-sportsperson)
were randomly selected from Manav Rachna International University, with
age ranged between 17-19 years. Intercollegiate participation was the
minimum level for the sports group and the selected subjects were the
undergraduate students. The average age of sports and non-sports group
was 18.08 ± 0.37 and 18.01 ± 0.89 yr, respectively. To find out the
relationship on the selected Psychological and physical variables the
required statistical calculation were computed with the help of SPSS
software in the computer, the data was collected and analyzed using the
descriptive statistics and Pearson’s Product Moment Correlation. The level
of significance was set at .05 level. A significant correlation has been
found between the Physical Self Concept & Body Mass Index, Body Mass
Index & Self Efficacy and Self Efficacy & Physical Self Concept for the
Male sports person and No significant correlation has been found between
the Physical Self Concept & Body Mass Index, Body Mass Index & Self
===========================
*
Research Scholar, Department of Physical Education and Sports
Sciences, University of Delhi
179
Efficacy and Self Efficacy & Physical Self Concept for the Male nonsports person.
==========================================================
Key Words- Physical Self Concept, Body Mass Index & Self Efficacy
Introduction: Understanding the psychological factors that accompany
successful athletic performance is a high priority for applied sport
psychology, with a major area of focus being mental links to optimal
performance. To advance knowledge in this area, it is important to examine
specific psychological constructs with theoretical relevance to optimal
performance in order to understand what psychological processes might
be contributing to quality of performance. Psychology is a science in which,
we study about human behavior and Sports Psychology is primarily
concerned with the analysis of behavior of sports persons. Sports
psychology involves the study of how psychological factors affect
performance and how participation in sports and exercises affect
psychological and physical factors. Concentration, confidence, control,
and commitment are generally considered the main psychological qualities
that are important for successful performance in sports. Nowadays sports
not only require physical skills, but a strong mental game as well. Self Concept is complex component of mind. Self - Concept is the most
important single attribute and the key to understanding the behavior of an
individual. The self - concept is how we think about and evaluate ourselves.
To be aware of oneself is to have a concept of oneself. The term self concept is a general term used to refer to how someone thinks about or
perceives themselves. Self - Concept is a multi - dimensional construct
that refers to an individual’s perception of “self” in relation to any number
of characteristics (Clarke, 1999). The prevalence of obesity is increasing
worldwide and the major causative factors are related to lifestyle changes
occurring due to rapid socio-economic transition. Reduced physical activity
at work due to mechanization, improved motorized transport, preferences
for viewing television and video games during leisure time and
consumption of fast food and sweetened carbonated drinks have resulted
in positive energy balance in most of the Asian countries (Yang, 2007).
As youths move through adolescence, their participation in physical activity
declines markedly, the immediate risks of obesity for physical health are
well established. However, studies based predominantly on western
research have shown that obesity in childhood may have adverse effects
on cognitive performance and self concept development. Shavelson et al
have defined self concept as an individual’s perception of self formed
through experience with environment, interactions with significant others
and attributions of his/her own behavior. It is multi-dimensional and
hierarchically organized. Self-esteem or general self-concept is positioned
180
at the apex and is divided into academic (English and Math’s) and nonacademic (Physical, social and emotional) components (GC, 1976).
Self-efficacy is people’s belief in their capabilities to perform in
ways that give them control over events that affect their lives. Bandura
(1977) used self-efficacy to denote a situation ally specific variable which
influences performance and determines how much efforts individual will
expand and how long they will persist in the face of obstacles and difficult
experiences. Therefore, higher the self efficacy more will be the intensive
effort while lower the self-efficacy less will be the effort and difficult
tasks will be viewed as threats (Bandura, 1977). When we talk about the
outlook of the individuals, due to media and modern societal association
of being slim with beauty, many adolescent Males mostly believe that
they are overweight even if they are not, and by the 12th Grade the majority
of them are reported to be dieting to lose weight, even when it is not
necessary and the message being sent out by the westernized society is
that it is undesirable to have a large body size (Kubersky, 1996).
Increased knowledge of physical activity levels in Males and its
relation to body composition and to individual perceived physical selfesteem ought to be of interest for professionals working with physical
activity and sciences dealing with human bodily movement. Male obesity
is a major world health, social and economic issue. For Males, the
immediate psychosocial effects of social isolation, discrimination, and
peer problems can accompany obesity. By adolescence lower self-esteem
combined with increased rates of sadness, loneliness and loneliness and
nervousness has been reported for obese Males. Hence the knowledge
regarding the body mass index levels and their relation to physical,
Physiological and Psychological aspects is still missing, which has to be
inculcated into the minds of the upcoming youth (Hayden, 1994).
Physical Self concept is an individual’s perception of describing
one’s self for their physical self, including their physical appearance,
typically not involving an evaluative component. One of the most
prominent constructs studied in social, educational, and personality
psychology is self-concept. There is general consensus that self- concept
comprises the perceptions that individuals have regarding themselves
and has both descriptive and evaluative content (Harter, 1996). The notion
of self-concept is attractive because researchers hypothesize that it is an
influential predictor of pertinent outcomes of performance. The relationship
between obesity and self perception, particularly in Males has important
implications for physical and psychosocial health and well-being. A better
understanding of this relationship could help target psychology services
and public health strategies more effectively (Crandall, 1991). There is
growing evidence that obesity is associated with impaired cognitive
function including executive function, attention and memory not only in
181
patients with co-morbid medical conditions like cerebrovascular pathology,
hypertension and diabetes but also in healthy subjects (Gunstad D, 2007).
Hence keeping in view the literature presenting the information regarding
the importance of physical activity and maintained psychological
constraints, the study has been undertaken.
Objectives and Hypothesis: Keeping in mind the demand of the study
and after thoroughly going through the literature in the concerned field
following objectives were set for the study:
•
To assess the Physical Self Concept, Body Mass Index and Self
Efficacy of Male Sports person from Manav Rachna International
University.
•
To assess the Physical Self Concept, Body Mass Index and Self
Efficacy of Male Non-Sports person from Manav Rachna
International University.
•
To find out the relationship among Physical Self Concept, Body
Mass Index and Self Efficacy of Male Sports person from Manav
Rachna International University.
•
To find out the relationship among Physical Self Concept, Body
Mass Index and Self Efficacy of Male Non- Sports person from
Manav Rachna International University.
Based on the objective of the study the following hypothesis was framed
for the study:
•
There would be no significant relationship among Physical Self
Concept, Body Mass Index and Self Efficacy of Male Sports person
from Manav Rachna International University.
•
There would be no significant relationship among Physical Self
Concept, Body Mass Index and Self Efficacy of Male Non-Sports
person from Manav Rachna International University.
Variables for the Study: The investigation was done on selected variables
physical and psychological parameters as under:•
Physical Self Concept: The physical self concept was evaluated
by using PSDQ-S and a short version of PSDQ, developed by Marsh,
H. W., Martin, A. J. & Jackson, S. (2010)
•
Body Mass Index: The height and weight of each student was
recorded and BMI was calculated as the weight in kilograms divided
by the square of height in meters.
•
Self Efficacy: It was measured by General Self Efficacy scale
developed by Schwarzer R and M Jerusalem in 1995.
Procedure and Methodology: For the purpose of the study 60 Male
subjects (30 sportsperson and 30 Non-sportsperson) were randomly
selected from Manav Rachna International University, with age ranged
between 17-19 years. Intercollegiate participation was the minimum level
for the sports group and the selected subjects were the undergraduate
182
students. The average age of sports and non-sports group was 18.08 ±
0.37 and 18.01 ± 0.89 yr, respectively. To find out the relationship on the
selected Psychological and physical variables the required statistical
calculation were computed with the help of SPSS software in the computer,
the data was collected and analyzed using the descriptive statistics and
Pearson’s Product Moment Correlation. The level of significance was set
at .05 level.
Results and Discussion:
Table No. 1
Descriptive analysis of the selected variables of the Male
Sportsperson
S. No.
1
2
3
Variables
Physical Self Concept
Body Mass Index
Self Efficacy
N
30
30
30
Mean
202.87
20.23
31.92
Standard Deviation
21.78
5.32
6.09
Table No.1 clearly depicts the descriptive analysis of the selected
psychological and physical variables of the Male sports person, which
shows that the mean and standard deviation values of Physical self concept,
body mass index and self efficacy 202.87±21.78, 20.23±5.32 and
31.92±6.09 respectively.
Table No. 2
Descriptive analysis of the selected variables of the Male NonSportsperson
S. No.
1
2
3
Variables
Physical Self Concept
Body Mass Index
Self Efficacy
N
30
30
30
Mean
188.27
24.29
21.72
Standard Deviation
15.72
5.04
4.08
Table No. 2 clearly depicts the descriptive analysis of the selected
psychological and physical variables of the Male Non-sports person, which
shows that the mean and standard deviation values of Physical self concept,
body mass index and self efficacy 188.27±15.72, 24.29±5.04 and
21.72±4.08 respectively.
Table No. 3
Pearson’s Product moment correlation among the selected variables
for Male sports person
S. No.
1
2
3
Variables
Physical Self Concept & Body Mass Index
Body Mass Index & Self Efficacy
Self Efficacy & Physical Self Concept
‘r’
0.785**
0.820**
0.914**
Table No. 3 depicts the Pearson’s product moment correlation among
the selected variables of Male sports person, which shows that a significant
correlation has been found between the Physical Self Concept & Body
Mass Index, Body Mass Index & Self Efficacy and Self Efficacy & Physical
Self Concept for the Male sports person, as the values are found to be
183
0.785, 0.820 and 0.914 respectively.
Table No. 4
Pearson’s Product moment correlation among the selected variables
for Male Non-sports person
S. No.
1
2
3
Variables
Physical Self Concept & Body Mass Index
Body Mass Index & Self Efficacy
Self Efficacy & Physical Self Concept
‘r’
0.017
0.398
0.149
Table No. 3 depicts the Pearson’s product moment correlation among
the selected variables of Male Non-sports person, which shows that no
significant correlation has been found between the Physical Self Concept
& Body Mass Index, Body Mass Index & Self Efficacy and Self Efficacy
& Physical Self Concept for the Male non-sports person, as the values are
found to be 0.017, 0.398 and 0.149 respectively.
Conclusions: The results of the study can be concluded in the following
manner:
•
The mean value shows that the physical self concept of the sports
group is higher than that of the non-sports Males.
•
The Males sports person are found to be in the normal category of
Body mass Index, whereas the non-sports Males are found to be
having body mass index on a higher side.
•
Self efficacy of the Male sports person is found to be higher than
that of the non-sports persons.
•
A significant correlation has been found between the Physical Self
Concept & Body Mass Index, Body Mass Index & Self Efficacy
and Self Efficacy & Physical Self Concept for the Male sports person.
•
No significant correlation has been found between the Physical Self
Concept & Body Mass Index, Body Mass Index & Self Efficacy
and Self Efficacy & Physical Self Concept for the Male non-sports
person.
Discussion: The prevalence of obesity is increasing worldwide and the
major causative factors are related to lifestyle changes occurring due to
rapid socio-economic transition. Negative consequences of high body mass
index on physical self-concept and self concept are seen in non-Male
sportspersons. It may be that sports participation nullifies this effect, which
has been seen in the sports Male group. No significant correlation was
found between the physical self-concept, self efficacy and body mass index.
Alexander and Castor in two independent separate studies have shown
that non-sports group, self-concept does not correlate significantly with
measures of BMI whereas the sports group’s self-concept strongly
correlates with BMI. Self-report is an assessment of what an individual
perceives he/she can do and the performance-based measure is an
assessment of actual ability. There is the suggestion in previous research
184
that compared to those that accurately report their function, Men who
under-report ability are more likely to be overweight or vice-versa it seems
that certain group of people may be susceptible to experiencing decline in
psychological abilities due to being obese. (Newman, 2002).
Another research with supplemental analyses showed significant
relationships between a Male sportsperson ideal BMI ratio and selfefficacy. It was concluded that because self-efficacy may be amenable to
change, these findings could inform future efforts aimed at increasing
behaviors that promote healthy weight status among early adolescents
(Steele, 2002).
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Bandura, A. (1977). Self Efficacy: Towards a Unifying theory of Behavioral
Change. Psychological Review , 191-215.
Clarke, B. M. (1999). Comparison between self concept and self efficacy
in academic motivation research. Educational Psychologist, 139-153.
Cournot M, Marquie JC, Ansiou D, Martinaud C, Fonds H, Ferrieres J, et
al. Relation between Body Mass Index and cognitive function in healthy
middle-aged men and Men. Neurology. 2006;67:1208–14.
Crandall, C. (1991). Do Heavy weight students have more difficulty paying
for college. Psychological review , 121-129.
GC, S. R. (1976). Validation of Construct Interpretations. Review Education
Research, 41.
Gunstad D, R. P. (2007). Elevated body mass index is associated with
executive dysfunction in otherwise healthy adults. Comprehensive
Psychiatry , 61-67.
Hayden, M. L. (1994). The Reaction of Socio-cultural factors to eating
attitude and behaviors among middle school girls. Journal of early
adolescence , 472-491.
Kubersky, R. (1996). Eating Disorders: Anorexia and Bulimia. Newyork:
The Rosen Publishing Group.
Marsh HW, a. R. (2006). Reciprocal effects between academic self concept,
self esteem, achievement, and attainment over seven adolescent
years:Unidimensional and Multidimensional perspectives of self concept.
Perspective Psychological Science, 63-69.
Newman, J. B. (2002). Identiying early decline of physical function in
community-dwelling older Men: performance based and self report
measures. Psycholgical Therapist , 320-328.
Raji CA, Ho AJ, Parikshak NN, Becker JT, Lopez OL, Kuller LH, et al.
Brain structure and obesity. Hum Brain Mapp. 2010; 31:353–64.
Wylie R. Lincola: University of Nebraska; 1979. The self-concept, vol. II:
Theory and research on selected topics.
Yang, P. J. (2007). An international perspective on obesity, health and
physical activity, current trends in China and Asia. Journal of Exercise
Science and Fitness, 23.
Indians Suffering from Selected Geriatric Disorders
* G. V. Pargaonkar
**K. K. Asai, ***Dhakne Rajendra R.
==========================================================
Abstract- Geriatric disorders are old-age related health hazards.
Generally, in old-age, people become helpless and even their future
generation does not take proper care. Many of veterans face helpless
situation and they live self-dependently. Veterans those who cannot live
independently sometimes remain consistent with miserable life. Although
regular medical check-up is essential for them, however, a large number
of veterans cannot afford it. Since veteran Indians has faith on both Yoga
and physical exercise for maintaining health, this study may of immense
importance for them. Sixty subjects (n=60), age: 55 to 80 years, from
Indian urban areas, suffering from specific geriatric disorders (essential
hypertension and rheumatoid arthritis), were pooled as subjects for this
controlled experiment. Total 60 subjects were then divided into two major
groups viz., Group-A (i.e., 30 hypertensive's divided into three sub-groups:
Gr.-A1-yoga, Gr.-A2-exercise and Gr.A3-control) and Group-B (i.e., 30
rheumatoid arthritis patients into three sub-groups: Gr.-B1-yoga, Gr.-B2exercise and Gr.B3-control). All were residing into the old home.
Descriptive statistics were employed to process the data towards analysis
of central tendency and dispersion. Further, inferential statistics (i.e.,
Factorial ANOVA with Scheffe's Post Hoc test) were applied separately
for Hypertensive and Rheumatoid Arthritis groups. In this study indicates
that all the two experimental interventions (viz., Yoga and Physical
Exercises) were found useful in improving and controlling almost all the
selected variables. For some variables physical exercise intervention
showed superiority over the yoga, however, follow-up study revealed
importance of yoga to record long term benefit. Of course, yoga
practitioner scored a high improvement in almost all the variables. In
===========================
*
Principal, Bombay Physical Culture Association's, College of Physical
Education, Wadala, Mumbai-31. (Maharashtra, India)
**
Assistant Professor, Bombay Physical Culture Association's, College
of Physical Education , Wadala, Mumbai-31. (Maharashtra, India)
*** Assistant Professor, Bombay Physical Culture Association's, College
of Physical Education, Wadala, Mumbai-31.(Maharashtra, India)
186
fact, Yoga intervention indicates an amazing result for improving almost
all the variables to restore the health and fitness of elderly population
who are especially suffering from hypertension and rheumatoid arthritis.
Finally, yoga proved better to tackle the problems of selected geriatric
disorders of veteran Indians.
==========================================================
Key Words- Veterans, Neuro-Psycho-Physiological status, Biochemical
status, Yoga, Exercise & geriatric disorders
Introduction :Today, overemphasis is being laid to take utmost care for
the youth for sublimating their youthfulness and vigor towards productivity
and social development, whereas veteran population are equally deprived
of due respect and esteem they deserve, particularly when they are steeped
in old age disorders and ailments. Aging changes are of physical, psychophysiological and biochemical nature. The underlying mechanism of these
changes are primarily related to Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS ) i.e.,
oxygen radicals that have unpaired electrons causing damage to cells both
at cellular and genetic levels. The effects of aging include wrinkles of
skin, essential hypertention, decreased immunity, increased LDL protein
and DNA that may cause tumors and cancerous conditions. Aging is a
progressive failure of the body’s homeostatic adaptive responses that
produce observable changes in structure and form and is vulnerable to
environmental stress and disease. Disease and aging, probably, accelerate
each other. Apart from making an adequate provision for their
rehabilitation, our society failed to provide possible opportunities and
avenues for self-growth so that their immense experience and expertise
are tapped fully for the benefit of younger generation, social growth and
development. It is estimated that there are about 45 million people, above
65 years of age, of which in India 2-3 million suffer from dementia.
Majorities of population are in rural areas. Nearly 50% of this population
is supported either by spouses and children and the rest live with selfhelp, or in old age homes.
Thara et al., (1998) showed the 2.7% prevalence of dementia in
urban population, where Sheshadri (1998) observed, in a study, 45 out of
116 patients with dementia suffered from Alzheimer’s Disease. Kaar et al,
1998 revealed that 41% of the 39 patients with dementia had physical
disability and 41% had loss of spontaneity and aggressive tendencies, where
10 - 15% of the subjects investigated in dementia clinics comprise patients
of depressive pseudo dementia. Significantly greater life expectancy in
Indian population in recent years has resulted in emerging epidemic of
chronic degenerative diseases amongst the elderly. Since aging is inevitably
natural process, degeneration can at best be postponed to an extent. Yet,
the scriptural claims of esoteric sciences and Indian traditional exercises
187
such as yoga indicate that it can fruitfully prevent and treat pathological
conditions related to such a process (Digambarji & Gharote, 1997;
Digambarji & Jha, 1980; Karambelkar, 1987). And scientific investigations
have substantiated some of the claims (Desai, 1985; Gore, 1981; Joshi,
1992; Karambelkar et al., 1977; Moorthy, 1987; Moorthy et al., 1978;
Sahay, 1988).
Aging changes are of physical, psycho-physiological and
biochemical nature. The underlying mechanism of these changes are
primarily related to Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) i.e., oxygen radicals
that have unpaired electrons causing damage to cells both at cellular and
genetic levels (Halliwell, 1989; Harwig, 1994). The effects of aging
includes wrinkles of skin, essential hypertention, decreased immunity,
increased LDL protein and DNA that may cause tumors and cancerous
conditions. There are various secondary sources of free radicals that include
H202 ; OH and ONOO generated from O2 forming DNA OH. Oxygen
radicals accelerate leading neurogeneratiave disorders. At DNA level the
damage includes breaking of DNA strand, formation of DNA protein cross
links, reaction of sugar radicals leading to intact basis, conformational
change in the DNA template diminishing the accuracy of replicating process
of DNA Polymers, leading to mutation and also oncogene activation
resulting in tumors and carcenogenesis (Hemanani & Parihar, 1996; Kandel
& Schwartz, 1985).
Thus, it is clear that aging declines all aspects of our youthful
characteristics, slows down almost all organic functioning abilities and
lowers the synthesis of psychological attributes. Elderly citizens are,
therefore, mostly suffer from geriatric disorders. Many investigators
suggest certain physical exercises especially for the aged population.
However, Hathayogic literature claims that old age can be delayed if a
person practices Yoga systematically with regularity. The claims also add
that an old-aged person of eighties can look like a teenager, if he lives
with yoga. In fact, many of such related claims on psycho-physiological
and physical attributes of old aged groups have been experimentally proved
through different researches, however, studies on their health related fitness
is absent in the literature. Many scientists suggest physical exercises
schedules for old age people to keep them fit and healthy. It was, therefore,
thought desirable to undertake this study entitled, “Effects of different
exercise schedules on health, neuro-psycho-physiological and biochemical
status of urban indians suffering from selected geriatric disorders” through
this objectives were to identify veteran people suffering from geriatric
disorders (age related common and specific health hazards) through
screening based on medical reports & to assess their status of health related
fitness associated with neuro-psycho-physio-biochemical profiles.
Materials and Method:
188
Subjects: Sixty subjects (n=60), age: 55 to 80 years, from urban areas,
suffering from specific geriatric disorders (essential hypertension and
rheumatoid arthritis), were pooled as subjects for this controlled
experiment. These subjects were divided into two groups viz., Gr.A (n1=30
hypertensives) and Gr.B (n2=30 rheumatoid arthritis patients). Further,
the hypertensive subjects of Gr.A were sub-divided equally into three
homogeneous groups viz., Gr.A1 (Yoga), Gr.A2 (Exercise), and Gr.A3
(Control). Similarly, the rheumatoid arthritis subjects of Gr.B were subdivided equally into three homogeneous groups viz., Gr.B1 (Yoga), Gr.B2
(Exercise), and Gr.B3 (Control). This infers that for each stratum (either
hypertension or rheumatoid arthritis), there were residential yoga group,
residential exercise group and residential control group and it will be
seen that the equal number of sample represented each group. All the
subjects would comprise of those cases of geriatric disorders selected from
the medically certified pool and of those willing to attend Yoga and Exercise
Camps at Vriddhashramas or Old-age Homes (NAB-Lions Homes for
Aging Blind) in Lonavla-Khandala, Pune district, Maharashtra, (India).
Procedure: The criteria for inclusion and exclusion of the subjects were:
•
The subjects as diagnosed as suffering from Geriatric Disorder
(especially Hypertensive and Rheumatoid Arthritis) by the consultant
physician on the basis of standard medical norms, were included;
•
The subjects having age below 55 years were excluded from this
experiment;
•
Any other incapacitating physical illness of the subjects, as ruled
out by clinical and biochemical investigations, were excluded prior
to the study;
•
The subjects, who are Indian citizens residing only in Maharashtra
for last two years, were included.
•
The subjects who assured to remain present until the experimental
trials are completed were included;
•
The subjects who have reasonable physical ability and willingness
to undergo Yoga and Exercise training were also included.
•
Known drug addicts and/ or alcoholics were excluded due to complex
nature of their problem and expected poor compliance.
Considering the strata-wise availability of subjects, irrespective of
either sex, a randomized block design was incorporated as a research
methodology (Rothstein, 1985). The status and intensity of geriatric
disorders (specifically hypertension and rheumatoid arthritis) and health
related fitness involving neuro-psycho-physio-biochemical profiles of all
the groups were assessed by using standard methods and considering prepost-test design with proper periodical follow-up. The subjects of two
experimental groups (Gr.A1 & Gr.B1) received training with “Yoga
189
Module,” whereas the groups (Gr.A2 & Gr.B2) underwent through an
“Exercise Module” (to be developed in this investigation)” for 2 hrs. day1 (1 hr. in morning and 1 hr. in evening) and every day.week-1 except
Sundays and holidays for a total period of at least 6 weeks along with
periodical free health check-up and follow-ups.
A periodical follow-up programme started after completion of 6
weeks of experimental period. Due to financial constraint, there were only
one follow-up with a duration of 6 weeks. All the subjects were invited to
report on the follow-up date for medical and lab testing. The subjects of
the control groups (hypertension & arhtrities) were instructed to live with
their usual daily routine of life activities and were provided a free medical
check-up and lab testing periodically for the total experimental period
and a free “Yoga” and “Exercise” Camp for 6 weeks after the completion
of experiment’s last follow-up.
Data Analysis:The variables proposed were subjected for lab testing and
their assessment procedures are as follows:
Variables
I) Health Related Fitness
a) Flexibility (Cm.)
b)Abdominal Muscles Strength
& Endurance (No./Min.)
c) Body Fat (%)
d) Cardiovascular Endurance
(Time /or M.)
II)Physiological Variables
a) Peak exploratory flow rate
(Lit.)
b)Blood pressure (Systolic &
Diastolic) (mm.Hg.)
Objective
To measure extent of body
flexibility.
To assess strength and
endurance.
To determine body fat %.
To evaluate Cardiovascular
Efficiency.
To measure capacity of
respiratory function.
Tools / Techniques Used
Flexomeasure
To measure functional ability
of vascular system.
Digital Sphygmomanometer
c)ECG (heart rhythm,
electrical impulses, pulse
rate interval, Pulse Rate)
II)Psychological Variables
Heart functions
ECG machine.
To measure level of anxiety
Anxiety Scale
To measure functional ability
of vascular system.
Digital Spirometer
Objective
Tools / Techniques Used
Estimated in g/dL using Sahali’s
method (Ramnik, 1990) (normal
range - Male: 14-18, Female: 1216).
Applied 2,4-DNPH (Dinitropheny
Hydrazine) method (Bergmeyer &
Bernt, 1974) (normal range : 5-35
Unit ml.).
employed 2,4-DNPH (Dinitrophenyl
Hydrazine) method (Bergmeyer &
Bernt, 1974) (normal range: 8-40
Unit ml.).
Followed Latex Slide Test of Cecil,
Nicols & Stain (1931) and Heller,
Jacobson & Koloday (1954).
a)Anxiety (Pts.)
b)Neuroticism (Pts.)
Variables
IV) Biochemical Variables
a) Haematological Analysis
To evaluate blood picture.
b) SGOT and Lipid profile
Estimation
To assess coronary risk
factors.
c) SGPT
To test liver function.
d) RA Factor
To test factor of arthritis
Sit Ups
Skinfold
One Mile Run-Walk
Peak Flow Meter
Assessment of Selected Specific Geriatric Disorders:
•
Heart Disorder i.e., Essential Hypertension.
190
•
Auto-Immune Mediated Disease i.e., Rheumatoid Arthritis.
Treatment Procedures:The variables presented above were assessed by
considering standard methods at the time of pre-test, post-test and followup tests. In addition to the above, the patients of all the groups were allowed
to elicit their reactions to the whole therapeutic intervention. The patients
participating in “Yoga Module” and “Exercise Module”, were instructed
to continue with the intake of the life saving medicines, if they are taking
regularly. The modules were prepared on the basis of various research
reports published so far and according to the nature of Geriatric disorders.
The treatment stimulus (i.e., Yoga Module) considered some selected
asanas, pranayamas, mudras, kriyas and yogic relaxation were as follows:
For Hypertensives (For Gr.A1)
Shavasana, Pavanamuktasana, Ardha Halasana,
Viparitakarani, Ardha Matsyasana, Makarasana,
Bhujangasana, Ardha Shalabhasana, Vakrasana,
Vajrasana, Yoga Mudra, Chakrasana, Tadasana,
Nadi Sodhana Pranayama, Sitali Pranayama, Om
Recitation and Dhyana
For Rheumatoid Arthritis (For Gr.B1)
Shavasana, Viparitakarani, Shalabhasana,
Bjujangasana, Vakrasana, Dhanurasana, Supta
Vajrasana, Paschimottanasana, Kapalabhati, Ujjayi,
Anuloma-Viloma, Dhauti (Vaman), Omkar,
Dhyana.
Other: Steam bath, hot packs, Sponging to skin.
Similarly, the treatment stimulus (i.e., Exercise Module) for Gr.B1
and Gr.B2 was same that considered some stretching exercises along with
walking / jogging, breathing as well as and relaxation exercises (Mathew
& Fox, 1985; Somani, 1996) were as follows:
(1) Slow leg circling(2) Quick leg swinging(3) Slow trunk twisting with forward leaning.
(4) Slow trunk circling.
(5) Slow trunk twisting with side ways bend.
(6) Quick arm circling (hand rotation)
(7) Slow trunk lowering & raising (sit-vps)
(8) Bending the head backwards & forwards.
(9) Bending the head to the sides.
(10) Turning of the head round to the sides.
Experienced and professionally qualified Yoga and Exercise experts
imparted yoga training to Gr.A1 and Gr.A2, whereas exercise training to
Gr.B1 & Gr.B2 for 2 hrs. day-1 (1 hr. in morning and 1 hr. in evening) and
every day.week-1 except Sundays and holidays for a total period of at least
6 weeks. The control groups (Gr.A3 & Gr.B3) participated in their daily
activities as per the rule of the “Vriddhashramas or Old-age Homes”
situated in Lonavla-Khandala city(India). Routine weekly medical checkup was a part of treatment procedure.
Diet for the participants was simple vegetarian for all the groups.
Professional dieticians under the supervision of the physicians, yoga and
exercise experts decided the diet bearing appropriate calorie value.
191
Data Collection:
•
Many old homes have been visited in Mumbai to get permission to
start this project. The researcher was disappointed because no Old
Home in Mumbai accorded permission. However, finally, the NABLIONS HOME FOR AGING BLIND, Old Khandala, in Maharashtra
given permission to conduct this study.
•
After receiving permission, the researcher took the list of all the
residents (including names, age, sex, medical history etc.) of the
NAB-LIONS HOME FOR AGING BLIND.
•
Total 60 people, age: 60-75 years, were identified as suitable on the
basis of the medical testing by a professional / registered medical
doctor. The females, fully blinds, and who had severe health problems
were excluded from this study.
•
Prior to data collection, all the necessary instruments, chemicals,
man powers, financial resources were arranged systematically. All
the selected helpers / assistants were trained properly and arranged
try-out trials so that they were familiar with the instruments and
technique of accurate measurements. For collection of blood
samples, two specialized experts (having qualification of Medical
Bio-Chemistry & DMLT) were assigned with fixed payments.
•
Pre-test data collection was conducted from 16.02.2006 to
20.02.2006.
•
Total 60 subjects were then divided into two major groups viz.,
Group-A (i.e., 30 hypertensives divided into three sub-groups: Gr.A1-yoga, Gr.-A2-exercise and Gr.A3-control) and Group-B (i.e., 30
rheumatoid arthritis patients into three sub-groups: Gr.-B1-yoga, Gr.B2-exercise and Gr.B3-control). All were residing into the old home.
•
Yoga Training to Gr.A1 and B1, whereas Exercise Training to Gr.A2
and B2 were started from 21.02.2006 and continued for 6 weeks up
to 05.04.2006. For this, a Yoga teacher and Exercise trainer were
involved with a fixed honorarium. Since the authority of the OLD
HOME requested not to deprive the subjects of the control group,
the researcher promised to teach them at least some Yoga practices
and exercises at the end of the project.
•
Post-test data collection was conducted from 07.04.2006 to
12.04.2006.
•
After the post-test is over, the follow-up period was started from
13.04.2006 and this period was continued up to 24.05.2006. And
within 26.05.2006 to 31.05.2006 the final data collection was
completed.
•
Thus, as per research design, the pre-test, treatment, post-test and
follow-up programmes of the project has been completed
192
successfully. It is important to note here that the experiment was
conducted smoothly without any difficulty.
•
Further, the collected data (pre-test, post-test and follow-up test)
were arranged and preserved systematically for data analysis.
Statistical Analysis: Descriptive statistics were employed to process the
data towards analysis of central tendency and dispersion. Further,
inferential statistics (i.e., Factorial ANOVA with Scheffe’s Post Hoc test)
were applied separately for Hypertensive and Rheumatoid Arthritis groups
as follows:
Variables
Statistical Design
For analysis of Health Related Physical Fitness 3 x 3 x 4 Factorial ANOVA
(HRFT) data
For analysis of Physiological data
3 x 3 x 7 Factorial ANOVA
For analysis of Psychological data
For analysis of Haematological data
For analysis of Biochemical data
•
(N.B.- Since each group consisted of 3 sub-groups (i.e., exercise,
yoga and control), 3 times testing programmes (i.e., pre-, post-, and followup), and variables (HRFT=4, Physiol.=7, Psychol.=2, Haematological=4
and Biochemical=10).
Results: This study was delimited to two geriatric disorders viz.,
hypertension and rheumatoid arthritis. The old aged people suffering from
either hypertension or rheumatoid arthritis were exposed to two
experimental interventions viz., Yoga and Physical Exercises with a
controlled trial including follow-up. The summary of the findings is as
follows:
1)
In case of Health Related Physical Fitness, the intervention of
Physical Exercise was found better than Yoga training for improving
abdominal muscles strength and cardiovascular endurance of both the
hypertensive and rheumatoid arthritis patients. On the contrary, Yoga
training was more effective in improving flexibility and in reducing body
fat. Overall findings indicate that Yoga training has much more
potentialities than physical exercise in improving Health Related Physical
Fitness.
2)
Results were different in case of selected Physiological variables.
Physical exercise training was found better than Yoga training for
improving lungs function ability only. However, Yoga training was
superior to physical exercise intervention in reducing blood pressure and
pulse rate, whereas in improving pulse rate interval, cardiac rhythm and
electrical impulses to heart.
3)
Results on Haematological variables revealed that both the training
interventions (i.e., Yoga & Physical Exercise) could not help to improve
haemoglobin level, however, they were effective in improving total
193
leucocytes and lymphocyte counts. Most of the veteran people have
problems with higher count of eiosinophil in blood. The result infers that
physical exercise training has no effect in lowering eiosinophil, whereas
Yoga training could reduced its level significantly. It seems Yoga training
is superior to Physical exercises in improving haematological status.
4)
The findings revealed that Yoga training played a significant role in
reducing total cholesterol, LDL, blood glucose and cardiovascular risk
ratio and improves HDL level than physical exercise training intervention.
This in fact infers that Yoga training is very much important than physical
exercises especially for veteran Indians.
5)
Biochemical analysis also indicates that Yoga training is much more
effective than physical exercise regimen in reducing SGOT (indicates
good cardiac function), SGPT (Liver function) and total cholesterol, LDL,
blood glucose, blood urea and cardiovascular risk ratio and improves
HDL level than physical exercise training intervention.
6)
Psychological variables revealed no changes in anxiety and
neuroticism scores in physical exercise group, whereas significant
reduction was evident in case of Yoga training group. This result helps to
interpret that yoga lowers the level of anxiety among both the hypertensive
and rheumatoid arthritis patients. Thus, physical exercise training was not
useful in reducing anxiety and neuroticism level of veterans suffering from
selected geriatric disorders. On the contrary Yoga training was found useful.
Discussion: In this study the result revealed that both the physical exercise
and yoga interventions are having separate importance in improving almost
all the variables of health related physical fitness. Obviously, the combined
stimulus i.e., yoga plus physical exercise may be much more significant.
This indicates that our elderly people should stick to only Yoga, however,
they can opt for exercise and yoga. Of course, there should be at least 2025 minutes of gap in between these two if practice in continuation in day.
This helps to reduce excessive body fat and improve flexibility in joints
and endurance of cardiovascular system along with improving functional
abilities of muscles. Such findings are evident for both hypertensive and
rheumatoid arthritis patients. The overall result, thus, indicates that Yoga
enhances a good level of health related physical fitness both for
hypertensive and rheumatoid arthritis patients.
The results on selected physiological variables are also amazing.
Although Yoga training intervention could control high blood pressure
and brought it to the lower side of normal range, physical exercises
improved one’s lungs function ability. In fact, both the hypertensive and
rheumatoid arthritis patients obtained benefits mostly from yoga. Since
functional ability of lungs and circulation is related to each other, obviously
both these variables are complementary to each other. Therefore, both the
hypertensive and rheumatoid arthritis patients took benefit of yoga in
194
comparison to exercise.
E.C.G measurement helped to record subject’s pulse rate, pulse rate
interval, cardiac rhythm and electrical impulses supplied to heart. On these
variables yoga group recorded better benefit than physical exercises. Yoga
helped to bring down pulse rate than physical exercise. This indicates
Yoga contributed better heart functions. The result of other variables viz.,
pulse rate interval, cardiac rhythm and electrical impulses indicates good
results and advocates Yoga for both hypertensive and rheumatoid arthritis
patients. The reasons of such improvement are not known, but perhaps
the relaxation part of yoga opens up both the micro- and macro- circulation
and yoga stretching pumps out all impurities in blood along with
influencing proper venous return. Thus, yoga is really wonderful for gaining
the health benefit of elderly people.
The result of haematological parameters also indicates the
contribution of Yoga towards some favourable results. Although the number
of haemoglobin count was improved by Yoga, however, such improvement
was not statistically significant. Except haemoglobin, statically significant
changes are evident in other variables like total leucocytes, lymphocytes
and eiosinophil counts. It is generally evident that eiosinophil count remains
on higher side in most of the veterans. This study reveals that eiosinophil
count was reduced significantly, whereas counts of leucocytes and
lymphocyte have been improved through Yoga than exercises. Hence, both
the hypertensive and rheumatoid arthritis patients enjoyed the benefits of
Yoga in improving the haematological constituents.
Many researches have studied biochemical parameters as
biomarkers for achieving good health. Some of such studies are also evident
in the area of both yoga and physical exercises. However, studies on such
biochemical biomarkers on veteran people in relation to yoga and physical
exercises are meager. This study has, therefore, a clinical significance.
Obviously, the result of this study, in fact, in agreement with the earlier
studies in general, which indicates reduction in almost all the parameters
on lipid profiles through both physical exercises and yoga. However, it
interesting to note that yoga was found helpful for improving good
cholesterol i.e., HDL and contributed better health in reducing total
cholesterol, LDL, blood glucose and even cardiovascular risk ratio than
physical exercise intervention. Thus, yoga is not only essential for
hypertensives, but also for rheumatoid arthritis patients.
The result of other selected biochemical parameters in relation to subjects’
cardiac function (SGOT), liver function (SGPT), kidney function (Blood
Urea) and RA factor revealed important findings. In fact, Yoga intervention
could record superiority over physical exercises on these variables. Initial
recordings revealed that cardiac function ability of hypertensive patients
195
was poor than rheumatoid arthritis patients. However, Yoga intervention
helped both these patients in reducing SGOT level that in turn indicates
better cardiac function. It is interesting to note that functional abilities of
liver (SGPT) and kidneys (Blood Urea) of both the hypertensive and
rheumatoid arthritis patients were found poor at the base line level. It
seems the levels of SGPT and Blood urea were higher in the pre-test.
However, during post test, such abilities were improved better through
Yoga intervention than physical exercise. Further, generally, presence of
RA factor among the patients of rheumatoid arthritis is higher than the
hypertensive. The baseline report revealed the same result, which indicates
that presence of RA factor in blood is 100% among rheumatoid arthritis
patients. Of course, many of the hypertensive patients were also prone
towards rheumatoid arthritis and they had high percentage of RA factor.
However, Yoga intervention played a significant role than exercise in
reducing this RA factor not only in the patients of rheumatoid arthritis,
but also among the hypertensive.
Psychological variables revealed a peculiar result in case of physical
exercise training intervention. It is amazed to record that there were no
changes in anxiety and neuroticism scores in physical exercise group,
whereas significant reduction was evident in case of Yoga training group.
This result helps to interpret that yoga lowers the level of anxiety among
both the hypertensive and rheumatoid arthritis patients. Thus, physical
exercise training was not useful in reducing anxiety and neuroticism level
of veterans suffering from selected geriatric disorders. On the contrary
Yoga training was found useful.
To summarize, this study indicates that all the two experimental
interventions (viz., Yoga and Physical Exercises) were found useful in
improving and controlling almost all the selected variables. For some
variables physical exercise intervention showed superiority over the yoga,
however, follow-up study revealed importance of yoga to record long term
benefit. Of course, yoga practitioner scored a high improvement in almost
all the variables. In fact, Yoga intervention indicates an amazing result for
improving almost all the variables to restore the health and fitness of elderly
population who are especially suffering from hypertension and rheumatoid
arthritis. Finally, yoga proved better to tackle the problems of selected
geriatric disorders of veteran Indians.
Conclusion: Although physical exercise training is good for common man
to maintain general health and fitness; however, its effects were not found
as impressive especially for the old people. Thus, the exercise training
regimen is not advocated for the old-aged people especially who are
suffering from geriatric disorders like hypertension and rheumatoid
arthritis. Yoga was found suitable for the old-aged population who are
the victim of age-related hypertension and rheumatoid arthritis. Thus,
196
Yoga practices as suggested in this study are without doubt useful for the
patients suffering from selected geriatric disorders. Yoga training has
also a significant follow-up effect than physical exercise regimen for the
age-related hypertensive and rheumatoid arthritis patients.
======================
References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Desai, B.P. (1985). Influence of yogic treatment on serum lipase activity in
diabetes. Yoga-Mimamsa, 23, 3&4, 1-8.
Digambarji, Swami., & Gharote, M.L. (1997). Gheranada Samhita. Lonavla:
Kaivalyadhama SMYM Samiti.
Digambarji, Swami., & Jha, P. (1980). Hathapradipika. Lonavla:
Kaivalyaadhama SMYM Samiti.
Gore, M.M., & Gharote, M.L. (1981). Effect of yogic training on peak
flow rate, Yoga Mimamsa, 20, 1&2, 100-104.
Helen, Himingway Benton. (1973-74). Biological development and
evolution (Vol.I). In The New Britanica Encyclopedia (Vol.I), 649f,
Micropedia, London.
Hemnani, T., & Parihar, M.S. (1996). Reactive oxygen species and oxidative
DNA damage. Ind. J. Physiol. and Pharmacol., 42, 4, 440-452.
Joshi, K.S. (1992). Yogic treatment of insomnia - an experimental study.
Yoga-Mimamsa, 30, 4, 24-26.
K.N. Udupa, "Stress and its management" (Delhi: Banarasidass, 1985),
pp.52-100.
Kaar, N., Gupta, S., & Varma, P.S.V.N. (1998). Study of dementia in the
population of Manipal. Proceaedings of 14th Annual Conferenace of
Alzheimer's Disease, Cochin.
Karambelkar, P.V. (1987). Patanjala Yoga Sutra. Lonavla: Kaivalyadhama
SMYM Samiti. (India)
Karambelkar, P.V., Gharote, M.L., Ganguly, S.K., & Moorthy, A.M. (1977).
Effect of short term yogic training on serum cholesterol level. YogaMimamsa, 29, 1, 1-12.
Mathew & Fox, "Physiology of exercise." (Philadelphia: McMillan Book
Co., 1985).
Moorthy, A.M. (1987). Effect of selected yogic practices on blood sugar
level of the diabetic patients. Proceedings of ICYR (Article No.20), 175180.
Moorthy, A.M., Ganguly, S.K., Gharote, M.L., & Karambelkar, P.V. (1978).
Cholesterol level and yogic training programme. J. Res. Ind. Med., Yoga
& Homeo., 13, 4, 1-6.
R.Murugesan, N.Govindarajulu, T.K. Bera, "Effect of selected yogic
practices on the management of hypertension," Indian J. of Physiol. &
Pharmacol., 44, 2, April 2002, pp.207-210.
S. Ramnik, Medical laboratory technology (methods & interpretation) (3rd
ed.). (New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers, 1990).
Sallis, J.F., & McKenzie, T.L. (1991). Physical education's role in public
health. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 62, 2, 124-137.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
197
Sallis, J.F., Patterson, T.L., Buono, M.J., & Nader, P.R. (1988). Relation of
cardiovascular fitness and physical activity to cardiovascular disease risk
factors in children and adults. American Journal of Epidemiology, 127,
933-941.
Sehshadri, S., Behari, M., & Maheshwari, M.C. (1998). Clinical profile of
Alzheimers disease and other degenerative dementias in India. Kar, N.,
Gupta, S., & Varma, P.S.V.N. (1998). Study of dementia in the population
of Manipal. Proceaedings of 14th Annual Conferenace of Alzheimer's
Disease, Cochin.
Somani, S.M, "Pharmacology of sports." (Illinois: CRC Press, 1996).
Thara, R., Rajamanickam, S., & Sobha, R. (1998). Study of dementia in
the population of Chennai. Proceaedings of 14th Annual Conferenace of
Alzheimer's Disease, Cochin.
Toratora G.J., & Anagnostrakos, N.P. (1984). Principles of Anatomy and
Physiology (4th Ed.). New York: Harper and Row Publishers.
Went, D.E. (1988). Muscle Alterations in Young & Older Subject Using an
Isometric Exercise Model". Completed Research, 30 , p.180.
Williams, A.B. (1987). Incidence & Implications of Typical Exercise Blood
Pressure Response in Adults Without Diagnosed Coronary Heart Disease.
Completed. Research, 29, p-259.
Winningham, M.L. (1994). Exercise and cancer. In L. Goldberg and D.L.
Elliot (Eds.), Exercise for prevention and treatment of illness. Philadelphia:
F.A. Davis Co. p.301.
Yermilov.V., Yoshie, Y., Rabio, J., & Ohshima, H. (1996). Effects of
Carbondioxide bicarbonate on induction of DNA single strand breaks and
formation of 8 - nitroguanine, 8-oxyguanine and basal-propenal mediated
by peroxynitrite. FEBS, 399, 1& 2, 67-77.

-- ENGLISH EDITION VOLUME 1

Transcription

Similar documents

analyzing leadership style for effective employee management in

A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT

pharmacy - Cooper

MYogaDance 2.8.15

XII â A, B Physics

Daily HomeWork - Chiranjiv Bharati School, Ashiyana, Lucknow(UP)

Franz Schubert Impromptus, Moments Musicaux, Klavierstücke for

Mists of Avalon/Lady of Shalott

E-Block, Amrapali Circle, Vaishali Nagar, Jaipur www.defencejp